Cover art for Cheating Death

Cheating Death

Summary

An unborn baby with a fatal heart defect . . . a skier submerged for an hour in a frozen Norwegian lake . . . a comatose brain surgery patient whom doctors have declared a "vegetable." Twenty years ago all of them would have been given up for dead, with no realistic hope for survival. But today, thanks to incredible new medical advances, each of these individuals is alive and well . . .Cheating Death. In this riveting book, Dr. Sanjay Gupta - neurosurgeon, chief medical correspondent for CNN, and best-selling author- chronicles the almost unbelievable science that has made these seemingly miraculous recoveries possible. A bold new breed of doctors has achieved amazing rescues by refusing to accept that any life is irretrievably lost. Extended cardiac arrest, "brain death," not breathing for over an hour-all these conditions used to be considered inevitably fatal, but they no longer are. Today, revolutionary advances are blurring the traditional line between life and death in fascinating ways. Drawing on real-life stories and using his unprecedented access to the latest medical research, Dr. Gupta dramatically presents exciting accounts of how pioneering physicians and researchers are altering our understanding of how the human body functions when it comes to survival-and why more and more patients who once would have died are now alive. From experiments with therapeutic hypothermia to save comatose stroke or heart attack victims to lifesaving operations in utero to the study of animal hibernation to help wounded soldiers on far-off battlefields, these remarkable case histories transform and enrich all our assumptions about the true nature of death and life.

©2009 Sanjay Gupta (P)2009 Hachette

Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Office

The Office

9 ratings

Summary

Listen and see if ASMR triggers your autonomous sensory meridian response, a tingling sensation that typically begins on the scalp and moves down the back of the neck and upper spine. With its emphasis on creating a heightened sensory experience, ASMR can bring you fully into the present moment—a powerful way to achieve the kind of total relaxation you need to achieve deep sleep.  In this piece from Whisperlodge, a pioneering New York-based company that performs live ASMR experiences, an ASMRtist plays with various office supplies while gently whispering about the history of ASMR and how it became a source of pleasure and relaxation for so many.  With its accessible educational component, it's the perfect introductory piece to ASMR. This title is part of a collection of audio experiences created to deliver your best sleep during this difficult time. 

©2020 Audible Originals, LLC (P)2020 Audible Originals, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Perfect Swing

The Perfect Swing

45 ratings

Summary

Hear singer, songwriter, and actor Nick Jonas lend his voice to the history of one of his favorite subjects: baseball.  This unique story is written specifically to help you drift off, with no clear beginning, middle, or end, so you don’t need to follow the details too closely. In it, you’ll hear Nick Jonas describe how Joe DiMaggio and Ted Williams reached legendary status, and how they shaped the three components of a perfect swing.  What is the perfect swing? You might be asleep before you find out. This title is part of a collection of audio experiences created to deliver your best sleep during this difficult time. While we’re giving this away for free, we’ll also be donating meals daily through Newark Working Kitchens so those in need and first responders don’t go to bed hungry. Brought to you in collaboration with Thrive Global.

©2020 Audible Originals, LLC (P)2020 Audible Originals, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for When the Body Says No

When the Body Says No

275 ratings

Summary

In When the Body Says No, physician and writer Gabor Maté explores the mind-body link and the connection between stress and disease. Can a person literally die of loneliness? Is there a relationship between the ability to express emotions and Alzheimer’s disease? Is there such a thing as a “cancer personality?” Drawing on scientific research and years of experience as a practicing physician, Maté provides answers to these and other important questions about the role that chronic stress and one’s individual emotional make-up play in an array of common diseases, such as arthritis, cancer, diabetes, heart disease, IBS, and multiple sclerosis. Maté carefully explains the biological mechanisms that are activated when stress and trauma exert a powerful influence on the body. He illustrates his ideas with interviews of famous people who've experienced chronic illness (Ronald Reagan, Gilda Radner, Stephen Hawking, and Pamela Wallin), interspersed with intimate life stories collected through his years of practice. Chapters deal with stress, emotional repression, hormones, the "cancer personality," the biology of relationships, and the power of negative thinking. He backs up his claims with compelling evidence from the field, citing many controlled studies that have demonstrated correlations between psychosocial factors and disease. Maté emphasizes that to decipher the hidden factors in chronic illness is not to blame the victim, and the book is free of assumptions that all illnesses are the result of ego issues. Rather, he provides the opportunity to address the unintentional transmission of stress and anxiety through the body and across generations. Dr. Maté has a gift for making complicated medical findings accessible for the lay-person, while still relevant to the professional. Both will be grateful for the final chapter, "The Seven A's of Healing," in which Maté presents an open formula for healing and the prevention of illness resulting from hidden stress.

©2003 Gabor Maté (P)2011 Post Hypnotic Press, Inc

Length: 13 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Fevers, Feuds, and Diamonds

Fevers, Feuds, and Diamonds

Summary

In 2014, Sierra Leone, Liberia, and Guinea suffered the worst epidemic of Ebola in history. The brutal virus spread rapidly through a clinical desert, where basic health-care facilities were few and far between. Causing severe loss of life and economic disruption, the Ebola crisis was a major tragedy of modern medicine. But why did it happen, and what can we learn from it? Paul Farmer, the internationally renowned doctor and anthropologist, experienced the Ebola outbreak firsthand - Partners in Health, the organization he founded, was among the international responders.  In Fevers, Feuds, and Diamonds, he offers the first substantive account of this frightening, fast-moving episode and its implications. In vibrant prose, he tells the harrowing stories of Ebola victims while showing why the medical response was slow and insufficient. Rebutting misleading claims about the origins of Ebola and why it spread so rapidly, he traces West Africa’s chronic health failures back to centuries of exploitation and injustice. Under formal colonial rule, disease containment was a priority, but care was not - and the region’s health-care woes worsened, with devastating consequences that Farmer traces up to the present.

©2020 Dreamscape Media, LLC (P)2020 Dreamscape Media, LLC

Length: 22 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Guided Meditations for Anxiety

Guided Meditations for Anxiety

Summary

If you want to defeat anxiety and panic attacks, this audiobook is exactly what you are looking for!  Do you have problems getting stressed out on a regular basis? Not enough will power? Sleeping issues such as insomnia? Or do you have anxiety? If you do, this audiobook will help you to counter these problems by listening to relaxing content which can help you get to rest much more easily. In this audiobook, you’ll find: Centering and healing yourself Breathing deeply, meditatively Visualization - how to find liberation from anxiety with it How to (re)connect with the pace of the earth The true value of waiting And so much more! Even if you never did meditation before or you are skeptical about the potential of meditation, you will find the answer to your questions and a complete program to help you step by step. So, if you’re ready to start your journey to have a much better fulfilling life, then scroll up and click on the "buy" button now. If you are not ready to have a life without feeling anxiety, just ignore the Buy button. Otherwise, this is your occasion, these few dollars could really improve your sleep!

©2020 Asana Plain (P)2020 Asana Plain

Available on Audible
Cover art for Corona, False Alarm?

Corona, False Alarm?

29 ratings

Summary

No other topic dominates our attention as much as coronavirus and COVID-19, the infectious disease it triggers. There’s been a global deluge of contradictory opinions, fake news, and politically controlled information. Differing views on the dangers posed by the pandemic have led to deep division and confusion, within governments, society, and even among friends and family. In Corona, False Alarm?, award-winning researchers Dr. Sucharit Bhakdi and Dr. Karina Reiss give clarity to these confusing and stressful times. They offer analysis of whether radical protective measures, including lockdown, social distancing, and mandatory masking, have been justified, and what the ramifications have been for society, the economy, and public health. Dr. Bhakdi and Dr. Reiss provide dates, facts, and background information. Corona, False Alarm? provides you with sound information and substantiated facts, and encourages you to form your own opinion on the corona crisis. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Karina Reiss and Sucharit Bhakdi (P)2020 Chelsea Green Publishing

Available on Audible
Cover art for Fertility: Healthy and Natural Fertility and Pregnancy Guide

Fertility: Healthy and Natural Fertility and Pregnancy Guide

Summary

Discover the natural ways to increase your chances of fertility! Learn how to prepare yourself for pregnancy See what nature provides us in nutrition that can assist in fertility Discover the natural ways to combat common fertility problems Find the most common but not widely known structural and anatomical cause for infertility Proven solutions for causes of infertility Uncover the natural ways used for centuries to improve rate of fertility Learn the huge benefits to acupuncture Should you use chiropractic care treatments? Common concerns with pregnancy after 40 And much, much more! Are you frustrated by your struggle with infertility? Have you tried everything, and yet nothing has worked? Would you like to go the natural route instead of using potential harmful drugs? If you answered "yes" to any of these questions, this book was written for you. Fertility problems can cause frustrations and pain. I've personally witnessed marriages fall apart because of how big this issue became in their relationship. What once was a deep, burning love turned into hate and sleepless nights. What happens when someone tries again and again to become pregnant but no progress? The human spirit slowly but surely becomes weak and disheartened. You see losing faith is a terrible thing. Because with no faith, it becomes that much harder to keep pressing on to find a solution.

©2015 Great Reads Publishing (P)2015 Great Reads Publishing

Available on Audible
Cover art for Beyond Codependency

Beyond Codependency

17 ratings

Summary

Author Melody Beattie's Codependent No More spent an astonishing three years on the New York Times best seller list and made codependent a household word. In this thoughtful sequel, she offers further helpful advice for making permanent, positive lifestyle changes. Alcoholism, drug abuse, and similar destructive practices can render families dysfunctional. When the children of these families become adults, they sometimes develop self-defeating survival tactics, such as low self-esteem or an obsession with controlling another person's behavior. To help those stuck in codependent cycles identify and eliminate such troubling issues from their relationships, Beattie shares wisdom gained from years of experience. Beyond Codependency is a sensitive and supportive audiobook that encourages listeners to adopt a practical approach when confronting their own unhealthy and unproductive behaviors. As she did with the original, narrator Christina Moore lends her reassuring voice to this important book.

©1989 Hazelden Foundation (P)2015 Recorded Books

Available on Audible
Cover art for Medical School for Everyone: Emergency Medicine

Medical School for Everyone: Emergency Medicine

28 ratings

Summary

You're a doctor 11 hours into your shift, and you've just walked into a waiting area packed with patients. There's an elderly man complaining of chest pain, a teenage girl whose arms are swollen with bee stings, and an ambulance bringing in two unresponsive kids from a car crash. What do you do next? In Dr. Benaroch's 24 lectures, experience for yourself the high-stakes drama and medical insights of life in an everyday emergency department: the most intense department in any hospital and home to the kind of split-second decision making, troubleshooting, and detective work that can make the difference between a patient's life and death. Every lecture brings you up close and personal with the common and uncommon medical crises that emergency doctors encounter throughout their careers. As you shadow Dr. Benaroch on his shifts and sometimes even venture off-site, you'll encounter patients coming in with a variety of symptoms and complaints - some of which are easily diagnosed and treated and some of which are more life-threatening than they first appear. At the heart of each case are powerful examples of: How emergency doctors think on their feet How emergency doctors determine what's really wrong with a patient How emergency doctors rule in - or out - certain diagnoses How emergency doctors counsel patients and families on improving health This is your opportunity to explore the adventure, mystery, and fascination of emergency medicine - and to discover why it's one of the most exciting and rewarding branches of medicine to work in. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 The Great Courses (P)2015 The Teaching Company, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for Die neue Medizin der Emotionen

Die neue Medizin der Emotionen

Summary

Depression, Zukunftsangst und Stress durch Überforderung sind die Krankheiten unserer modernen Gesellschaft. Der Neurologe und Psychiater David Servan-Schreiber stellt sieben wissenschaftlich überprüfte Behandlungsmethoden vor, die zeigen, dass diese Krankheiten alle heilbar sind. Und zwar ohne Medikamente und jahrelange Psychotherapie, sondern durch die Mobilisierung des "emotionalen Gehirns" und seiner Selbstheilungskräfte. Heilung ohne Medikamente und Psychotherapie: wissenschaftlich fundiert und an Einzelfällen plastisch geschildert.

©2006 Goldmann Verlag (P)2013 Der Hörverlag

Available on Audible
Cover art for This Is How I Save My Life

This Is How I Save My Life

4 ratings

Summary

Sometimes, you only find everything when you are willing to try anything.... From "a brave warrior and a wonderful writer" (Elizabeth Gilbert, number one New York Times best-selling author of Eat Pray Love), the true story of a fiery young woman's heartwarming and hilarious journey that takes her from near death in California to a trip around the world in search of a cure. Along the way, she discovers a world of cultural mayhem, radical medical treatment, an unexpected romance, and, most importantly, a piece of her life she never even knew she was missing. When everyone gave up on her... When Amy B. Scher was struck with undiagnosed late-stage, chronic Lyme disease, the best physicians in America labeled her condition incurable and potentially terminal. Deteriorating rapidly, she went on a search to save her own life - from the top experts in Los Angeles and the world-renowned Mayo Clinic in Minneapolis to a state-of-the-art hospital in Chicago. She risked her own life to find it. After exhausting all of her options in the US, she discovered a possible cure - but it was highly experimental, available only in India, and had as much of a probability of killing her as it did of curing her. Knowing the risks and armed with her self-created motto "when life kicks your ass, kick back", Amy packed her bags, convinced her parents, and flew across the world anyway. But this is not just another book about illness. Vikas Swarup, New York Times best-selling author of Slumdog Millionaire calls this book "a heartwarming and inspiring story that will change the way you look at life." "In her stunning new memoir, the refrain 'we are the healing we've been waiting for' rings throughout...a beautiful testament to resilience that veers from the comical to the tragic." (LA Review of Books) It's for anyone who believes in - or doubts - the existence of miracles when it seems like all hope is lost.  You'll discover who you really are (and why it matters). Do you ever wonder what it takes to save your own life? Or even just your sanity when times are hard? This Is How I Save My Life will help you discover who you really are. While Amy's story began as the search for a physical cure from Lyme disease, it turned out to be so much more. It turned out to be about life - how we get through when it seems impossible and even find some humor in it all.  And you'll learn very important things, too, like: How chocolate cake might help you keep the faith Why telling yourself the truth is more important than anything else And the best way to outrun a group of schoolboys in India if you're ever mistaken for the pop singer Shakira!

©2018 Amy B. Scher (P)2018 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Length: 6 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Feel Better in 5

Feel Better in 5

3 ratings

Summary

It only takes five minutes to start changing your life. For good. Everyone wants to be healthy. But thanks to the unceasing distractions in modern life, virtually everyone also struggles to maintain this priority. And thanks to a flood of conflicting opinions and complicated programs, figuring out how to be healthy can be overwhelming. But what if all it took to make a real difference was five minutes of your day? If you've ever struggled to prioritize your health or started an intensive plan only to stop days, weeks, or months later, it's not your fault - behavioral science shows that most plans simply aren't built to last. From Dr. Rangan Chatterjee, a pioneer in the emerging field of progressive medicine and star of BBC's Doctor in the House, Feel Better in 5 draws on his 20 years of experience, including real-life case studies from his medical practice, to identify simple, effective strategies that will help you become healthier, happier, and less stressed. Feel Better in 5 gives you a program that shapes itself around your life. It is your daily five-minute prescription for a happier, healthier you.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Rangan Chatterjee (P)2020 Gildan Media

Available on Audible
Cover art for Making Babies

Making Babies

10 ratings

Summary

Making Babies offers a proven three-month program designed to help any woman get pregnant. Fertility medicine today is all about aggressive surgical, chemical, and technological intervention, but Drs. David and Blakeway know a better way. Starting by identifying "fertility types", they cover everything from recognizing the causes of fertility problems to making lifestyle choices that enhance fertility to trying surprising strategies such as taking cough medicine, decreasing doses of fertility drugs, or getting acupuncture along with IVF. Making Babies is a must-have for every woman trying to conceive, whether naturally or through medical intervention. Drs. David and Blakeway are revolutionizing the fertility field one baby at a time. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2009 Sami S. David (P)2017 Hachette Audio

Length: 13 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why We Sleep

Why We Sleep

968 ratings

Summary

The first sleep book by a leading scientific expert - Professor Matthew Walker, director of UC Berkeley's Sleep and Neuroimaging Lab - reveals his groundbreaking exploration of sleep, explaining how we can harness its transformative power to change our lives for the better. Sleep is one of the most important but least understood aspects of our life, wellness, and longevity. Until very recently, science had no answer to the question of why we sleep, or what good it served, or why we suffer such devastating health consequences when we don't sleep. Compared to the other basic drives in life - eating, drinking, and reproducing - the purpose of sleep remained elusive. But an explosion of scientific discoveries in the last 20 years has shed new light on this fundamental aspect of our lives. Now, preeminent neuroscientist and sleep expert Matthew Walker gives us a new understanding of the vital importance of sleep and dreaming. Among so many other things, within the brain, sleep enriches our ability to learn, memorize, and make logical decisions. It recalibrates our emotions, restocks our immune system, fine-tunes our metabolism, and regulates our appetite. Dreaming mollifies painful memories and creates a virtual reality space in which the brain melds past and present knowledge to inspire creativity. Walker answers important questions about sleep: How do caffeine and alcohol affect sleep? What really happens during REM sleep? Why do our sleep patterns change across a lifetime? How do common sleep aids affect us, and can they do long-term damage? Charting cutting-edge scientific breakthroughs and synthesizing decades of research and clinical practice, Walker explains how we can harness sleep to improve learning, mood, and energy levels; regulate hormones; prevent cancer, Alzheimer's, and diabetes; slow the effects of aging; increase longevity; enhance the education and lifespan of our children, and boost the efficiency, success, and productivity of our businesses. Clear-eyed, fascinating, and immensely accessible, Why We Sleep is the crucial account on sleep that will forever change listeners' minds on the subject. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2017 Matthew Walker (P)2017 Simon & Schuster, Inc.

Length: 13 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Diabetes Code

The Diabetes Code

296 ratings

Summary

From acclaimed author Dr. Jason Fung, a revolutionary guide to reversing diabetes. Dr. Jason Fung forever changed the way we think about obesity with his best-selling book, The Obesity Code. Now he has set out to do the same for type 2 diabetes. Today, most doctors, dietitians, and even diabetes specialists consider type 2 diabetes to be a chronic and progressive disease - a life sentence with no possibility of parole. But the truth, as Dr. Fung reveals in this paradigm-shifting book, is that type 2 diabetes is reversible. Writing with clear, persuasive language, he explains why conventional treatments that rely on insulin or other blood-glucose-lowering drugs can actually exacerbate the problem, leading to significant weight gain and even heart disease. The only way to treat type 2 diabetes effectively, he argues, is proper dieting and intermittent fasting - not medication. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2018 Jason Fung (P)2018 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Crystal Bowl Breathing

Crystal Bowl Breathing

94 ratings

Summary

Jesse Israel was a successful music executive running his own label when debilitating anxiety and panic attacks forced him to step back and seek help. When he found meditation, it inspired him to switch gears in a big way. He founded The Big Quiet, a mass meditation movement that gathers thousands of people for large-scale moments of quiet around the world (including for Oprah’s 2020 Vision Tour with WW). In this meditation designed to help you sleep, Jesse guides you to synchronize your inhalations and exhalations to the deeply relaxing sounds of vibrating crystal bowls played by Jackie Cantwell to quiet your mind and body before bed. This title is part of a collection of audio experiences created to deliver your best sleep during this difficult time.  Jackie Cantwell: Crystal bowls

©2020 Audible Originals, LLC (P)2020 Audible Originals, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for Get Well Soon

Get Well Soon

226 ratings

Summary

A witty, irreverent tour of history's worst plagues - from the Antonine Plague, to leprosy, to polio - and a celebration of the heroes who fought them. In 1518, in a small town in Alsace, Frau Troffea began dancing and didn't stop. She danced until she was carried away six days later, and soon 34 more villagers joined her. Then more. In a month more than 400 people had been stricken by the mysterious dancing plague. In late-19th-century England an eccentric gentleman founded the No Nose Club in his gracious townhome - a social club for those who had lost their noses, and other body parts, to the plague of syphilis for which there was then no cure. And in turn-of-the-century New York, an Irish cook caused two lethal outbreaks of typhoid fever, a case that transformed her into the notorious Typhoid Mary. Throughout time, humans have been terrified and fascinated by the diseases history and circumstance have dropped on them. Some of their responses to those outbreaks are almost too strange to believe in hindsight. Get Well Soon delivers the gruesome, morbid details of some of the worst plagues we've suffered as a species, as well as stories of the heroic figures who selflessly fought to ease the suffering of their fellow man. With her signature mix of in-depth research and storytelling, and not a little dark humor, Jennifer Wright explores history's most gripping and deadly outbreaks, and ultimately looks at the surprising ways they've shaped history and humanity for almost as long as anyone can remember.

©2017 Jennifer Wright (P)2017 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The 8-Week Blood Sugar Diet

The 8-Week Blood Sugar Diet

8 ratings

Summary

Our modern diet, high in low-quality carbohydrates, is damaging our bodies - producing a constant overload of sugar in our bloodstream that clogs up our arteries and piles hidden fat into our internal organs. The result has been a doubling in the number of type 2 diabetics as well as a surge in those with a potentially hazardous condition - prediabetes. It is now known that even moderately elevated blood sugar levels can trigger heart disease, stroke, dementia, and cancer. Scientists have recently demonstrated that you can prevent and even reverse type 2 diabetes with a simple change in diet and lifestyle. Drawing on the work of professor Roy Taylor - one of the UK's foremost diabetes experts - and his own experience as a onetime diabetic, Dr. Michael Mosley presents a groundbreaking, science-based eight-week plan for diabetics who want to reverse their condition (and then stay off medication). He also offers a more flexible regime for people interested in the extensive health benefits to be gained from lowering their blood sugar levels and shedding dangerous fat. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Parenting Matters Ltd. (P)2016 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Look Me in the Eye

Look Me in the Eye

12 ratings

Summary

Ever since he was small, John Robison had longed to connect with other people, but by the time he was a teenager, his odd habits - an inclination to blurt out non sequiturs, avoid eye contact, dismantle radios, and dig five-foot holes - had earned him the label “social deviant.” No guidance came from his mother or his father. It was no wonder he gravitated to machines, which could, at least, be counted on.  After fleeing his parents and dropping out of high school, his savant-like ability to visualize electronic circuits landed him a gig with KISS. Later, he drifted into a “real” job, as an engineer for a major toy company. But the higher Robison rose in the company, the more he had to pretend to be “normal” and do what he simply couldn’t: communicate.  It was not until he was 40 that an insightful therapist told him he had the form of autism called Asperger’s syndrome. That understanding transformed the way Robison saw himself - and the world. Robison also provides a fascinating reverse angle on the younger brother he left at the mercy of their nutty parents - the boy who would later change his name to Augusten Burroughs.  Ultimately, this is the story of Robison’s journey from his world into ours, a strange, sly, indelible account - sometimes alien, yet always deeply human. 

©2007 John Elder Robison (P)2007 Books on Tape

Available on Audible
Cover art for Summary & Analysis of Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams

Summary & Analysis of Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams

1 rating

Summary

Please note: This is a summary and analysis of the book and not the original book. If you'd like to purchase the original book, it is available from Amazon and Audible.  In the deeply revealing book Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams, Doctor Matthew Walker shares some truly profound revelations into the realm of sleep. He unlocks mysteries that will force you to look at your bedtime in a whole new light.  Click "Buy Now" to own your copy today!  What does this ZIP Reads summary include?  Synopsis of the original book The science of sleep and how it heals our brain Common causes of sleep deprivation Long-term effects sleep deprivation can have on the body The role dreams play in rejuvenating us The importance of sleep across different age groups and species Editorial review Background on the author About the original book: In Why We Sleep, Matthew Walker goes deep into the science behind sleep and why it is of vital significance to all animals. He provides scientific evidence to highlight the benefits of sleep and the extreme consequences that befall those who fail to get the recommended amount. Walker also explains the dream process and why it is critical to your good health and optimal survival.  If you have ever wondered whether sleep is important and what your dreams really mean, this is the audiobook for you. You can rest assured that your bedtime will never be the same again!  Disclaimer: This audiobook is intended as a companion to, not a replacement for Why We Sleep. ZIP Reads is wholly responsible for this content and is not associated with the original author in any way. 

©2018 ZIP Reads (P)2018 ZIP Reads

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Trying Game

The Trying Game

Summary

From the author of Fertility Diary for the New York Times Motherlode blog comes a reassuring, no-nonsense guide to both the emotional and practical process of trying to get pregnant, written with the smarts, warmth, and honesty of a woman who has been in the trenches. "A compassionate, often funny, well-researched, and ultimately empowering guide." (Lori Gottlieb, New York Times best-selling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone) There are so many ways to be Not Pregnant: You can be young, old, partnered, or unpartnered. Maybe you have endometriosis. Maybe you don’t have enough eggs or your partner doesn’t have enough sperm. Or maybe there’s nothing wrong except you’re Just. Not. Pregnant. Amy Klein has been there. Faced with fertility obstacles, she quickly became an expert. After nine rounds of IVF, four miscarriages, three acupuncturists, two rabbis, and one reproductive immunologist, she finally became a mother. And she wrote about it all for the New York Times Motherlode blog in her Fertility Diary column. Now, Amy has written the book she wishes she’d had when she was trying to get pregnant. With advice from medical experts as well as real women, she outlines your options every step of the way, from questions you should ask to advice on getting your mother-in-law to mind her own beeswax. In this comprehensive road map to infertility, you’ll find topics such as: Whether to freeze your eggs Finding (and affording) a clinic What to expect during your first IVF cycle Baby envy - aka it’s okay to skip your friend’s shower Whether the alternative route - acupuncture, herbs, supplements - is for you Helpful tips and more! Empowering, compassionate, and down-to-earth, The Trying Game will show you what to expect when you’re not expecting with heart and humanity when you need it the most.

©2020 Amy Klein (P)2020 Random House Audio

Narrator: RJ Walker, Amy Klein
Length: 11 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Deep Medicine

Deep Medicine

34 ratings

Summary

One of America's top doctors reveals how AI will empower physicians and revolutionize patient care Medicine has become inhuman, to disastrous effect. The doctor-patient relationship - the heart of medicine - is broken: doctors are too distracted and overwhelmed to truly connect with their patients, and medical errors and misdiagnoses abound. In Deep Medicine, leading physician Eric Topol reveals how artificial intelligence can help. AI has the potential to transform everything doctors do, from notetaking and medical scans to diagnosis and treatment, greatly cutting down the cost of medicine and reducing human mortality. By freeing physicians from the tasks that interfere with human connection, AI will create space for the real healing that takes place between a doctor who can listen and a patient who needs to be heard.  Innovative, provocative, and hopeful, Deep Medicine shows us how the awesome power of AI can make medicine better, for all the humans involved.

©2019 Eric Topol (P)2019 Recorded Books

Available on Audible
Cover art for The 21-Day Immunity Plan

The 21-Day Immunity Plan

Summary

A simple, clear, scientifically proven plan to boost metabolic health and help our immunity to the virus Covid-19 by one of the world's most influential cardiologists. Dr Aseem Malhotra, a leading NHS cardiologist, has led the way in citing obesity, Type 2 diabetes and heart disease as frequent factors in those hospitalised with coronavirus. He shows how they result from poor metabolic health, including an over-dependence on ultra-processed foods, which seriously affects our immune response.  In this life-changing 21-day plan he brings us the good news that we can reverse our health and rapidly improve our resilience to infection and disease through just a few simple lifestyle changes - to our diet, how we exercise, sleep and reduce stress.

©2020 Aseem Malhotra (P)2020 Hodder & Stoughton Ltd

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Brain Fog Fix

The Brain Fog Fix

12 ratings

Summary

A new epidemic is sweeping the country. Some people call it ADHD, scatter brain, or brain fog. Some simply say they just don't feel like themselves - and haven't for a long time. People are thinking and feeling worse than ever. Why? Because our brains are not getting the support they need to produce the essential brain chemicals that keep us energized, calm, focused, and inspired. In fact if you look at the way most of us live, it's almost as though we've chosen a lifestyle deliberately intended to undermine our brain chemistry. Fortunately there is a solution. The Brain Fog Fix is a three-week program designed to help you naturally restore three of your brain's most crucial chemicals: serotonin, dopamine, and cortisol. Rebalancing these three brain chemicals will, in turn, enable the rest of your brain's chemistry to reach optimal levels. You will find yourself thinking more clearly, remembering more accurately, learning more quickly, and unleashing the floodgates of your creativity. You will also find yourself feeling more optimistic, calm, energized, connected, and inspired. The good news is that this is easier than you think. Instead of trying to ambitiously overhaul one aspect of your life entirely with some difficult-to-maintain resolution, begin by making small and achievable changes in many different areas of your life. "If I've learned one thing from the thousands of people I've treated, it's that you have to take the whole person into account if you want to think and feel better." (Dr. Mike Dow) PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Blackstone Audio, Inc. (P)2015 Blackstone Audiobooks

Narrator: Dr. Mike Dow
Author: Dr. Mike Dow
Length: 7 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Alkaline Diet

Alkaline Diet

Summary

Do you want a healthy body? Do you want to know more about a diet regimen which will help you to keep healthy for a long period? If you’re looking for a total body transformation, without resorting to unhealthy crash dieting, then keep reading... Here's the deal. You have tried all the plans to "eat clean" online...But you still look in the mirror and see no results. The truth is: The alkaline diet replaces acidifying foods with alkaline food groups improving our health. Our metabolism is often equated to fire. This is because both fire and our metabolism involve chemical reactions, responsible for breaking down a solid form of substance. The reactions taking place in our body often happen in a controlled and slow manner. As the things burn, residue in the form of ash remains behind. The metabolic waste can be acidic, alkaline, or neutral. Proponents of the alkaline diet assert that the food eaten by us leaves acidic ash, making our blood more acidic. If we eat food that leaves alkaline ash, our blood becomes more alkaline. In the alkaline diet, people eat more vegetables, fruits, and other healthy plant foods. They restrict eating processed and junk food. A low-protein alkalizing diet positively affects people having chronic kidney ailments. The alkaline diet is considered healthy because it mainly consists of unprocessed and whole foods. In this audiobook you will find: Switch to a alkaline diet, what to eat, what to avoid Alkaline Diet and your health Food like medicine, the science ok alkaline diet Weight loss and better health Alkaline diet with prevent prediabetes and natural insulin resistance Meal plan and meal prep with cookbook and recipes If you want to learn more about how to get the best weight loss results without the dieting headaches and have a healthy lifestyle...then get this audiobook now to get started.

©2019 Dr. Mike Morens (P)2020 Dr. Mike Morens

Narrator: Jessica Andrews
Length: 3 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Polyvagal Theory & the Vagus Nerve

The Polyvagal Theory & the Vagus Nerve

Summary

Heal chronic illnesses and improve mental healthy by harnessing the power of your vagus nerve. Do you suffer from chronic pain? Are you tired all the time? Do you struggle with depression, anxiety, or eating disorders? You may have a problem with your vagus nerve. Having a healthy vagus nerve is linked to peak emotional, mental, and physical well-being. A strong and properly functioning vagus nerve is able to properly manage inflammation, leading to a decrease in pain, swelling, and digestive issues, as well as an increase in a general feeling of wellness. The vagus nerve also manages your mood and stress levels, leading to an alleviation of the negative effects of PTSD, anxiety, and depression. However, numerous factors, such as excessive stress, poor posture, or weak muscles can clog the vagus nerve and hinder it from doing its job. So, how can you make sure that your vagus nerve is in top shape? In this three-in-one audiobook, you will be able to know all about the vagus nerve and how you can ensure it stays healthy and strong using vagus yoga and polyvagal theory. Here’s what you’ll learn: Surprising natural techniques to activate the vagus nerve Specific strategies for dealing with anxiety, depression, PTSD, and other conditions by stimulating the vagus nerve with different techniques How to get out of "fight or flight" mode using science-backed techniques How to use polyvagal theory to heal yourself and improve your life How meditation and yoga can improve vagus nerve health And so much more! Unfortunately, not a lot is known about the vagus nerve. This is the reason why some doctors are having a hard time accurately diagnosing patients, leading to frustration and more health issues. With the help of this book, you will learn all the well-researched tips, tricks, and information you will need to ensure that your vagus nerve is in top shape so that you can also stay healthy!

©2020 Isaac Anderson, Rudolph Giuliani (P)2020 Isaac Anderson, Rudolph Giuliani

Available on Audible
Cover art for The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook

The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook

1 rating

Summary

Put insomnia to bed in just four weeks. If you’re reading this, you’ve probably figured out that counting sheep, doing a headstand, or wearing socks won’t get you to sleep. Good news - addressing the root causes of your insomnia can. This book will get you from stressed to sleep in just four weeks with a range of proven drug-free strategies. With The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook as your guide, you’ll learn the latest CBT-I (Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia) and mindfulness practices to get to the bottom of your sleepless nights. Throughout this program, you’ll tackle the thoughts and feelings that keep you up at night and establish a sleep-hygiene routine that works for you. The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook includes:  The science of sleep - Learn everything you need to know about insomnia, including the primary types and common causes. A four-week program - Start with a personal assessment and progressively build habits for better sleep week after week. By the time you finish this workbook, you’ll have a sleep hygiene routine that works for you. Proven strategies - Try stimulus control therapy, designate a specific worry time, meditate, and much more - this book is filled with CBT-I, mindfulness, and lifestyle techniques to give you the drug-free rest you want and need. Understand the underlying causes of insomnia and overcome them - with The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Sara Dittoe Barrett (P)2019 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Vivienne Leheny
Length: 2 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Nutrient Power

Nutrient Power

2 ratings

Summary

Psychiatry has made great advances in the past 50 years but needs a new direction. Today's emphasis on psychiatric drugs will not stand the test of time. Recent advances in epigenetics and the molecular biology of the brain have provided a roadmap for the development of effective, natural, drug-free therapies that do not produce serious side effects. Psychiatric medications have served society well over the last 50 years, but the need for drug therapies will fade away as science advances. Nutrient Power presents a science-based nutrient therapy system that can help millions of people diagnosed with mental disorders. This approach recognizes that nutrient imbalances can alter brain levels of key neurotransmitters, disrupt gene expression of proteins and enzymes, and cripple the body's protection against environmental toxins. The author's database containing millions of chemical factors in blood, urine, and tissues has identified brain-changing nutrient imbalances in patients diagnosed with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), autism, behavior disorders, depression, schizophrenia, and Alzheimer's disease. This book describes individualized nutrient therapy treatments that have produced thousands of reports of recovery. Walsh's approach is more scientific than the trial-and-error use of psychiatric drugs and is aimed at a true normalization of the brain. Depression, schizophrenia, and ADHD are umbrella terms that encompass disorders with widely differing brain chemistries and symptoms. Nutrient Power describes nutrient therapies tailored to specific types. Other book highlights include the Walsh Theory of Schizophrenia, a new way to look at autism, a promising new treatment for Alzheimer's, and recommendations for reducing crime and violence.

©2012 William J. Walsh, PhD (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Richard Allen
Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Impatient Woman's Guide to Getting Pregnant

The Impatient Woman's Guide to Getting Pregnant

19 ratings

Summary

Trying to get pregnant is enough to make any woman impatient. The Impatient Woman's Guide to Getting Pregnant is a complete guide to the medical, psychological, social, and sexual aspects of getting pregnant, told in a funny, compassionate way, like talking to a good friend who's been through it all. And in fact Dr. Jean Twenge has been through it all - the mother of three young children, she started researching fertility when trying to conceive for the first time. A renowned sociologist, Dr. Twenge brought her research background to the information that she encountered online, from family and friends, and in books and decided to go into the latest studies to find out the real story. The good news is there is a lot less to worry about than you've been led to believe. Dr. Twenge gets to the heart of the emotional issues around getting pregnant, including how to prepare mentally and physically when thinking about conceiving; how to talk about it with family, friends, and your partner; and how to handle the great sadness of a miscarriage. Also covered is how to know when you're ovulating, when to have sex, timing your pregnancy, maximizing your chances of getting pregnant, how to tilt the odds toward having a boy or a girl, and the best prenatal diet.

©2012 Jean Twenge (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Vanessa Daniels
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Unblinded

Unblinded

Summary

Unblinded is the true story of New Yorker Kevin Coughlin, who became blind at age 36 due to a rare genetic disorder known as Leber's hereditary optic neuropathy. Twenty years later, without medical intervention, Kevin's sight miraculously started to return. He is the only known person in the world who has experienced a spontaneous, non-medically assisted regeneration of the optic nerve. Unblinded follows Kevin's descent into darkness and his unexplained reemergence to sight.   "...An inherently fascinating read from beginning to end, Unblinded is an extraordinary story of an extraordinary man." (Midwest Book Review)

©2018 Traci Medford-Rosow and Kevin Coughlin (P)2018 Traci Medford-Rosow and Kevin Coughlin

Narrator: Josh Albert
Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Mitochondria and the Future of Medicine

Mitochondria and the Future of Medicine

8 ratings

Summary

The book has information for patients and practitioners on optimizing mitochondrial function for greater health and longevity. Why do we age? Why does cancer develop? What's the connection between heart failure and Alzheimer's disease or infertility and hearing loss? Can we extend lifespan, and if so, how? What is the exercise paradox? Why do antioxidant supplements sometimes do more harm than good? Many will be amazed to learn that all these questions, and many more, can be answered by a single point of discussion: mitochondria and bioenergetics. In Mitochondria and the Future of Medicine, naturopathic doctor Lee Know tells the epic story of mitochondria - the widely misunderstood and often-overlooked powerhouses of our cells. The legendary saga began over two billion years ago, when one bacterium entered another without being digested, which would evolve to create the first mitochondrion. Since then, for life to exist beyond single-celled bacteria, it's the mitochondria that have been responsible for this life-giving energy. By understanding how our mitochondria work, in fact, it is possible to add years to our lives, and life to our years. Current research, however, has revealed a dark side: many seemingly disconnected degenerative diseases have tangled roots in dysfunctional mitochondria. However, modern research has also endowed us with the knowledge on how to optimize its function, which is of critical importance to our health and longevity.  Lee Know offers cutting-edge information on supplementation and lifestyle changes for mitochondrial optimization, such as CoQ10, D-Ribose, cannabinoids, and ketogenic dietary therapy and how to implement their use successfully.  Mitochondria and the Future of Medicine is an invaluable resource for practitioners interested in mitochondrial medicine and the true roots of chronic illness and disease as well as anyone interested in optimizing their health. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 Lee Know (P)2019 Chelsea Green Publishing

Author: Lee Know
Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Viruses, Plagues, and History

Viruses, Plagues, and History

10 ratings

Summary

The story of viruses and humanity is a story of fear and ignorance, of grief and heartbreak, and of great bravery and sacrifice. Michael Oldstone tells all these stories as he illuminates the history of the devastating diseases that have tormented humanity, focusing mostly on the most famous viruses.    Oldstone begins with smallpox, polio, and measles. Nearly 300 million people were killed by smallpox in this century alone and the author presents a vivid account of the long campaign to eradicate this lethal killer. Oldstone then describes the fascinating viruses that have captured headlines in more recent years: Ebola, Hantavirus, mad cow disease (a frightening illness made worse by government mishandling and secrecy), and, of course, AIDS. And he tells us of the many scientists watching and waiting even now for the next great plague, monitoring influenza strains to see whether the deadly variant from 1918 - a viral strain that killed over 20 million people in 1918-1919 - will make a comeback. For this revised edition, Oldstone includes discussions of new viruses like SARS, bird flu, virally caused cancers, chronic wasting disease, and West Nile. Viruses, Plagues, and History paints a sweeping portrait of humanity's long-standing conflict with our unseen viral enemies. Oldstone's book is a vivid history of a fascinating field, and a highly reliable dispatch from an eminent researcher on the front line of this ongoing campaign.

©2010 Michael B. A. Oldstone (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Length: 13 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Wahls Protocol

The Wahls Protocol

3 ratings

Summary

The Wahls Protocol has become a sensation, transforming the lives of people with autoimmune diseases. Now in this fully revised edition, Dr. Terry Wahls outlines the latest research that validates the program and offers new, powerful tools to arm listeners and help them achieve total health.  The Wahls Protocol comes out of Dr. Wahls' own quest to treat the debilitating symptoms she experiences as a sufferer of progressive MS. Informed by science, she began using Paleo principles as guidelines for her unique, nutrient-rich plan. This book shares Dr. Wahls' astonishing personal story of recovery and details the program, with up-to-date research she's now conducting at the University of Iowa.  Split into three different levels, this updated edition allows listeners to choose the modified Wahls Diet if they're new to the regime, the Wahls Paleo Diet if they're ready to amp up their health, or the more advanced Wahls Paleo Plus Diet if they need more aggressive treatment. They can also incorporate the just-added Wahls Elimination Diet into their plan to pinpoint individual food sensitivities, so their diet is as personal as ever.  The Wahls Protocol is a key addition to the "whole food" revolution, and a deeply moving, results-driven testimonial to the healing power of food.   PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2014, 2020 Dr. Terry Wahls LLC (P)2020 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve

Vagus Nerve

Summary

Explore the dynamics of the vagus nerve and energy massage for depression and stress relief. Did you know that the vagus nerve in your body has a direct role in alleviating depression and stress? Explore the simple and general information on one of the most crucial nerves present inside your body. Take a deep breath and step into a world of factual knowledge gathered from the professional and personal experiences of Theodore O'Malsomighi.  As a specialist in energy massages and yoga treatments for relieving depression, anxiety, and inflammation, our favorite author has talked about the different modalities in which you can restore the healthy form of your mind and body by manipulating the vagus nerve.  During his career, Theodore O'Malsomighi has extracted useful information on the activation of the vagus nerve so that it can be treated in an efficient and pain-free manner. This book, Vagus Nerve, takes you into a world of useful knowledge and tricks to rejuvenate your vagus nerve by offering natural energy massage treatment. Beginners in the field of yoga who want to know the best way of healing the vagus nerve are advised to listen to this book at least once in their lifetime! Avail this opportunity of understanding the pneumogastric nerve inside your body so you can stimulate and treat it at the time of need.  Would you like to know about simple exercises that can help you lead depression and anxiety-free lifestyle? If yes, this audiobook is the best option for you. Give it a try and discover all about the vagus nerve’s anatomy, function and importance in the body, simply and concisely.  Here is why you should get this book: Simple and easily comprehensible information on the vagus nerve Useful findings on the pneumogastric nerve and its role in depression Understanding of the different causes of anxiety, depression, and inflammation  Exploration of simple modalities for stimulating and treating the vagus nerve Acquisition of useful knowledge on how to manipulate yoga for vagus nerve treatment Dive into a world of in-depth knowledge on the vagus nerve and its stimulation to ward off inflammation to lead a healthy, stress-free life. Are you failing to identify the root cause of your depression and anxiety? Well, there are high chances that your pneumogastric nerve is the main culprit behind these issues. If you are a beginner in the world of yoga and physical anatomy, this audiobook will offer you all the information you need to acquaint yourself with the possible treatment modalities and simple yoga exercises which can be used to stimulate the vagus nerve to get rid of inflammation and mental problems. Theodore O'Malsomighi, a reputed author, has shared invaluable information on how to apply the right yoga strategies and natural energy massages to nip the problem from its roots. This book is nothing less than a jackpot for those who have been struggling with depression and nerve inflammation.  Here is how this book is meant to help you: Wide list of simple yoga exercises Information about the vagus nerve Simple wording - no complex information Useful yoga therapies for vagus nerve This audiobook provides comprehensive concoction of insights on the vagus nerve and its massage to relieve stress. Find out all about simple exercises for relieving stress and anxiety. Order it today!

©2019 Theodore O'Malsomighi (P)2019 Theodore O'Malsomighi

Narrator: Karter Dolan
Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Circadian Code

The Circadian Code

34 ratings

Summary

Like most people, you probably wake up, get hungry for meals and doze off in bed around the same time every day. If you've ever experienced jet lag or pulled an all-nighter, you know that this schedule can easily be thrown off kilter. But for some people, that imbalance or difficulty sleeping at night, hunger at odd times, or sudden fatigue at noon is a constant. If you're one of those people, Dr. Satchin Panda, one of the leading researchers on circadian rhythms, has a plan to reset your body clock.  Beginning with an in-depth explanation of the circadian clock - why it's important, how it works, and how to know it isn't working - The Circadian Code outlines lifestyle changes to make to get back on track. It's a concrete plan to enhance weight loss, improve sleep, optimize exercise, and manage technology so that it doesn't interfere with your body's natural rhythm. Dr. Panda's life changing methods show you how to prevent and reverse ailments like diabetes, cancer, and dementia, as well as microbiome conditions like acid reflux, heartburn, and irritable bowel disease.

©2018 Satchin Panda, PhD (P)2018 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Length: 9 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Synesthesia

Synesthesia

Summary

One in 23 people carry the genes for the synesthesia. Not a disorder but a neurological trait - like perfect pitch - synesthesia creates vividly felt cross-sensory couplings. A synesthete might hear a voice and at the same time see it as a color or shape, taste its distinctive flavor, or feel it as a physical touch. Cytowic explains that synesthesia's most frequent manifestation is seeing days of the week as colored, followed by sensing letters, numerals, and punctuation marks in different hues even when printed in black. Other manifestations include tasting food in shapes, seeing music in moving colors, and mapping numbers and other sequences spatially. One synesthete declares, "Chocolate smells pink and sparkly"; another invents a dish (chicken, vanilla ice cream, and orange juice concentrate) that tastes intensely blue. Cytowic, who in the 1980s revived scientific interest in synesthesia, sees it now understood as a spectrum, an umbrella term that covers five clusters of outwardly felt couplings that can occur via several pathways. Yet synesthetic or not, each brain uniquely filters what it perceives. Cytowic reminds us that each individual's perspective on the world is thoroughly subjective.

©2018 Massachusetts Institute of Technology (P)2018 Gildan Media

Length: 5 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories for Stressed-Out Adults

Bedtime Stories for Stressed-Out Adults

Summary

Are you too stressed out? Are you struggling to have a good night's sleep?  Adult life is stressful. Adults juggle responsibilities, relationships, debts, balance checkbooks like walking on a tightrope, and have to put dinner on the table every night!  Parents have even more stress providing for their children. What is a stressed-out adult to do?  The first thing is to get a good night’s sleep, something often so elusive it is like chasing a dream!  But in these stories, the dreams come to us, and sweep us away to places and times we may have forgotten, or only think we have forgotten until the magic takes hold of us again.  Join Jenny and her daughter as they explore the Dreamtime adventures of Jaina, a young woman whose restful nighttime scenes transform from summer to winter, sea to sky, the night today.  Jaina meets the many denizens of the dreaming world and joins them as her tales blend fantasy with reality, painting vivid pictures to help you drift away into the sweet embrace of sleep.  Bedtime Stories for Stressed-Out Adults eases the stress of the day by returning to the most basic and calming elements that relaxed and reinvigorated us growing up.  These stories explore the wonder of the sleeping world as told through the dreams of foxes, trees, dolphins, even the land and stars themselves.  Each scene weaves together mythic surreality with the perceptions of an adult struggling with the stress of everyday life.  The music of the dream itself underlies the grand symphony that collects each tale, each poem, into a harmonious escape. In this place, no danger, no stressor, no burden nor blemish can mar the sheer beauty of a world unchanged since we first began to dream.  Come, join the adventures, and remember what inspired you, moved you, and gave you that sense of perfect nighttime peace.  It is too easy to become wrapped up in the stressful adult life and forget about the purer things that once gave a sheer joy to the possibility of tomorrow.  Bedtime Stories for Stressed-Out Adults helps you to remember the good things and view them through a lens where dreams were not relegated merely to sleep. They were adventures into other worlds, promises of what would be and what could be.  These stories and poems will reignite your imagination and restore that missing sense of relaxation to help you sleep.  Come and dream with Jaina and the amazing world she sees once she closes her eyes.  In this book, you will find: A look into the fantastical world of dreams, where animals, plants, and even the earth and stars above experience dreams  Memories that blend family holiday traditions with seasonal changes that touch upon the journeys that lead us to adulthood  Parallels to the lives we know drawn to the things we remember, helping to remind us of what life is truly like when we don’t stress over everything  A variety of stories and poems that capture the essence of the best things in life, to be heard alone before bedtime or with a loved one  Would You like to explore the Dreamtime adventures of Jaina and ease the stress of the day? Scroll up and click the "buy now" button.

©2019 Daisy Relaxing (P)2019 Daisy Relaxing

Narrator: Leigh Serling
Length: 3 hrs and 53 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sterben: Eine Erfahrung

Sterben: Eine Erfahrung

Summary

2015 erfährt Cory Taylor, dass sie nicht mehr lange zu leben hat. In nur wenigen Wochen hat sie ihre Memoiren verfasst, die kurz vor ihrem Tod im Juli 2016 erschienen. Auf bemerkenswerte Weise reflektiert sie über den Sinn der Zeit, die ihr noch bleibt. Sie lässt uns teilhaben an ihrer Erfahrung, was das Sterben sie gelehrt hat. Der universellen Frage über ein Leben nach dem Tod begegnet sie als nicht-religiöser Mensch in einer für sie selbst überraschenden spirituellen Form. Ergreifend und zutiefst weise sind ihre Gedanken über das Sterben, die zugleich eine Hymne an das Leben sind.

©2017 Ullstein Buchverlage GmbH, Berlin / Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg. Übersetzung von Ulrike Kretschmer (P)2017 Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg

Narrator: Marlen Diekhoff
Author: Cory Taylor
Length: 4 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Sugar Brain Fix

The Sugar Brain Fix

2 ratings

Summary

In this newly repackaged edition of Diet Rehab, best-selling author and brain-health expert, Dr. Mike Dow, shows how sugar effects brain chemistry, and provides new research on dieting and hypnosis. What makes a healthy brain? The answer is simpler than you think. In Diet Rehab, Dr. Mike Dow shared a simple, yet powerful plan to help readers kick their food addictions. Since then, Dr. Dow has gone on to become a New York Times best-selling author, and has continued to research and publish books extensively on improving brain health. Over the past five years, he's gathered even more data that shows how our standard American diet is harming our brains and our bodies - and what we can do about it. In 2015, the first human study linking the blood-sugar spiking Western diet and a smaller hippocampus was published. There is now scientific proof that sugar is shrinking the brain! With The Sugar Brain Fix, Dr. Dow takes a closer look at how sugar effects brain chemistry, and the ways we can fix it. The audio features cutting-edge research and Dr. Dow's modified Mediterranean diet - the best diet for brain health and wellness. The Sugar Brain Fix will also incorporate research about hypnosis, and other activities to naturally boost brain health. At its core, The Sugar Brain Fix is a cognitive behavioral guide for boosting serotonin and dopamine levels in the brain with a new-and-improved diet and natural mind-set shifts, while improving overall health. The diet has a clinically proven, three-prong approach: first, eliminate sugar; second, boost Mediterranean-diet-friendly fats; and third, increase probiotics. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Hay House, Inc. (P)2020 Hay House, Inc.

Narrator: Dr. Mike Dow
Author: Dr. Mike Dow
Length: 7 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Gut

Gut

75 ratings

Summary

Our gut is almost as important to us as our brain, yet we know very little about how it works. Gut: The Inside Story is an entertaining, informative tour of the digestive system from the moment we raise a tasty morsel to our lips until the moment our body surrenders the remnants to the toilet bowl. No topic is too lowly for the author's wonder and admiration, from the careful choreography of breaking wind to the precise internal communication required for a cleansing vomit. Along the way, the author provides practical advice, such as the best ways to sit on the toilet to have a comfortable bowel movement, how clean your kitchen should be for optimum gut health, and how different laxatives work. She tells stories of gut bacteria that can lead to obesity, autoimmune diseases, or even suicide, and she discusses the benefits of dietary supplements, such as probiotics. This book is a fascinating primer for anyone interested in how our ideas about the gut are changing in the light of cutting-edge scientific research. In the words of the author, "We live in an era in which we are just beginning to understand just how complex the connections are between us, our food, our pets, and the microscopic world in, on, and around us. We are gradually decoding processes that we used to believe were part of our inescapable destiny."

©2015 Giulia Enders; Translation copyright 2015 by David Shaw (P)2016 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Katy Sobey
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The American Plague

The American Plague

Summary

Over the course of history, yellow fever has paralyzed governments, halted commerce, quarantined cities, moved the U.S. capital, and altered the outcome of wars. During a single summer in Memphis alone, it cost more lives than the Chicago fire, the San Francisco earthquake, and the Johnstown flood combined. In 1900, the U.S. sent three doctors to Cuba to discover how yellow fever was spread. There, they launched one of history's most controversial human studies. Compelling and terrifying, The American Plague depicts the story of yellow fever and its reign in this country - and in Africa, where even today it strikes thousands every year. With "arresting tales of heroism," it is a story as much about the nature of human beings as it is about the nature of disease.

©2006 Molly Caldwell Crosby (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Paul Woodson
Length: 8 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories for Adults

Bedtime Stories for Adults

Summary

Do you have a tough time falling asleep at night? Do the cares and worries of your life make it more challenging for you to find peace of mind? Are you struggling to feel grounded, centered, and connected to your deeper truth? If you want to practice helping yourself find tranquility, peace, relaxation, and relief so that you can live a stress-free life, then this selection of bedtime stories is just for you! Bedtime Stories for Adults is the perfect resource to help you gain the level of relaxation you need to achieve a peaceful night’s sleep and heal yourself through your unconscious mind. In our modern age of technology, it can feel overwhelming to keep up the pace. Perhaps, you are always busy juggling the work-life balance or dealing with stressful or challenging situations at home or on the job. You may have a lot going on in your life that makes it hard for you to get the rest you need because you just can’t shut off the noise, even when you lie down to go to sleep at night. If this is something you are struggling with, then Bedtime Stories for Adults is what you are looking for. In the same way being read a bedtime story before a child goes to sleep at night, listening to these guided meditations has the same soothing and comforting impact and result, helping you resolve the drama and energy of the day so that you can wander deep into your most pleasant dreams. You will find some of the following qualities in this series: Meditations for letting go of and releasing tension Step-by-step guidance for visualizing your deep inner world Breathing techniques to help you align your mind, body, and spirit Thoughtful storytelling to help you clearly picture the realms of the unconscious Meditation for finding your animal spirit guide Meditation to leave the planet and see the bigger picture Deep relaxation through specific guidance and creative visualization work Descriptive visualizations to transport you to the farthest dimensions of rest and relaxation Creative mindfulness exercise to deliver you into a better night’s sleep And more! You may be thinking that you have tried everything to help you relax, and nothing works. You may be overwhelmed to the point of exhaustion and will try anything. No matter where you are right now on your journey of self-healing, growth, and peacefulness, this series of meditations and bedtime stories for adults will give you the results you are looking for to find total relaxation and inner healing. So, what are you waiting for? Your journey toward wholeness is here, now, and all you have to do is begin with this series. Bedtime Stories for Adults will send you right off to Dreamland, will hold your hand as you breathe through tension relief in your mind and body, and will give you all the soothing comfort you need to feel fully relaxed. So, come along for the ride and prepare to find your peace of mind! Scroll up and click the "buy now" button!

©2020 Daisy Relaxing (P)2020 Daisy Relaxing

Narrator: Leigh Serling
Length: 3 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Childhood Disrupted

Childhood Disrupted

22 ratings

Summary

The emotional trauma we suffer as children not only shapes our emotional lives as adults but also affects our physical health and overall well-being. Scientists now know on a biochemical level exactly how parents' chronic fights, divorce, death in the family, being bullied or hazed, and growing up with a hypercritical, alcoholic, or mentally ill parent can leave permanent, physical "fingerprints" on our brains. When we as children encounter sudden or chronic adversity, excessive stress hormones cause powerful changes in the body, altering our body chemistry. The developing immune system and brain react to this chemical barrage by permanently resetting our stress response to "high", which in turn can have a devastating impact on our mental and physical health. Donna Jackson Nakazawa shares stories from people who have recognized and overcome their adverse experiences, shows why some children are more immune to stress than others, and explains why women are at particular risk. Groundbreaking in its research and inspiring in its clarity, Childhood Disrupted explains how you can reset your biology - and help your loved ones find ways to heal.

©2015 Donna Jackson Nakazawa (P)2015 Tantor

Narrator: Callie Beaulieu
Length: 8 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Autistic Brain

The Autistic Brain

27 ratings

Summary

The Autistic Brain is the first book by Temple Grandin that will be neither a memoir nor a book on animals. As always, Temple's ability to cut through the jungle of information and make the science clear is evident with each listen; her skills as a scientist and her original thinking offer some significant new insights into the understanding of autism. Temple Grandin teaches listeners the science of the autistic brain, and with it the history and sociology of autism. By being autistic--by being able to look from the inside out and from the outside in--the author's insights are not just unique, they're groundbreaking. According to Temple, our understanding of autism has been perhaps fundamentally wrong for the past 70 years.

©2013 Temple Grandin and Richard Panek (P)2013 Recorded Books

Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Reverse Heart Disease Now: Stop Deadly Cardiovascular Plaque Before It's Too Late

Reverse Heart Disease Now: Stop Deadly Cardiovascular Plaque Before It's Too Late

Summary

While most books focus solely on the role of cholesterol in heart disease, Reverse Heart Disease Now draws on new research that points to the surprising other causes. Two leading cardiologists draw on their collective 50 years of clinical cardiology research to show you how to combine the benefits of modern medicine, over-the-counter vitamins and supplements, and simple lifestyle changes to have a healthy heart.

©2007 Stephen Sinatra, James Roberts, and Martin Zucker (P)2012 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Kevin Pierce
Length: 8 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Simple Guide to Diabetes in 2020

The Simple Guide to Diabetes in 2020

Summary

If You Want To Learn How to Treat, Reverse, or Effectively Manage Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes in 2020, Read On.... People living with type 2 diabetes have a long to-do list when it comes to managing their condition. Most people have to: Monitor their blood sugar throughout the day, Eat a diabetes-friendly diet, Exercise regularly, Take medication, and Make frequent visits to their doctors.  And while there are resources available to people newly diagnosed with the disease, managing it can at first seem overwhelming, especially because day-to-day diabetes care really falls to the patient. It doesn't have to be this way. In this book, you'll discover: The factors that increase your risk of getting type 2 diabetes (and why) The different types of diabetes, their causes, symptoms, complications, and the different treatment(s) required for each type. 22 myths about diabetes that perpetuate unhealthy practices that may lead to more problems Four effective diabetes prevention and management strategies Eight equipments you need to consider purchasing to help manage diabetes Six exercise routines suitable for diabetics (as well as those you need to avoid) A detailed weight loss guide for diabetics Meal plans that will help you to minimize the risk of developing diabetes and other health conditions Types of food to eat and those to avoid Simple, delicious, and healthy breakfast, lunch, and dinner recipes for diabetics A macronutrient conversion table to help you make your own meals or to check the nutrient content of your favorite recipes And much, much more!  If you're ready to tackle the above questions, scroll to the top of this page, click the "Buy" button, and lets get started!

©2021 Barbara Trisler (P)2021 Barbara Trisler

Narrator: Randal Schaffer
Length: 3 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for You Can Fix Your Brain

You Can Fix Your Brain

20 ratings

Summary

For anyone worried about any type of brain ailment, ranging from the chronic conditions to simple brain fog and fatigue, this essential guide covers the full spectrum of prevention to treatment. We've all experienced brain fog - misplaced keys, forgotten facts, a general feeling that you're just feeling off today. And many of us will experience that "fog" manifesting as something more permanent - either in ourselves or our loved ones.  No matter what your current brain health state may be, You Can Fix Your Brain will enable and empower you to take concrete steps that will make an immediate difference in your brain’s vitality, clarity, and energy. Your memory will improve, fogginess will disappear, you’ll be less tired all the time, and much more. And, you’ll learn that these aren’t empty promises. Dr. Tom O’Bryan, author of The Autoimmune Fix, knows how to create lasting changes in health, and he’s here to share them with you. It’s a step-by-step approach to better cognitive function - being selective about what's on your fork, what's in your environment, and how you take care of yourself can make a world of difference. With only one hour a week of practice, in six months, you can say goodbye to brain fog and welcome a better long-term memory and a sharper mind. Includes a PDF of recipes, lists, and graphs. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 Tom O'Bryan and Mark Hyman (P)2018 Random House Audio

Narrator: Tom O'Bryan
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Activate Your Vagus Nerve

Activate Your Vagus Nerve

16 ratings

Summary

Repair your vagus nerve and experience amazing health and wellness benefits Your vagus nerve is the largest and most important nerve in your body. It carries messages to and from your brain, gut, heart, and other major muscles and organs. However, common issues like inflammation, stress, or physical trauma can interfere with the nerve's ability to function. Luckily, there are tons of quick-and-easy ways to activate and exercise the nerve, strengthening its function and restoring your body to good health. Packed with easy-to-follow exercises and activities, this book will show you how to unlock the power of the vagus nerve to heal your body and get back to a state of balance.

©2019 Navaz Habib (P)2019 Tantor

Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Length: 5 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons

The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons

6 ratings

Summary

The author of the best seller The Disappearing Spoon reveals the secret inner workings of the brain through strange-but-true stories. Early studies of the human brain used a simple method: Wait for misfortune to strike - strokes, seizures, infectious diseases, horrendous accidents - and see how victims coped. In many cases their survival was miraculous, if puzzling. Observers were amazed by the transformations that took place when different parts of the brain were destroyed, altering victims' personalities. Parents suddenly couldn't recognize their own children. Pillars of the community became pathological liars. Some people couldn't speak but could still sing. In The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons, Sam Kean travels through time with stories of neurological curiosities: Phantom limbs, Siamese twin brains, viruses that eat patients' memories, blind people who see through their tongues. He weaves these narratives together to create a story of discovery that reaches back to the 1500s and the high-profile jousting accident that inspired this book's title.* With the lucid, masterful explanations and razor-sharp wit his fans have come to expect, Kean explores the brain's secret passageways and recounts the forgotten tales of the ordinary people whose struggles, resilience, and deep humanity made neuroscience possible. *"The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons" refers to the case of French king Henri II, who in 1559 was lanced through the skull during a joust, resulting in one of the most significant cases in neuroscience history. For hundreds of years scientists have gained important lessons from traumatic accidents and illnesses, and such misfortunes still represent their greatest resource for discovery. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2014 Sam Kean (P)2014 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Henry Leyva
Author: Sam Kean
Length: 12 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Temple Grandin

Temple Grandin

2 ratings

Summary

Since Temple Grandin's life story was told in the 15x Emmy-nominated film Temple Grandin, and since her heartwarming speech at the award ceremony, she has become one of the world's most well-known members of its community. In this fascinating biography, Annette Wood delves deep into Grandin's life from childhood to adulthood. Wood tells of the trials and tribulations of the icon: What difficulties Grandin struggled with and how she's become a hero for the autistic community. She also tells what Temple has done since the movie came out, where she is today, what kind of difference she's made, and what her future holds. For the 22 million people worldwide afflicted by autism and the countless friends and family members who support them, this brilliant portrait presents an up-close look at the disorder and renewed hope for what the future could bring for those on all levels of the spectrum.

©2016 Annette Wood (P)2016 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Marianne Fraulo
Author: Annette Wood
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Effortless Sleep Method

The Effortless Sleep Method

8 ratings

Summary

The Effortless Sleep Method is the approach insomniacs all over the world have been waiting for. This hugely effective method offers a simple and permanent solution for long-term and new insomniacs alike. The Effortless Sleep Method gives you something no other insomnia book can: an entirely different way of looking at insomnia. The step-by-step insomnia recovery sleep program contained in this book doesn't just treat insomnia, it totally undermines it. This is not another dry as dust reference book written by a doctor, but a lively, empowering book which connects the sufferer intimately to one who has gone through the same pain. Sasha Stephens suffered a full fifteen years with crippling, terrifying insomnia before a chance event enabled her to see the problem from an entirely new perspective. What came next was astonishing; fifteen years of insomnia had disappeared in the space of a few weeks. Following extensive research, Sasha created the Effortless Sleep Method, a step-by-step sleep training program which has now helped countless insomniacs to get their lives back. Sasha maintains that with a little honesty and commitment, anyone can cure their insomnia, no matter how severe. In this book, she will leave you open-mouthed with her understanding and insight into sleep problems. In a chatty, engaging manner, she will hold your hand through every step of your recovery, anticipating your feelings, your fears and your doubts. Sasha understands insomnia acutely, like only one who has suffered the horror of this affliction can. The ability to sleep soundly, naturally and unaided is the desire of every chronic insomniac. This method will guide you to rediscovering your innate ability to sleep without pills, potions or external sleep aids. When The Effortless Sleep Method is followed properly, the results can be incredible. Many people report sleeping better than they have ever done. Now, anyone can have perfect sleep.

©2010 Sasha Stephens (P)2014 Sasha Stephens

Length: 4 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Good Sugar Bad Sugar

Good Sugar Bad Sugar

24 ratings

Summary

Good Sugar Bad Sugar tackles the biggest dietary threat to the modern world: sugar. Due to refined sugar in so many foods, we are seeing epidemics of obesity and type II diabetes on a global scale. The warnings are stark - a 50 percent rise in the death toll from type II diabetes in the next 10 years - yet it's not as straightforward as telling people to cut down on the sugar. Sugar consumption is an addiction that begins at birth, and it requires a proven method to get you free. Good Sugar Bad Sugar applies Allen Carr's Easyway method to this problem of sugar addiction, unraveling the brainwashing that makes us see sugary food as a pleasure or a crutch and replacing it with clearly explained logic.

©2016 Allen Carr's Easyway (International) Limited (P)2016 Arcturus Digital Limited

Author: Allen Carr
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs

Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs

Summary

The American body is in trouble. Unprecedented numbers of us suffer from obesity, heart disease, diabetes, and other debilitating illnesses. The root cause is a once-revolutionary idea that seemed to offer so much promise, but instead has become the cause of a global health crisis: processed foods. Over the past 75 years, a number of factors aligned to create a reality in which processed carbohydrates became our main food source. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, best-selling author and former FDA Commissioner David A. Kessler explains how the quest to feed a nation resulted in a population that is increasingly suffering from obesity and chronic disease and offers a solution for changing course. For decades, no one questioned the effects of these processed carbohydrates. The focus was on fertile grassland, ideal for growing vast amounts of wheat and corn; an industrial infrastructure perfect for refining those grains into starch; a food production behemoth that turns refined grains into affordable, appealing, and ever-present food items, from pizza to burritos to bagels; and an efficient distribution network that ensures consumption by Americans nationwide. But during those same decades, our bodies quietly contended with the metabolic chaos caused by consuming rapidly absorbable starch. Slowly but surely, these effects accumulated and became disastrous, leading to the public health crisis in which we find ourselves today. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, Kessler explains how eating refined grains such as wheat, corn, and rice leads to a cascade of hormonal and metabolic issues that make it very easy to gain weight and nearly impossible to lose it. Worse still is how excess weight creates a very real link to diabetes, heart disease, cognitive decline, and a host of cancers. We can no longer afford to dismiss the consequences of eating food that is designed to be rapidly absorbed as sugar in our bodies. Informed by cutting-edge research as well as Dr. Kessler’s own personal quest to manage his weight, Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs reveals in illuminating detail how we got to this critical turning point in our health as a nation - and outlines a plan for eliminating heart disease, allowing us to, finally, regain control of our health. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 David A. Kessler (P)2020 HarperAudio

Narrator: Joe Knezevich
Length: 4 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sound Medicine

Sound Medicine

4 ratings

Summary

From a leading neurologist, neuroscientist, and practitioner of Ayurvedic medicine, comes a rigorous scientific investigation of the healing power of sound, showing listeners how they can use it to improve their mental and physical wellbeing. Why does a baby’s cry instantaneously flood a mother's body with a myriad of stress hormones? How can a song on the radio stir up powerful emotions, from joy to anger, regret to desire? Why does sound itself evoke such primal and deeply felt emotions?  A vibration that travels through air, water, and solids, sound is produced by all matter, and is a fundamental part of every species' survival. But there is a hidden power within sound that has only just begun to be investigated. Sound Medicine takes listeners on a journey through the structure of the mouth, ears, and brain to understand how sound is translated from acoustic vibrations into meaningful neurological impulses. Renowned neurologist and Ayurvedic expert Dr. Kulreet Chaudhary explains how different types of sound impact the human body and brain uniquely, and explores the physiological effects of sound vibration, from altering mood to healing disease. Blending ancient wisdom with modern science, Dr. Chaudhary traces the history of sound therapy and the use of specific mantras from previously unknown texts - traced back to the Siddhas, a group of enlightened yogis who created a healing tradition that served as the precursor to Ayurvedic medicine - to explain the therapeutic application of sounds for a wide range of conditions. Sound Medicine offers practical, step-by-step lessons for using music and mantras, whether you're a beginner or searching for a more advanced practice, to improve your health in body, mind, and spirit. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Kulreet Chaudhary (P)2020 HarperAudio

Narrator: Soneela Nankani
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Brain's Way of Healing

The Brain's Way of Healing

49 ratings

Summary

The New York Times best-selling author of The Brain That Changes Itself presents astounding advances in the treatment of brain injury and illness. Now with a new afterword.  Winner of the 2015 Gold Nautilus Award in Science & Cosmology  In The Brain That Changes Itself, Norman Doidge described the most important breakthrough in our understanding of the brain in 400 years: the discovery that the brain can change its own structure and function in response to mental experience - what we call neuroplasticity.  His revolutionary new book shows, for the first time, how the amazing process of neuroplastic healing really works. It describes natural, noninvasive avenues into the brain provided by the forms of energy around us - light, sound, vibration, movement - which pass through our senses and our bodies to awaken the brain's own healing capacities without producing unpleasant side effects. Doidge explores cases where patients alleviated years of chronic pain or recovered from debilitating strokes that had plateaued; children on the autistic spectrum or with learning disorders normalizing; symptoms of multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, and cerebral palsy radically improved; and other near-miracle recoveries. And we learn how to vastly reduce the risk of dementia with simple approaches anyone can use.  For centuries it was believed that the brain's complexity prevented recovery from damage or illness. The Brain's Way of Healing shows that this very sophistication is the source of a unique kind of healing. As he did so lucidly in The Brain That Changes Itself, Doidge uses stories to present exciting, cutting-edge science with practical real-world applications and principles that everyone can apply to improve their brains' performance and health.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2015 Norman Doidge (P)2015 Penguin

Narrator: George Newbern
Length: 15 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Brain Food

Brain Food

3 ratings

Summary

Dr. Lisa Mosconi, whose research spans an extraordinary range of specialties including brain science, the microbiome, and nutritional genomics, notes that the dietary needs of the brain are substantially different from those of the other organs, yet few of us have any idea what they might be. Her innovative approach to cognitive health incorporates concepts that most doctors have yet to learn. Busting through advice based on pseudoscience, Dr. Mosconi provides recommendations for a complete food plan, while calling out noteworthy surprises, including why that paleo diet you are following may not be ideal, why avoiding gluten may be a terrible mistake, and how simply getting enough water can dramatically improve alertness. Including comprehensive lists of what to eat and what to avoid, a detailed quiz that will tell you where you are on the brain health spectrum, and 24 mouth-watering brain-boosting recipes that grow out of Dr. Mosconi's own childhood in Italy, Brain Food gives us the ultimate plan for a healthy brain. Brain Food will appeal to anyone looking to improve memory, prevent cognitive decline, eliminate brain fog, lift depression, or just sharpen their edge.

©2018 Lisa Mosconi (P)2018 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Narrator: Norah Tocci
Length: 12 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Power Foods for the Brain

Power Foods for the Brain

22 ratings

Summary

Could that glass of milk affect your memory? Is that aluminum can increasing your risk for Alzheimer's disease? Can a banana be a brain booster? Everyone knows that good nutrition supports your heart and overall health, but did you know that certain foods can protect your brain and optimize its function? In Power Foods for the Brain, Dr. Neal Barnard reveals the suprising mealtime choices that can make a major difference in preserving and enhancing memory and brain health. Leading health expert Dr. Neal Barnard has gathered the most important research and studies from all over the world to create a program outlining the specific food choices that can boost brain health, reducing the risk of Alzheimer's disease, stroke, and other causes of memory loss. In addition, these power foods will help listeners tackle the minor malfunctions of their busy day-to-day lives, including low energy, poor sleep patterns, irritability, and memory lapses. The plan includes information on: The best foods to increase cognitive function and boost folate, vitamin B6, and vitamin B12 The dangers dairy products and meats may have on memory The role alcohol plays in Alzheimer's risk The latest research on certain toxic metals, like aluminums found in cookware, soda cans, and common antacids In addition to revealing the surprising role nutrition and the power foods play on preserving brain health, Power Foods for the Brain will also include 50-75 recipes to put them to work, as well as quick time-saving kitchen tips. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2013 Neal Barnard (P)2013 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Author: Neal Barnard
Length: 5 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Medical School for Everyone

Medical School for Everyone

51 ratings

Summary

There's an art and science behind how doctors diagnose and treat medical patients. Where do doctors get these skills? The Grand Rounds experience, where they practice how to make accurate diagnoses by examining real patients. And with Dr. Benaroch's 24 unique lectures, you'll explore how a master physician solves medical problems just like a detective. Whether you're a patient, a current or future medical professional, or just someone who enjoys a good mystery, you'll discover how doctors use medical science to identify and combat injuries and diseases; how they uncover tiny clues patients can fail to notice; how they sometimes make misdiagnoses that lead to costly (and life-threatening) problems; and how they think their way toward putting patients on the fast track to proper treatment. Drawn from actual medical stories, these 24 Grand Rounds take you everywhere from the calm of a doctor's office to the chaos of an emergency room. You'll hear how a 33-year-old man's fever and mouth sores are clues to one of today's most notorious diseases; why an explorer's life-threatening nausea and pain demand emergency surgery; how doctors treat a trauma patient at the site of an accident; and much more. Dr. Benaroch has crafted a rewarding learning experience; one packed with thrilling Grand Rounds cases that will captivate you, that will provide you with an exciting new way to think about medicine, and that will help you become a better, more informed patient. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2014 The Great Courses; 2014 The Teaching Company, LLC (P)2014 The Teaching Company, LLC

Narrator: Roy Benaroch
Length: 12 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for CBD Oil

CBD Oil

Summary

Learn how to make and enjoy effective and ideal CBD oil for any purpose! A few thousand years ago, our ancestors found a magical plant that has tremendous benefits on health, mood, and well-being. Yes, this plant is cannabis.   In the last few decades, scientists have made oil out of this plant and used it for various purposes. And what they found may change the industry of medications forever.... In this book, you'll discover: How CBD oil works and why is it so healthy to the human body What are the incredible benefits of CBD oil Which one is better: CBD oil or standard pain medication What is a good CBD dosage, so you won't make any mistakes How to recognize the quality of your CBD oil CBD oil recipes And much, much more If you are suffering from: stress, anxiety, pain, acne, emotional hurts, bad mood, or even if you are just not feeling at your best …this book will show you how you can easily relieve and heal your pain! FAQ Are there any side-effects to CBD oil? CBD oil is safe for most people, and side effects may appear for some. While side-effects are not popular, you may experience fatigue, appetite changes, and weight changes. The best way to test CBD oil is explained in chapter seven: "CBD Dosage: How Not to Make Mistakes". What are the benefits of CBD oil? Among the many benefits CBD oil contains you can find: pain relief, anti-inflammation, helps in quitting smoking, epilepsy medication, cancer-fighting, anxiety reduction, acne reduction, and much, much more - all explained inside the book. Is CBD oil legal? Cannabis is legal in some American states. Some states, however, have some restriction regarding cannabis and its products. Some countries may restrict purchasing cannabis but allow to use it, and some states may restrict any kind of cannabis usage. It depends where you live and what laws you need to respect. How does CBD oil work? Your brain constantly sends signals to the body, and vice versa. Those signals can be pain signals, happiness signals, hunger, thirst, and so on. Sometimes, this system is damaged and may send incorrect signals, causing you to feel bad, suffer from insomnia, feeling anxious, and so on. Even if everything is just fine, your body and brain can make you feel like nothing is fine. CBD oil simply helps you to improve those signals and even block some of them, so you can enjoy deep sleep, good mood, and relaxation. Furthermore, CBD oil can actually be medicine for various health conditions as explained earlier.  Now it's time for you to see for yourself! Scroll up, click "buy now", and get your copy!

©2019 Harv J. Carter (P)2021 Harv J. Carter

Length: 4 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Eat to Beat Disease

Eat to Beat Disease

21 ratings

Summary

Eat your way to better health with this New York Times best seller on food's ability to help the body heal itself from cancer, dementia, and dozens of other avoidable diseases. Forget everything you think you know about your body and food, and discover the new science of how the body heals itself. Learn how to identify the strategies and dosages for using food to transform your resilience and health in Eat to Beat Disease. We have radically underestimated our body's power to transform and restore our health. Pioneering physician scientist Dr. William Li empowers listeners by showing them the evidence behind more than 200 health-boosting foods that can starve cancer, reduce your risk of dementia, and beat dozens of avoidable diseases. Eat to Beat Disease isn't about what foods to avoid, but rather is a life-changing guide to the hundreds of healing foods to add to your meals that support the body's defense systems, including:  Plums Cinnamon Jasmine tea Red wine and beer Black beans San Marzano tomatoes Olive oil Pacific oysters Cheeses like Jarlsberg, Camembert and cheddar Sourdough bread The book's plan shows you how to integrate the foods you already love into any diet or health plan to activate your body's health defense systems - angiogenesis, regeneration, microbiome, DNA protection, and immunity - to fight cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular, neurodegenerative autoimmune diseases, and other debilitating conditions. Both informative and practical, Eat to Beat Disease explains the science of healing and prevention, the strategies for using food to actively transform health, and points the science of well-being and disease prevention in an exhilarating new direction.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 William W Li (P)2019 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Peter Ganim
Author: William W Li
Length: 13 hrs and 56 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Medical Marijuana Guide

The Medical Marijuana Guide

2 ratings

Summary

After decades of misinformation about cannabis largely due to the well-funded propaganda campaign in the 1930s, public attitudes toward the drug have finally begun to evolve. In 1996, California became the first state to legalize medical marijuana, and since then, 28 other states, two US territories, and the District of Columbia have followed suit. Now, countless patients are reaping the benefits of this amazing resource that has been used to effectively treat everything from chronic pain to debilitating illnesses. In The Medical Marijuana Guide: Cannabis and Your Health, Dr. Patricia Frye takes a direct, no-nonsense approach to educating listeners about cannabis and its medicinal qualities. After having retired from medicine, Dr. Frye was offered an opportunity to practice cannabis treatment. Intrigued, she educated herself on this emerging alternative and is now ready to share with others what she has learned. In this audiobook, using humorous and touching stories from the many situations she has encountered in her practice over the years, Dr. Frye provides valuable information about the undeniable medicinal qualities of cannabis. This audiobook helps to destigmatize this misunderstood drug and educate listeners on the history of cannabis and how it is used by the medical community today.  This is an accessible, enjoyable resource that will not only entertain listeners, but may change their lives for the better.

©2018 Patricia C. Frye, MD (P)2018 Vibrance Press

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Concussion Repair Manual

The Concussion Repair Manual

5 ratings

Summary

Concussion - the biggest name in today's high-impact sports. As more and more high-profile athletes come forward to share their stories of invisible suffering after head injuries, we as a culture are finally acknowledging this silent epidemic. The Concussion Repair Manual is created as a user’s guide for those suffering after head traumas and those who support them. It is one-part “textbook”, packed with the leading research on medical technologies for healing the injured brain, and one-part “workbook”, offering a step-by-step method for making and tracking a personalized recovery regimen. Dr. Dan Engle's background and passion for concussion repair stem from a three-decade investigation into the many modalities for healing his own traumas. When the usual medical treatments didn’t help, he explored what was possible, found what worked, and put them into this manual - "the best of the best" in the medical arena for recovering from sports-related head injury. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2017 Dr. Dan Engle (P)2018 Dr. Dan Engle

Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Apollo's Arrow

Apollo's Arrow

39 ratings

Summary

A piercing and scientifically grounded look at the emergence of the coronavirus pandemic and how it will change the way we live - "this year's must-must-read" (Daniel Gilbert). Apollo's Arrow offers a riveting account of the impact of the coronavirus pandemic as it swept through American society in 2020 and of how the recovery will unfold in the coming years. Drawing on momentous (yet dimly remembered) historical epidemics, contemporary analyses, and cutting-edge research from a range of scientific disciplines, best-selling author, physician, sociologist, and public-health expert Nicholas A. Christakis explores what it means to live in a time of plague - an experience that is paradoxically uncommon to the vast majority of humans who are alive yet deeply fundamental to our species. Unleashing new divisions in our society as well as opportunities for cooperation, this 21st-century pandemic has upended our lives in ways that will test, but not vanquish, our already frayed collective culture. Featuring new, provocative arguments and vivid examples ranging across medicine, history, sociology, epidemiology, data science, and genetics, Apollo's Arrow envisions what happens when the great force of a deadly germ meets the enduring reality of our evolved social nature.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Nicholas A. Christakis, MD, PhD (P)2020 Little, Brown & Company

Available on Audible
Cover art for Hypnosis Techniques: 2 Manuscripts

Hypnosis Techniques: 2 Manuscripts

Summary

If you’re reading this, probably you want to lose weight naturally (and quickly) and you suffer from insomnia as well. Do you know that hypnosis could be the final solution? Keep reading! Have you already tried various diets but only end up annoyed and disappointed? I had the same problem so I know very well how it is frustrating.... Lucky for you, the hypnotic gastric band is a pain-free, natural healthy eating tool, which can help regulate your appetite and your portion sizes. You can adjust it to fit you, feel the difference, and watch the pounds lower.  This audiobook will teach you how hypnosis will change your food mindset.  By the end of this guide, you will understand how to remove the need to cheat in your meals and how dieting does not change your habits.  Allow this guide to teach you how to develop hypnosis to learn more about yourself, how to enhance your eating habits, how you can regulate your cravings and urges by reprogramming your mind to the state you want.  With hypnosis, you can reach your preferred body, feel healthy, and keep in shape for life with the proper mindset. Here’s an overview of what you will find inside: Why hypnosis can help you with weight loss quickly Why it is so hard to lose weight Negative thoughts can affect losing weight Self-esteem hypnosis How to beat bad food cravings by reprogramming your mind to the state you wish Hypnotherapy for weight loss Important things we need to know about our mind and how it works Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) And many more! The second audiobook is about deep sleep. You know what? I had this problem as well. I cannot sleep well and during the day I was always tired and nervous, probably you can understand me. Do you have insomnia? So you know how the lack of quality sleep can affect your alertness and your overall life With the help of this audiobook, you can fall asleep quickly and get quality sleep every night. Do you often lie in bed at night, staring at your ceiling and wishing that sleep would come for you? Insomnia strikes when we least expect it, and it can have all types of causes. Frequently, it is found in anxious, depressed people. However, just because you are suffering from that doesn't mean that you have to lose out on your sleep. This audiobook is here to help you alleviate your insomnia by using mindfulness meditation and positive affirmations This manual covers: Some tips for sleeping better Advantages of sleeping well False myths about hypnosis Hypnotic and non-hypnotic methods to successfully treat insomnia How to get asleep in just 10, 60, or 120 seconds And much more! What are you waiting for? This is the audiobook you need, buy now!

©2021 Angelina Zork (P)2021 Angelina Zork

Narrator: Cadia Battersby
Length: 10 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Center Yourself

Center Yourself

41 ratings

Summary

Agapi Stassinopolous, meditation guide for Thrive Global (Arianna Huffington’s wellness initiative), has dedicated her life to helping people live more mindful and open-hearted lives. She’s written meditation books, been featured on PBS specials, led meditation workshops, and written countless columns for Thrive Global. Now, she’s lending her expertise here. Agapi’s meditations feel like practical wisdom passed down for generations. In this short piece, she helps you focus on your breath and anchor yourself with a sense of gratitude. The ultimate goal of this meditation is to create a sense of space between you and your stress, the perfect way to wind down after a long day and welcome a night of deep, restorative sleep. This title is part of a collection of audio experiences created to deliver your best sleep during this difficult time. 

©2020 Audible Originals, LLC (P)2020 Audible Originals, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Alzheimer's Solution

The Alzheimer's Solution

13 ratings

Summary

A revolutionary, proven program to prevent Alzheimer's disease and reverse the symptoms of cognitive decline, from two award-winning neurologists - the codirectors of the Alzheimer's Prevention Program at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles, California. Alzheimer's disease is devastating and increasingly widespread. More than 47 million people are living with Alzheimer's worldwide. Ten percent of adults over the age of 65 will develop some form of dementia, and doctors predict more than half of adults will be diagnosed with the disease by age 85. Despite the terrifying statistics, the truth is 90 percent of Alzheimer's cases are preventable through lifestyle factors. Through rigorous clinical studies and research helping thousands of patients, Dean and Ayesha Sherzai - neurologists, researchers, and codirectors of the Alzheimer's Prevention Program at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles - have uncovered the key lifestyle components contributing to this worldwide epidemic. They've also developed a solution - The Alzheimer's Prevention Program - to help you and your loved ones avoid developing this terrible disease and even reverse cognitive decline. The human brain is a living universe that responds to what you feed it, how you treat it, when you challenge it, and the ways in which you allow it to rest. This much-needed, revolutionary audiobook shows you how to live in a way that promotes the health of your brain and your body and adds vibrant years to your life. With The Alzheimer's Solution, the future of your cognitive health is now within your control. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2017 Dean Sherzai and Ayesha Sherzai (P)2017 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Molecule of More

The Molecule of More

40 ratings

Summary

Why are we obsessed with the things we want and bored when we get them? Why is addiction “perfectly logical” to an addict? Why does love change so quickly from passion to disinterest? Why are some people diehard liberals and others hardcore conservatives? Why are we always hopeful for solutions even in the darkest times - and so good at figuring them out?  The answer is found in a single chemical in your brain: dopamine. Dopamine ensured the survival of early man. Thousands of years later, it is the source of our most basic behaviors and cultural ideas - and progress itself.  Dopamine is the chemical of desire that always asks for more - more stuff, more stimulation, and more surprises. In pursuit of these things, it is undeterred by emotion, fear, or morality. Dopamine is the source of our every urge, that little bit of biology that makes an ambitious business professional sacrifice everything in pursuit of success, or that drives a satisfied spouse to risk it all for the thrill of someone new. Simply put, it is why we seek and succeed; it is why we discover and prosper. Yet, at the same time, it’s why we gamble and squander.  From dopamine’s point of view, it’s not the having that matters. It’s getting something - anything - that’s new. From this understanding - the difference between possessing something versus anticipating it - we can understand in a revolutionary new way why we behave as we do in love, business, addiction, politics, religion - and we can even predict those behaviors in ourselves and others.  In The Molecule of More: How a Single Chemical in Your Brain Drives Love, Sex, and Creativity—And will Determine the Fate of the Human Race, George Washington University professor and psychiatrist Daniel Z. Lieberman, MD, and Georgetown University lecturer Michael E. Long present a potentially life-changing proposal: Much of human life has an unconsidered component that explains an array of behaviors previously thought to be unrelated, including why winners cheat, why geniuses often suffer with mental illness, why nearly all diets fail, and why the brains of liberals and conservatives really are different.

©2018 Daniel Z. Lieberman, MD, and Michael E. Long. (P)2018 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved. Publishing by arrangement with BenBella Books.

Narrator: Tom Parks
Length: 8 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Train Your Mind

How to Train Your Mind

8 ratings

Summary

Meditation makes you more productive because it lets you earn back time. For each minute you spend meditating, you'll earn around nine minutes back, as Chris Bailey - author of The Productivity Project and Hyperfocus - will show in this candid and counter-intuitive guide to the productivity benefits of meditation.  How to Train Your Mind digs deep into the practical, tactical benefits of a meditation practice - and how to integrate a meditation ritual into your own life. In addition to calming your mind and allowing you to slow down in an overanxious world, research shows that meditation can de-stimulate your mind so you can think more clearly, procrastinate less, and be more effective at everything you do - at work and at home.  Featuring guided meditations designed to fit your busy, unpredictable schedule, How to Train Your Mind is the ideal guide for anyone looking to improve productivity without sacrificing time. While much has been written about the spiritual and intangible benefits of meditation, as far as our productivity is concerned, meditation is in a league all its own.

©2021 Chris Bailey (P)2021 Audible Originals, LLC.

Narrator: Chris Bailey
Author: Chris Bailey
Length: 3 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Back Pain Toolkit (Worldwide Edition)

The Back Pain Toolkit (Worldwide Edition)

Summary

Based on the publication The Back Pain Toolkit by Pete Moore and narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson, this audio version is ideal for: people with vision problems; people who prefer to sit, relax, and listen; and for those who prefer learning whilst on the move.

©2020 Pete Moore (P)2020 Pete Moore

Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories for Adults Collection Relaxing Sleep Stories, Hypnosis & Guided Meditations for Deep Sleep, Mindfulness, Overcoming Anxiety, Panic Attacks, Insomnia & Stress Relief

Bedtime Stories for Adults Collection Relaxing Sleep Stories, Hypnosis & Guided Meditations for Deep Sleep, Mindfulness, Overcoming Anxiety, Panic Attacks, Insomnia & Stress Relief

Summary

Discover how you can fall asleep naturally every single night with these deeply relaxing bedtime stories! Do you often struggle to fall asleep? Do you often end up laying awake for hours with endless anxious thoughts? Wish you could actually wake up feeling refreshed and ready for the day? You might be surprised to know that an estimated 164 million Americans admitted to struggling with their sleep. It would be normal to assume that a lot of these people are take sleeping pills and medication. Why are people struggling to get to sleep these days? Quite simply, our minds are always working overdrive. We don't prepare ourselves for sleep. We go from watching a flickering screen, worrying about work and our other stresses, and then expect to be able to fall asleep. We need to start giving ourselves time to unwind at the end of the day and relax our mind and body in order to prepare ourselves for a night of healing sleep. One of the best ways to end this routine is by listening to bedtime stories for adults.  This book takes you on a relaxing and calming journey, which will allow your mind and body to come to a place of relaxation. They are the perfect end to a stressful, highly stimulating day, and will allow your mind to truly relax, instead of driving you crazy at 3 a.m. It's time to stop popping pills in hopes of getting a few hours of sleep. It's time to start waking up feeling refreshed and recharged after a deep, healing sleep. Here's a tiny preview: 15 incredibly relaxing sleep-stories and guided meditations to help you fall asleep naturally and fast every night The best 10-15-minute "pre-sleep" meditations to prepare your mind and body for a deep, healing sleep Three simple and wildly effective breathing techniques that will make it nearly impossible to stay awake And so much more So, if you want to be able to sleep naturally and wake up feeling recharged and refreshed every morning instead of feeling like a zombie, then buy now.

©2020 Meditation Made Effortless (P)2020 Meditation Made Effortless

Narrator: Lamont Mapp
Length: 10 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for iRest Meditation

iRest Meditation

3 ratings

Summary

Essential Practices for Resilient Well-Being Based on a modern evolution of the ancient practice of Yoga Nidra, the easy-to-learn iRest program provides a flexible toolbox of meditation practices that you can incorporate into your lifestyle to carry you through adversity. In these six audio sessions, Dr. Miller takes you step by step through a progressive series of guided exercises for managing stress utilizing the breath and body, decoding and balancing your emotional state and connecting you with deep inner resources that replenish your vital energy and sustain you regardless of your circumstances. "The practices in this program teach you how to respond rather than react to challenging situations and emotions," says Dr. Miller, "allowing you to experience all of life with unshakeable inner peace, mental clarity, and a harmonious relationship with the world around you."

©2015 Richard Miller (P)2015 Richard Miller

Narrator: Richard Miller
Length: 7 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Beyond the Pill

Beyond the Pill

26 ratings

Summary

Out of the 100 million women - almost 11 million in the US alone - who are on the pill, roughly 60 percent take it for noncontraceptive reasons like painful periods, endometriosis, PCOS, and acne. While the birth control pill is widely prescribed as a quick-fix solution to a variety of women’s health conditions, taking it can also result in other more serious and dangerous health consequences.  Did you know that women on the pill are more likely to be prescribed an antidepressant? That they are at significantly increased risk for autoimmune disease, heart attack, thyroid and adrenal disorders, and even breast and cervical cancer? That the pill can even cause vaginal dryness, unexplained hair loss, flagging libido, extreme fatigue, and chronic infection? As if women didn’t have enough to worry about, that little pill we’re taking to manage our symptoms is only making things worse. Jolene Brighten, ND, author of the groundbreaking new audiobook Beyond the Pill, specializes in treating women’s hormone imbalances caused by the pill and shares her proven 30-day program designed to reverse the myriad of symptoms women experience every day - whether you choose to stay on the pill or not. The first audiobook of its kind to target the birth control pill and the scientifically proven symptoms associated with taking it, Beyond the Pill is an actionable plan for taking control and will help listeners: Locate the root cause of their hormonal issues, like estrogen dominance, low testosterone, and low progesterone Discover a pain-free, manageable period free of cramps, acne, stress, or PMS without the harmful side effects that come with the pill Detox the liver, support the adrenals and thyroid, heal the gut, reverse metabolic mayhem, boost fertility, and enhance mood Transition into a nutrition and supplement program, with more than 30 hormone-balancing recipes Featuring simple diet and lifestyle interventions, Beyond the Pill is the first step to reversing the risky side effects of the pill, finally finding hormonal health, and getting your badass self back. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Jolene Brighten (P)2019 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Healing the Broken Brain

Healing the Broken Brain

1 rating

Summary

If you're interested in listening to this audiobook, it likely means you or someone you love has had a stroke. Dealing with the onslaught of information about stroke can be confusing and overwhelming. And if you happen to be a stroke survivor with newly impaired language skills, it can be especially hard to comprehend everything your doctors, nurses, and specialists are telling you. This audiobook consists of the top 100 questions that survivors and their families ask, with answers from the top physicians and therapists in the country. The questions start out basic but then get more specific to address different areas of recovery. And, for stroke survivors still struggling with reading comprehension, or for family members who are simply too tired to read long passages, there are takeaway points at the end of each chapter to help simplify everything. Includes answers to frequently asked questions such as: What is a stroke, and who is at risk for one? What is the best diet for a stroke survivor? How does group therapy compare to individual therapy? What should a stroke survivor look for in a therapist? How long will it take to recover, and how can stroke survivors maximize their recovery? What can someone do to prevent having another stroke? In this audiobook you'll gain a wealth of information, inspiration, advice, and support as you navigate your journey through stroke recovery.

©2017 Hay House (P)2017 Hay House

Length: 6 hrs and 3 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition

The Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition

Summary

Based on the publication, this audio version of The Pain Toolkit by Pete Moore is narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson and is ideal for people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax, and listen, and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.

©2020 Pete Moore (P)2020 Pete Moore

Available on Audible
Cover art for Lifespan

Lifespan

362 ratings

Summary

Audio bonus! Includes exclusive conversations with the authors! From an acclaimed Harvard professor and one of Time’s most influential people, this paradigm-shifting audiobook shows how almost everything we think we know about aging is wrong, offers a front-row seat to the amazing global effort to slow, stop, and reverse aging, and calls listeners to consider a future where aging can be treated. For decades, experts have believed that we are at the mercy of our genes and that natural damage to our genes - the kind that inevitably happens as we get older - makes us become sick and grow old. But what if everything you think you know about aging is wrong? What if aging is a disease - and that disease is treatable? In Lifespan, one of the world’s foremost experts on aging and genetics reveals a groundbreaking new theory that will forever change the way we think about why we age and what we can do about it. Aging isn’t immutable; we can have far more control over it than we realize. This eye-opening and provocative work takes us to the front lines of research that is pushing the boundaries on our perceived scientific limitations, revealing incredible breakthroughs - many from Dr. David Sinclair’s own lab - that demonstrate how we can slow down, or even reverse, the genetic clock. The key is activating newly discovered vitality genes - the decedents of an ancient survival circuit that is both the cause of aging and the key to reversing it. Dr. Sinclair shares the emerging technologies and simple lifestyle changes - such as intermittent fasting, cold exposure, and exercising with the right intensity - that have been shown to help lead to longer lives. Lifespan provides a road map for taking charge of our own health destiny and a bold new vision for the future when humankind is able to live to be 100 years young. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 David Sinclair (P)2019 Simon & Schuster Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Medical Myths, Lies, and Half-Truths: What We Think We Know May Be Hurting Us

Medical Myths, Lies, and Half-Truths: What We Think We Know May Be Hurting Us

76 ratings

Summary

True or false: Eight glasses of water a day are mandatory for staying hydrated. Vitamin C protects you from catching a cold. Natural foods are always better for you. What do these nuggets of so-called medical wisdom have in common? They're not true. They're myths, half-truths, and misconceptions - pieces of information so familiar we take them for granted without truly considering the scientific truth behind them. In today's information age, such medical myths are all around us. And using them to make decisions about your own health can be harmful. Even deadly. That's why it's critical to understand the accuracy of medical information and discover the truth about everyday health and well-being. That's the core of this important series of 24 eye-opening lectures from an acclaimed neurologist, educator, and science broadcaster. Dr. Novella will give you evidence-based guidelines for good health, enhance your ability to be better informed about common medical myths, and strengthen your skills at assessing medical information and advice. An essential aid for any home, the lecture series is divided into three sections that focus on specific aspects of health. "You Are What You Eat and Drink": Get pointed looks at proper hydration, the routine use of multivitamins, natural foods and probiotics, antioxidants, and more. "Fighting Diseases": Sort out truth from fiction regarding vaccines, the supposed link between vaccination and autism, chronic diseases, and other subjects. "Exploring the Alternatives": Investigate the claims behind herbal medicines, homeopathy, acupuncture, and other alternatives that aren't as worthwhile as they claim to be. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2010 The Teaching Company, LLC (P)2010 The Great Courses

Narrator: Steven Novella
Length: 12 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Medical Medium Liver Rescue

Medical Medium Liver Rescue

27 ratings

Summary

The number one New York Times best-selling author and beloved healing authority reveals how taking your liver off overload can help resolve a wide range of symptoms and conditions - and transform your health in ways you've never imagined.   What if you could focus on one aspect of your well-being to transform all the others - and at the same time prevent health problems you didn't even know were lurking beneath the surface? In today's world, we have no idea how many symptoms, conditions, and diseases are rooted in an overloaded liver. It's not only about liver cancer, cirrhosis, and hepatitis. Nearly every challenge - from pesky general health complaints to digestive issues to emotional struggles to weight gain to high blood pressure to heart problems to brain fog to skin conditions to autoimmune and other chronic illnesses - has an origin in an overloaded liver and can improve when you harness the force of this humble organ.  Medical Medium Liver Rescue offers the answers you should have had all along. With his signature compassion, Anthony William, the Medical Medium, shares unparalleled insights into undiscovered functions of our life-saving livers, explains what's behind dozens of health issues that hold us back, and offers detailed guidance on how to move forward so we can live our best lives. Find out for yourself what liver rescue is all about: being clearer-headed, more peaceful, happier, and better able to adapt to our fast-changing times. Learn how to sleep well, balance blood sugar, lower blood pressure, lose weight, and look and feel younger. A healthy liver is the ultimate destressor, anti-aging ally, and safeguard against a threatening world - if we give it the right support. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2018 Hay House (P)2018 Hay House

Narrator: Sarah Coomes
Length: 25 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dr. Sebi Cure for Herpes

Dr. Sebi Cure for Herpes

Summary

Are you concerned about how to treat herpes and get rid of it? Have you had enough of conventional treatments and are you looking for an alternative? Still listening? Well, then Dr. Sebi's natural healing process is what you have been looking for! Dr. Sebi has devoted his whole life to studying herbs and natural treatments to develop a natural healing process for all types of diseases. After examining African, South American and Caribbean herbs, and natural healing methods, he formulated his own healing philosophy, based on the theory he devised and called "African Biomineral Balance". This school of thought revolutionized natural and herbal medicine by offering for the first time a valid and effective alternative to traditional medicine. In this audiobook you will: Find a comparison between the main branches of medicine Learn the principles of Dr Sebi's philosophy and how to apply them to improve your health Learn the approach and herbs specifically recommended by Dr. Sebi to get rid of herpes Discover 20+ alkaline recipes specially designed to speed up your recovery from the virus Despite his passing away in 2016, Dr. Sebi's legacy will live on forever through his teachings and philosophy. His school of thought and natural approach to disease treatment have helped and continue to help millions of people around the world recover and improve their health. Herpes is just one of the diseases that Dr. Sebi has treated in his life and with this audiobook you can learn everything you need to apply his methods! Regain control of your health today following Dr. Sebi's way! The right way. 

©2021 Saama Mejia (P)2021 Saama Mejia

Narrator: Aimee McKenzie
Author: Saama Mejia
Length: 1 hr and 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Fate of Rome

The Fate of Rome

7 ratings

Summary

A sweeping new history of how climate change and disease helped bring down the Roman Empire Here is the monumental retelling of one of the most consequential chapters of human history: the fall of the Roman Empire. The Fate of Rome is the first book to examine the catastrophic role that climate change and infectious diseases played in the collapse of Rome's power - a story of nature's triumph over human ambition. Interweaving a grand historical narrative with cutting-edge climate science and genetic discoveries, Kyle Harper traces how the fate of Rome was decided not just by emperors, soldiers, and barbarians but also by volcanic eruptions, solar cycles, climate instability, and devastating viruses and bacteria. He takes listeners from Rome's pinnacle in the second century, when the empire seemed an invincible superpower, to its unraveling by the seventh century, when Rome was politically fragmented and materially depleted. Harper describes how the Romans were resilient in the face of enormous environmental stress, until the besieged empire could no longer withstand the combined challenges of a "little ice age" and recurrent outbreaks of bubonic plague. A poignant reflection on humanity's intimate relationship with the environment, The Fate of Rome provides a sweeping account of how one of history's greatest civilizations encountered, endured, yet ultimately succumbed to the cumulative burden of nature's violence. The example of Rome is a timely reminder that climate change and germ evolution have shaped the world we inhabit - in ways that are surprising and profound. Author bio: Kyle Harper is professor of classics and letters and senior vice president and provost at the University of Oklahoma. He is the author of Slavery in the Late Roman World, AD 275-425 and From Shame to Sin: The Christian Transformation of Sexual Morality in Late Antiquity. He lives in Norman, Oklahoma.

©2017 Princeton University Press (P)2017 Recorded Books

Narrator: Andrew Garman
Author: Kyle Harper
Length: 15 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Plant Paradox

The Plant Paradox

95 ratings

Summary

"I read this book...it worked. My autoimmune disease is gone, and I'm 37 pounds lighter in my pleather." (Kelly Clarkson) Most of us have heard of gluten - a protein found in wheat that causes widespread inflammation in the body. Americans spend billions of dollars on gluten-free diets in an effort to protect their health. But what if we’ve been missing the root of the problem? In The Plant Paradox, renowned cardiologist Dr. Steven Gundry reveals that gluten is just one variety of a common, and highly toxic, plant-based protein called lectin. Lectins are found not only in grains like wheat but also in the “gluten-free” foods most of us commonly regard as healthy, including many fruits, vegetables, nuts, beans, and conventional dairy products. These proteins, which are found in the seeds, grains, skins, rinds, and leaves of plants, are designed by nature to protect them from predators (including humans). Once ingested, they incite a kind of chemical warfare in our bodies, causing inflammatory reactions that can lead to weight gain and serious health conditions. At his waitlist-only clinics in California, Dr. Gundry has successfully treated tens of thousands of patients suffering from autoimmune disorders, diabetes, leaky gut syndrome, heart disease, and neurodegenerative diseases with a protocol that detoxes the cells, repairs the gut, and nourishes the body. Now, in The Plant Paradox, he shares this clinically proven program with listeners around the world. The simple (and daunting) fact is, lectins are everywhere. Thankfully, Dr. Gundry offers simple hacks we easily can employ to avoid them, including: Peel your veggies. Most of the lectins are contained in the skin and seeds of plants; simply peeling and de-seeding vegetables (like tomatoes and peppers) reduces their lectin content. Shop for fruit in season. Fruit contain fewer lectins when ripe, so eating apples, berries, and other lectin-containing fruits at the peak of ripeness helps minimize your lectin consumption. Swap your brown rice for white. Whole grains and seeds with hard outer coatings are designed by nature to cause digestive distress - and are full of lectins. With a full list of lectin-containing foods and simple substitutes for each, a step-by-step detox and eating plan, and delicious lectin-free recipes, The Plant Paradox illuminates the hidden dangers lurking in your salad bowl - and shows you how to eat whole foods in a whole new way. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2017 Steven R. Gundry (P)2019 HarperAudio

Length: 10 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Rebel's Apothecary

The Rebel's Apothecary

1 rating

Summary

Learn how to improve mental health and general wellness with the medicinal magic of cannabis and mushrooms - from CBD oil to elixirs and gummies to THC dosing. When health coach and wellness blogger Jenny Sansouci learned that her father was diagnosed with stage four pancreatic cancer, her extensive knowledge of the latest alternative therapies was put to the test. Jenny dove into the world of cannabis and mushrooms and their medicinal properties - and she and her dad are now outspoken champions of the healing power of these plants and fungi - not only to tame the side effects of chemotherapy, but to address everyday wellness concerns.  The Rebel’s Apothecary is the result of her heartfelt and rigorous quest - a science-based and supportive guide that will enhance the lives of anyone living with pain, anxiety, depression, a weakened immune system, insomnia, and more. Complete with background information, dosing instructions, and everyday recipes, this is the essential handbook for harnessing the ancient healing powers of cannabis and mushrooms - safely, without confusion, fear, or an unwanted high.  In addition to debunking myths and destigmatizing these powerful healing plants and fungi, The Rebel’s Apothecary presents: Specific protocols and dosage guides for wellness uses (mood, sleep, immunity, focus, energy) and managing common chemotherapy side effects Everyday wellness routines Recipes for delicious, easy, health-enhancing cannabis and mushroom infused smoothies, coffee drinks, teas, elixirs, gummies, broths, and more The latest research on CBD, THC, medicinal mushrooms and psilocybin Tips for creating a cutting-edge home apothecary of your own PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Jenny Sansouci (P)2020 Blackstone Publishing

Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Happy Sleeper

The Happy Sleeper

13 ratings

Summary

An urgent message for sleep-deprived parents: You don't have to suffer through "cry-it-out" or attachment parenting's "co-sleeping." There's another way!   Parents spend a great deal of time and energy coaxing, negotiating, singing, and swinging their children to sleep. Yet studies show that sleep deprivation among young kids is rampant. Babies and young children get an average of 9.5 hours of rest per night when experts agree that they need 11-12 hours. A mountain of research links drowsiness to academic, health, and psychological problems. It turns out that over time, all that cajoling and soothing can actually have the opposite of its desired effect. The harder we try (with the best of intentions and boatloads of love), the more we get in the way of our kids' natural sleep development.   The Happy Sleeper shows parents how to avoid and undo cumbersome sleep habits, putting their babies and little kids on track to a full night's sleep. Heather Turgeon, a columnist for Babble.com and writer for the National Sleep Foundation, and Julie Wright, a psychotherapist and highly-popular parenting expert, teach parents that babies have an innate capacity to self-soothe, as well as the brain machinery to sleep well. So why do many families struggle at night? Most do what works today, but don't notice when it's no longer needed tomorrow, and then push harder when it becomes a hindrance the day after that.  Parents get stuck working overtime with fanfare and tricks to put their babies and children to bed - lying down with their kids, re-tucking and refilling water glasses endlessly. Mindfulness - the practice of using focused attention, being present and open - has proven effective in many realms of health and serves as the foundation for the techniques in this audiobook. Using these methods in a thoughtful, attuned, and loving way, parents transfer the role of soothing from themselves to the children.   The Happy Sleeper features a foreword by neuropsychiatrist and popular parenting expert Dr. Daniel Siegel, author of Parenting from the Inside Out and the New York Times best-seller Brainstorm.   Includes a bonus PDF with worksheets and charts. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 Heather Turgeon and Julie Wright (P)2018 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Diagnosis

Diagnosis

8 ratings

Summary

A collection of more than 50 hard-to-crack medical quandaries, featuring the best of The New York Times Magazine's popular Diagnosis column - now a Netflix original series "Lisa Sanders is a paragon of the modern medical detective storyteller." (Atul Gawande, author of Being Mortal) As a Yale School of Medicine physician, the New York Times best-selling author of Every Patient Tells a Story, and an inspiration and adviser for the hit Fox TV drama, House, M.D., Lisa Sanders has seen it all. And yet, she is often confounded by the cases she describes in her column: unexpected collections of symptoms that she and other physicians struggle to diagnose. A 28-year-old man, vacationing in the Bahamas for his birthday, tries some barracuda for dinner. Hours later, he collapses on the dance floor with crippling stomach pains. A middle-aged woman returns to her doctor, after visiting two days earlier with a mild rash on the back of her hands. Now, the rash has turned purple and has spread across her entire body in whip-like streaks. A young elephant trainer in a traveling circus, once headbutted by a rogue zebra, is suddenly beset with splitting headaches, as if someone were "slamming a door inside his head." In each of these cases, the path to diagnosis - and treatment - is winding, sometimes frustratingly unclear. Dr. Sanders shows how making the right diagnosis requires expertise, painstaking procedure, and sometimes a little luck. Intricate, gripping, and full of twists and turns, Diagnosis puts listeners in the doctor’s place. It lets them see what doctors see, feel the uncertainty they feel - and experience the thrill when the puzzle is finally solved.

©2019 Lisa Sanders (P)2019 Random House Audio

Narrator: Lisa Sanders
Author: Lisa Sanders
Length: 8 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Medical School for Everyone: Pediatrics Grand Rounds

Medical School for Everyone: Pediatrics Grand Rounds

6 ratings

Summary

Pediatrics, which focuses on the medical care of children from birth through adolescence, is one of the most fascinating areas of modern medicine. To step into the shoes of a trained pediatrician is to better understand how these medical heroes diagnose common and uncommon illnesses in their young patients, helping each child grow into his or her greatest potential. In these 24 lectures, don the doctor's white coat for an accessible journey into the world of pediatric medicine to solve medical mysteries. Each of these standalone lectures presents you with a case or series of cases that you tackle alongside Dr. Benaroch, from initial symptoms and workup to the diagnosis and resulting treatment. You'll quickly see just how multifaceted and nuanced the medical treatment of children is, whether dealing with minor diagnoses like runny noses and ear infections or life-changing ones like cerebral palsy and neonatal pneumonia. But sometimes children have concerns that extend beyond the traditional realm of medicine. In addition to the fascinating facts and compelling stories he shares, Dr. Benaroch has crafted the perfect tool for parents and caretakers who want a panic-free resource for their child's health and wellness, including issues surrounding sleep, discipline, and mental health. Whether he's dealing with a premature infant, complications arising with international adoption, or a homeless youth, Dr. Benaroch treats every case in this course with care and compassion. You'll quickly learn how the best pediatricians are also caretakers and counselors and why the experience of helping sick children is exciting and rewarding - especially when it transforms lives for the better. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2016 The Great Courses (P)2016 The Teaching Company, LLC

Narrator: Roy Benaroch
Length: 12 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for CBD Oil 101

CBD Oil 101

1 rating

Summary

Are you wondering how you can benefit from CBD?  Whether it be from a business standpoint or reaping its therapeutic miracles; this audiobook will clarify everything you need to know about CBD. The future of medicinal cannabis has everyone on their toes. The success with human clinical trials has amplified the CBD market, therefore, unlocking profitable business opportunities and the accessibility of buying CBD. CBD and the therapeutic benefits covered in the audiobook: What is the Endocannabinoid system? Proof of benefit with staggering success stories Who is able to use CBD oil? The effects of CBD on the menstrual cycle (women's health issues). Routes of administration (topical, inhalation, sublingual, etc.) Dosages and how much to take? What are the inevitable side effects of CBD oil? 24 conditions treated using CBD oil Tips to find credible products on the market All there is about veterinary CBD Material covered in CBD business investing and growing: Why grow your own medicine What instruments and supplies are needed to grow cannabis? The seven key steps to growing cannabis successfully Different CBD-Rich Products (rick simpson oil, canna-cap capsules, etc) Learn to make cannabis cooking oil What is the best medium (soil) for healthy cannabis? Employment and business opportunities Investment approaches (active, cash flow, etc.) If you want to learn more about the financial and therapeutic benefits of CBD, then get this audiobook now. 

©2019 Minerva Publishing Services and Company (P)2020 David Marino

Available on Audible
Cover art for Phantoms in the Brain

Phantoms in the Brain

14 ratings

Summary

Neuroscientist V. S. Ramachandran is internationally renowned for uncovering answers to the deep and quirky questions of human nature that few scientists have dared to address. His bold insights about the brain are matched only by the stunning simplicity of his experiments - using such low-tech tools such as cotton swabs, glasses of water, and dime-store mirrors. In Phantoms in the Brain, Dr. Ramachandran recounts how his work with patients who have bizarre neurological disorders has shed new light on the deep architecture of the brain, and what these findings tell us about who we are, how we construct our body image, why we laugh or become depressed, why we may believe in God, and how we make decisions, deceive ourselves, and dream. Some of his most notable cases: A woman paralyzed on the left side of her body who believes she is lifting a tray of drinks with both hands offers a unique opportunity to test Freud's theory of denial. A man who insists he is talking with God challenges us to ask: Could we be "wired" for religious experience? A woman who hallucinates cartoon characters illustrates how, in a sense, we are all hallucinating, all the time. Dr. Ramachandran's inspired medical detective work pushes the boundaries of medicine's last great frontier-the human mind-yielding new and provocative insights into the "big questions" about consciousness and the self.

©1998 V.S. Ramachandran and Sandra Blakeslee (P)2013 Tantor

Narrator: Neil Shah
Length: 10 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Corona-Impfstoffe - Rettung oder Risiko?

Corona-Impfstoffe - Rettung oder Risiko?

Summary

Die ganze Welt wartet auf einen Impfstoff gegen das Coronavirus. Doch kann uns ein Wirkstoff retten, der innerhalb weniger Monate entwickelt wurde und auf einer kaum erprobten Technik beruht? Wie funktionieren die modernen Vakzine? Wie hoch ist ihr Schutz? Wie stark sind die Nebenwirkungen? Und können Langzeitschäden ausgeschlossen werden? Der Biologe Clemens Arvay setzt sich differenziert mit den Corona-Impfstoffen auseinander. Wissenschaftlich fundiert beantwortet er alle wichtigen Fragen. Damit am Ende jeder für sich entscheiden kann: Soll ich mich impfen lassen oder nicht?

©2021 Lübbe Audio (P)2021 Lübbe Audio

Narrator: Max Hoffmann
Length: 2 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Loving Kindness

Loving Kindness

49 ratings

Summary

Bram Barouh’s warm and welcoming voice makes practicing meditation seem effortless. And what better time to give meditation a shot than now? With Bram’s lighthearted nature and background in meditation education, it’s never been easier to take part in a moment of positive thinking.  In this meditation, you’ll simply focus your mind on a person or a pet who fills your heart with love and embrace your wishes for their health, peace, and happiness. Concentrating on these bright feelings can fill you with a sense of overall well-being and calm—a wonderful mindset for sleep. This title is part of a collection of audio experiences created to deliver your best sleep during this difficult time. 

©2020 Audible Originals, LLC (P)2020 Audible Originals, LLC

Narrator: Bram Barouh
Author: Bram Barouh
Length: 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Cannabis Is Medicine

Cannabis Is Medicine

1 rating

Summary

Unlock the healing power of cannabis medicine and discover the cutting-edge science behind its remarkable impact on human health. Millions of people around the world are healing illnesses with cannabis. Nonetheless, many physicians remain reluctant to discuss cannabis medicine with their patients. And with so much conflicting misinformation from unreliable sources, finding out if cannabis could be an effective treatment for you or a loved one can feel nearly impossible.  This book is the comprehensive resource for people who have not found relief from conventional medicines. Bonni Goldstein, MD, has helped thousands of patients suffering from chronic, difficult-to-treat conditions improve with cannabis. In this revelatory book, she explains the current state of scientific research on how cannabis interacts with human physiology to create homeostasis - balance - leading to good health. Many of the plant's compounds, including CBD, and their therapeutic effects are explained in detail.  Listeners will learn how to best navigate the multitude of available cannabis-based products, with detailed guidance on safety and usage, and how to customize a personalized cannabis regimen. And Dr. Goldstein presents 28 common conditions for which patients have found cannabis treatment to be effective, including cancer, insomnia, and gastrointestinal disorders.  As medical cannabis laws continue to evolve, it is more vital than ever for struggling patients to understand the benefits of this plant from an honest, medicine-based perspective. Educational, practical, and thorough, Cannabis Is Medicine empowers patients to make informed decisions about this natural medicine and improve the quality of their lives.   PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Bonni Goldstein (P)2020 Little, Brown & Company

Length: 10 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sleep Smarter

Sleep Smarter

Summary

If you want to sleep better, then keep reading.... Bad sleep has both physical and psychological consequences. It weakens the immune system and makes you more exposed to external aggressions, but it also makes you more nervous and irritable, and if sleep difficulties persist for a long time, it affects your quality of life and can even put you at risk for mood disorders and, in severe cases, depression. The first step is to understand why you are sleeping poorly; the second is to fix that problem. There are plenty of books on this subject on the market, but this book will really help you to understand which is your better and successful way to improve your quality of sleep. You'll learn: How to manage your lifestyle in order to affect positively your sleep and health How to fall asleep faster and throughout the night Amazing practical sleep tips and habits that you must practice Even if no system has ever worked for you and you don't think you have any hope for improvement, this book will help you to understand where to improve your life and how to do it. Buy this book right now!

©2021 John Stars (P)2021 John Stars

Narrator: Jim Rising
Author: John Stars
Length: 2 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dr. Bernstein's Diabetes Solution

Dr. Bernstein's Diabetes Solution

8 ratings

Summary

Originally published in 1997, Dr. Bernstein's Diabetes Solution is a unique resource that covers both adult- and childhood-onset diabetes, explains step-by-step how to normalize blood sugar levels and prevent or reverse complications, and offers detailed guidelines for establishing a treatment plan. Listeners will find 50 gourmet recipes, in addition to a comprehensive discussion of diet, obesity, and new drugs to curb carbohydrate craving and overeating. Now in its fourth edition, the audiobook presents up-to-the-minute information on insulin resistance, blood-testing devices, measuring blood sugar, new types of insulin, gastroparesis and other issues, as well as updated diet guidelines. Dr. Bernstein's Diabetes Solution is the one audiobook every diabetic must own. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2016 Richard K. Bernstein (P)2016 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Matt Kugler
Length: 17 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Everyday Meditation

Everyday Meditation

135 ratings

Summary

20 audio-guided sessions. Improve your mood and fight fatigue and stress with this four-week meditation program. Join certified meditation and yoga expert Ceasar F. Barajas as he guides you through 20 days of meditation. You’ll complete five meditations per week over the course of four weeks. Whether you’re comfortable with meditation or it’s completely new to you, Ceasar’s unique combination of breath work, visualization, and mindfulness will re-energize you and wash away the pressures of your day.  You’ll begin with just five minutes of meditation and build your stamina for stillness and reflection each day. By the time the program is complete you’ll be able to meditate for 20 minutes while using breath work to relax every muscle in your body. Newcomers and meditation skeptics alike will find themselves converted thanks to Ceasar’s openhearted, genuine, and empowering teaching style. 

©2018 Aaptiv Inc. (P)2018 Aaptiv Inc.

Author: Aaptiv
Length: 5 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Angel and the Assassin

The Angel and the Assassin

11 ratings

Summary

A thrilling story of scientific detective work and medical potential that illuminates the newly understood role of microglia - an elusive type of brain cell that is vitally relevant to our everyday lives. "The rarest of books: a combination of page-turning discovery and remarkably readable science journalism." (Mark Hyman, MD, number one New York Times best-selling author of Food: What the Heck Should I Eat?) Named one of the best books of the year by Wired Until recently, microglia were thought to be helpful but rather boring: housekeeper cells in the brain. But a recent groundbreaking discovery has revealed that they connect our physical and mental health in surprising ways. When triggered - and anything that stirs up the immune system in the body can activate microglia, including chronic stressors, trauma, and viral infections - they can contribute to memory problems, anxiety, depression, and Alzheimer’s. Under the right circumstances, however, microglia can be coaxed back into being angelic healers, able to make brain repairs in ways that help alleviate symptoms and hold the promise to one day prevent disease. With the compassion born of her own experience, award-winning journalist Donna Jackson Nakazawa illuminates this newly understood science, following practitioners and patients on the front lines of treatments that help to “reboot” microglia. In at least one case, she witnesses a stunning recovery - and in others, significant relief from pressing symptoms, offering new hope to the tens of millions who suffer from mental, cognitive, and physical health issues. Hailed as a “riveting”, “stunning”, and “visionary”, The Angel and the Assassin offers us a radically reconceived picture of human health and promises to change everything we thought we knew about how to heal ourselves. 

©2020 Donna Jackson Nakazawa (P)2020 Random House Audio

Narrator: Melinda Wade
Length: 10 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Feeding My Mother

Feeding My Mother

192 ratings

Summary

Number-one national best seller Based on her hugely popular Facebook posts and Instagram photos, Feeding My Mother is a frank, funny, inspirational, and piercingly honest account of the transformation in Jann Arden's life that has turned her into the primary "parent" to her mom, who is in the grip of Alzheimer's.  Jann Arden moved in to a house just across the way from her parents in rural Alberta to be close to them but also so they could be her refuge from the demands of the music business and a performing career. Funny how time works. Since her dad died in 2015, Jann cooks for her mom five or six times a week. Her mom finds comfort in her daughter's kitchen, not just in the delicious food but also just sitting with her as she cooks. And Jann finds some peace in caring for her mom, even as her mom slowly becomes a stranger. "If you told me two years ago that I'd be here," Jann writes, "I wouldn't have believed it. And yet we still fall into so much laughter, feel so much insane gladness and joy. It's such a contrast from one minute to the next and it teaches me constantly: It makes me stronger and more humble and more empathetic and caring and kind."  The many people who are dealing with a loved one who is losing it will find inspiration and strength in Jann's wholehearted, loving response and her totally Jann take on the upside-down world of a daughter mothering her mother. Feeding My Mother is one heck of an affirmation that life just keeps on keeping on and a wonderful example of how you have to roll with it. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2017 Jann Arden (P)2017 Random House of Canada

Narrator: Jann Arden
Author: Jann Arden
Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Brain That Changes Itself

The Brain That Changes Itself

11 ratings

Summary

An astonishing new science called neuroplasticity is overthrowing the centuries-old notion that the human brain is immutable. Psychiatrist and psychoanalyst Norman Doidge, MD, traveled the country to meet both the brilliant scientists championing neuroplasticity and the people whose lives they've transformed - people whose mental limitations or brain damage were seen as unalterable. We see a woman born with half a brain that rewired itself to work as a whole, blind people who learn to see, learning disorders cured, IQs raised, aging brains rejuvenated, stroke patients learning to speak, children with cerebral palsy learning to move with more grace, depression and anxiety disorders successfully treated, and lifelong character traits changed.  Using these marvelous stories to probe mysteries of the body, emotion, love, sex, culture, and education, Dr. Doidge has written an immensely moving, inspiring book that will permanently alter the way we look at our brains, human nature, and human potential.

©2007 Norman Doidge (P)2020 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Jim Bond
Length: 11 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Deep Sleep & Rapid Weight Loss Hypnosis

Deep Sleep & Rapid Weight Loss Hypnosis

1 rating

Summary

If you want to discover how to optimize your health, achieve your dream body effortlessly and sleep well every single night then keep reading.... Developing healthy habits can sometimes feel like such a struggle.   But, imagine if eating that salad you dread every today became effortless, if you actually looked forward to exercise and could instantly drift off to sleep without hours of tossing and turning.   Now, wouldn’t that be amazing.   Luckily, by utilizing the power of hypnosis, you can literally reprogram your brain to fall in love with these healthy habits that make weight loss effortless and make falling asleep as easy as counting to 10.   Hypnosis isn’t a magic pill though, it is simply a tool to help change your undesirable behaviors and habits at the subconscious level when the mind is in a trance like state. In this state we are more susceptible to suggestions, making changes in behavior, such as overcoming emotional eating, and falling In love with exercise MUCH easier!   Not only that, sleep hypnosis can be used to overcome Insomnia and induce higher quality and much more healing sleep, especially when used in conjunction with other practices such as CBT!   It’s about time you developed the body of your dreams, overcome your unhealthy eating habits and fall asleep effortlessly every single night.   Here’s a slither of what’s inside...  The best 30 minute hypnosis to reprogram your mind to fall asleep effortlessly every single night and get the healing sleep you deserve   The 20 minute hypnosis to help you overcome emotional eating once and for all and develop a healthy relationship with food   How hypnosis can help you truly love your body and treat it with the care that makes weight loss and healthy living effortless   The one hypnosis session that makes rapid weight loss easy!   And so much more!   So, if you want to unlock your weight loss potential, develop extremely healthy eating habits and fall asleep effortlessly every single night, scroll up and click “Buy Now”.

©2020 Meditation Made Effortless (P)2020 Meditation Made Effortless

Narrator: Serena Lehman
Length: 5 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The End of Alzheimer's

The End of Alzheimer's

27 ratings

Summary

A groundbreaking plan to prevent and reverse Alzheimer's disease that fundamentally changes how we understand cognitive decline. Everyone knows someone who has survived cancer, but until now no one knows anyone who has survived Alzheimer's disease. In this paradigm shifting book, Dale Bredesen, MD, offers real hope to anyone looking to prevent and even reverse Alzheimer's disease and cognitive decline. Revealing that AD is not one condition, as it is currently treated, but three, The End of Alzheimer's outlines 36 metabolic factors (micronutrients, hormone levels, sleep) that can trigger "downsizing" in the brain. The protocol shows us how to rebalance these factors using lifestyle modifications like taking B12, eliminating gluten, or improving oral hygiene. The results are impressive. Of the first 10 patients on the protocol, nine displayed significant improvement with three to six months; since then the protocol has yielded similar results with hundreds more. Now, The End of Alzheimer's brings new hope to a broad audience of patients, caregivers, physicians, and treatment centers with a fascinating look inside the science and a complete step-by-step plan that fundamentally changes how we treat and even think about AD. For more information, including articles and diagrams, please visit Drbredesen.com or mpicognition.com.

©2017 Dale E. Bredesen MD (P)2017 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Marc Cashman
Length: 9 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Anti Inflammatory Diet

The Anti Inflammatory Diet

Summary

Have you noticed that your health continues to worsen, no matter how hard you try to follow several diet plans that claim to be healthy? Are you always tired? Do you suffer from joint pains? Do you just want some relief and to take better care of yourself, but you are not sure where to start?

You probably suffer from chronic inflammation and it is high time you had a look at the anti-inflammatory diet!

This diet plan focuses on eating wholesome and natural foods in order to get rid of the inflammation in your body and leaving you with better health in the process!

This guidebook explores the anti inflammatory diet and all of the benefits connected to it. Some of the topics that you will learn about inside this guidebook will include:

What is the anti-inflammatory diet?

Signs and symptoms connected to chronic inflammation

The eating plan on the anti-inflammatory diet

Some of the many health benefits that come with following this diet plan

Some of the myths and misconceptions about the anti-inflammatory diet

Learning about your own personal allergies, food sensitivity and how to deal with them

Easy tips to ensure that you can get this diet plan to work well for you

A meal plan and tasty recipes to make this journey as easy as possible

There may be lots of different diet plans out there, but none of them focus on getting rid of chronic inflammation like the anti-inflammatory does. This guidebook gives you the best tools that you need to take care of your health, protect your body from danger diseases, and ensure that you see the results in no time!

Take some time to listen to this guidebook and learn more about the anti inflammatory diet.

Public Domain (P)2019 Jessica Weil

Narrator: Brooke Wallace
Author: Jessica Weil
Length: 3 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Spanish Flu

The Spanish Flu

Summary

If you’ve been hearing a lot about the Spanish flu lately, wondered how it compares with the current pandemic, how it infected people, the numbers, its spread, what steps people took to deal with it, how they "flattened the curve" and how it stopped being a problem to the masses, keep reading.... You are about to learn everything there is to know about the Spanish flu, from how it started to how the pandemic ended and everything in between, including how it left over 50 million people dead and changed the world! Imagine a scenario where some of your healthiest friends around you suddenly start exhibiting symptoms of a very severe form of pneumonia, followed by desperate struggles to clear their airways of a blood-tinged froth that’s also gushing from their eyes and mouth (within hours of developing the flu) and soon after, clueless doctors watch them suffocate to death.... That’s what some survivors were reporting, and believe me, it was worse than it sounds here. That was typical of the 1918 Spanish flu, which has been considered the deadliest global pandemic in modern history, with a death count of over 50 million people and 500 million infections! And it spared nobody - even the then King of Spain Alfonso XIII succumbed to the great Spanish flu! But what exactly was this flu? How did the virus start? Was it as bad as it is postulated? How did it spread? How did it end? Could we experience such as pandemic again? How can we best prepare ourselves for such a pandemic? If you have these and other related questions, this book is for you so keep reading. This book is here to cut through the many fabrications and half-truths about the Spanish flu and its impact, and clear the air about the nature of world pandemics in reference to this deadly one that shook the world. It will also show you how we’ve been responding to influenza pandemics, and what the future holds as regards to our vulnerability, preparedness, and ability to overcome deadly pandemics. Here is a bit of what you’ll find in this book: The nature of the disease Why it was known as the Spanish flu What the symptoms of the flu were How the Spanish flu was related to the First World War Why the virus killed many healthy adults How the Spanish flu ended The past, present and future challenges of influenza pandemics How the world can be better prepared for the next pandemic The future of fighting flu And so much more! If you think you’ve heard or seen the worst of outbreaks or pandemics, you’re about to have your brain re-tuned as you flick through the numbers and details in this beginners’ book about the “La Grippe” that changed the world. Even if you’ve not been a fan of pandemics, the fact that there is an ongoing pandemic makes you an interested party (by default) on the Spanish flu! And this book won’t disappoint, as it will teach you everything about the pandemic in simple language to help you have a better understanding of what really transpired in 1918!

©2020 Jennifer Hope (P)2020 Jennifer Hope

Narrator: Damon Knox
Length: 3 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dash Diet 2020

Dash Diet 2020

Summary

Do you know why year after year the DASH diet is voted "best diet"? Simple: The DASH diet is a simple and sustainable tool to create a healthy lifestyle. Based on research conducted by the National Health Institutes and selected by the United States. As it's number one choice in best diets overall, best diets for healthy eating, and best diabetes diets, DASH's diet rises above the noise of other gimmicky weight-loss plans. The DASH diet was created as a way to enjoy the foods they love while working to reduce or correct their hypertension for people with high blood pressure. Ultimately, with a DASH diet, you will be able to get healthy and lose weight while eating the most enjoyable foods. The DASH beginners diet will show you how to use the DASH diet to lose weight effectively, reduce the risk of cancer, and improve your well-being. 30 delicious DASH dietary recipes including low-sodium versions of your favorite foods, from creamy Spinach Dip, to Beef Tostadas, and Blackened Salmon Filets. DASH diet guidelines with detailed explanations of health benefits and scientific researches on DASH Diet. 7-Days DASH diet meal plan and easy guide to start weight loss and healthy eating regimen. DASH diet food list DASH diet comparison with other diets

©2019 James Fitt (P)2019 James Fitt

Narrator: James Jones
Author: James Fitt
Length: 3 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Daring to Rest Yoga Nidra Meditation Program

The Daring to Rest Yoga Nidra Meditation Program

7 ratings

Summary

When women are denied the rest they need - whether from social pressures and obligations, wanting to do too much in too little time, or a deeply rooted sense of guilt - they are cut off from the true source of their power. In her debut book, Daring to Rest, Karen Brody came to the rescue of worn-out women everywhere with a transformative program for reclaiming rest through yoga nidra, the art of conscious relaxation. This new release presents her groundbreaking 40 day program in audio form, complete with teachings, practices, and guided meditations.

©2017 Karen Brody (P)2018 Sounds True

Narrator: Karen Brody
Author: Karen Brody
Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Food for Brain

Food for Brain

Summary

Two of the most precious things we have is our body and our brain. We don’t have any spare, and it’s precisely for this reason that we have to learn how to keep them in shape. To avoid premature decay and to ensure that they continue performing well for as long as possible, we must have a healthy lifestyle and know which foods allow us to feel better, in addition to those which instead slow down our functioning and can compromise our well-being. This audiobook will allow you to avoid the most common errors: Leaving out the foods that can help you improve your lifestyle Forgetting some essential nutrients for our health Generating habits that reduce your mental and physical well-being It will help you discover: Why our body needs to feed in the correct way Which foods help your brain do its best How to find the right supplements for today’s diet In addition, 10 tasty and healthy recipes to introduce into your daily diet. Listen now!

©2020 Emma Victoria Enders (P)2020 Emma Victoria Enders

Narrator: Laura Johnson
Length: 3 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Once upon a Time - Bedtime Stories for Adults

Once upon a Time - Bedtime Stories for Adults

Summary

Do you want to fall asleep fast with self-hypnosis, cure panic attacks, and rewire your brain? If yes, then keep reading... Modern life has become such that we all are suffering from information overload. There is a constant bombarding of data, most of which is unsolicited. This creates clutter in mind. Our mind is constantly processing information which it doesn’t even need. Our lifestyles are such that we find ourselves in a constant decision-making dilemma. From choosing the shirt to wear for office to the things to have at lunch, we are constantly faced with the problem of making insignificant choices. These decisions may not look like much, but they keep our mind engaged. All of us face the decision fatigue to a great extent, and it has an effect on our decision-making faculties and the ability of our brain to function efficiently. It is not surprising then that people are always so desperate to take breaks, even though they are not really facing a very heavy workload in their personal and professional lives. All these things are putting a lot of burden on our minds. The mind always remains under pressure of working constantly. It remains cluttered and becomes inefficient. There are so many decisions being taken in the background that it is always reeling under pressure. This also creates another problem and that is unconscious decision-making. We are living a life of consequences. Someone does something, and all our actions are simply reactions to that action. We are constantly in a state of compulsive reaction. We have given the keys of our lives to others. A famous celebrity does something, and you also want to do the same, without even thinking about the futility of the action. Someone abuses you on the way to work, and the whole day your brain remains engaged thinking about it. Such things are reactions, and not conscious actions.  Meditation is the way to declutter the mind. It helps you in observing your life from a distance for a moment so that you can make conscious decisions. If you want to achieve a state of thoughtless awareness, where every decision is simply not a reaction to the actions in the past, meditation is the way to do that. This audiobook has the best collection of bedtime stories perfect for every day guided meditation to stop anxiety and fall asleep fast with self-hypnosis. What are you waiting for? Click "buy now"!

©2020 Dan Healing (P)2020 Dan Healing

Narrator: Mike Rogers
Author: Dan Healing
Length: 8 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Autoimmune Fix

The Autoimmune Fix

17 ratings

Summary

Millions of people suffer from autoimmunity whether they know it or not. The root cause of most weight gain, brain and mood problems, and fatigue, autoimmunity can take years - or even decades - for symptoms and a clear diagnosis to arise. Through years of research, Dr. Tom O'Bryan has discovered that autoimmunity is actually a spectrum, and many people experiencing general malaise are already on it. And while autoimmune diseases, such as Alzheimer's, multiple sclerosis, osteoporosis, diabetes, and lupus, have become the third leading cause of death behind heart disease and cancer, many people affected are left in the dark. The good news is that many autoimmune conditions can be reversed through a targeted protocol designed to heal the autoimmune system, 70 percent of which is located in the gut. The Autoimmune Fix includes two comprehensive three-week plans: In the first three weeks, you'll follow a paleo-inspired diet, during which you cut out gluten, sweets, and dairy - the three primary culprits behind autoimmunity. Once the dietary changes have been addressed, The Autoimmune Fix focuses on the other causes of autoimmunity, such as genetics, other dietary issues, and microbiome. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2016 Dr. Tom O'Bryan (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for You Are Here

You Are Here

66 ratings

Summary

Grant yourself a short respite from the day's stress and allow one of Oprah’s favorite spiritual guides to gently take you inward. Millions rely on her disarmingly candid and life-affirming wisdom, and now meditation guru and motivational speaker Gabby Bernstein is sharing her talent here.  In less than 10 minutes, this special meditation created exclusively for sleep will help you relax by guiding you to focus on your breath and imagine each part of your body completely releasing.  This title is part of a collection of audio experiences created to deliver your best sleep during this difficult time. 

©2020 Audible Originals, LLC (P)2020 Audible Originals, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for Healthy Sleep Habits, Happy Child

Healthy Sleep Habits, Happy Child

2 ratings

Summary

One of the country's leading researchers updates his revolutionary approach to solving - and preventing - children's sleep problems. Here Dr. Marc Weissbluth, a distinguished pediatrician and father of four, offers his groundbreaking program to ensure the best sleep for your child. In Healthy Sleep Habits, Happy Child, he explains with authority and reassurance his step-by-step regime for instituting beneficial habits within the framework of your child's natural sleep cycles. This valuable sourcebook contains brand new research that: Pinpoints the way daytime sleep differs from night sleep and why both are important to your child Helps you cope with and stop the crybaby syndrome, nightmares, bedwetting, and more Analyzes ways to get your baby to fall asleep according to his internal clock - naturally Reveals the common mistakes parents make to get their children to sleep - including the inclination to rock and feed Explores the different sleep cycle needs for different temperaments - from quiet babies to hyperactive toddlers Emphasizes the significance of a nap schedule Rest is vital to your child's health growth and development. Healthy Sleep Habits, Happy Child outlines proven strategies that ensure good, healthy sleep for every age - including teenagers with their unique sleep problems.

©1987, 1999, 2003 Marc Weissbluth, MD. Foreword ©2003 Cindy Crawford; New introduction ©2005 Marc Weissbluth. (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Paul Mantell
Length: 16 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Brain Wash

Brain Wash

36 ratings

Summary

Dr. David Perlmutter, number-one New York Times best-selling author of Grain Brain, and Dr. Austin Perlmutter, his son, explore how modern culture threatens to rewire our brains and damage our health, offering a practical plan for healing. Contemporary life provides us with infinite opportunities, along with endless temptations. We can eat whatever we want, whenever we want. We can immerse ourselves in the vast, enticing world of digital media. We can buy goods and services for rapid delivery with our fingertips or voice commands. But living in this 24/7 hyper-reality poses serious risks to our physical and mental states, our connections to others, and even to the world at large.  Brain Wash builds from a simple premise: Our brains are being gravely manipulated, resulting in behaviors that leave us more lonely, anxious, depressed, distrustful, illness-prone, and overweight than ever before.  Based on the latest science, the book identifies the mental hijacking that undermines each and every one of us, and presents the tools necessary to think more clearly, make better decisions, strengthen bonds with others, and develop healthier habits. Featuring a 10-day bootcamp program, including a meal plan and 40 delicious original recipes, Brain Wash is the key to cultivating a more purposeful and fulfilling life.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2020 David Perlmutter MD, Austin Perlmutter MD, and Kristin Loberg (P)2020 Little, Brown & Company

Available on Audible
Cover art for Dirty Genes

Dirty Genes

36 ratings

Summary

A leading expert in epigenetics - how genes switch on and off - provides a revolutionary, holistic, and personalized approach to better health by improving how your genes behave to prevent and reverse common ailments, chronic illnesses, and life-threatening diseases, including cardiovascular disease, autoimmune disorders, anxiety, depression, digestive issues, obesity, cancer, diabetes, and more.  Your genes have a tremendous impact on your health. In this groundbreaking book, Dr. Ben Lynch reveals that while you can't change the genes you were born with, you can change how they affect you.  When your genes are working properly, you feel energized and healthy. But when your genes are "dirty", or not functioning optimally, your health suffers. Some genes are "born dirty" - they have certain variations that can cause you problems. Other genes merely "act dirty" in response to your environment, diet, or lifestyle. You can optimize both types of dirty genes by cleaning them up through healthy eating, good sleep, stress relief, environmental detox, and other holistic and natural means.  An experienced researcher in the emerging science of gene abnormalities who has successfully treated thousands of clients, Dr. Lynch offers a simple questionnaire to identify which of the top seven dirty genes could be undermining your health. Then he offers targeted plans - including foods and recipes, supplements, and environmental detox - to clean up your dirty genes, eliminate symptoms, and optimize your physical and mental health.  Many of us have been taught that our genes doom us to the disorders that run in our families. But Dr. Lynch shows that you can rewrite your genetic destiny - once you know how. Dirty Genes provides a practical, personalized protocol to make the most of your genetic inheritance, now and for the rest of your life. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2018 Dr. Ben Lynch LLC (P)2018 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Author: Ben Lynch
Length: 7 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Darm mit Charme

Darm mit Charme

Summary

Der Millionen-Bestseller: endlich als ungekürzte Hörbuchfassung gelesen von Giulia Enders. Das schwarze Schaf unter den Organen, das einem doch bisher eher unangenehm war. Aber dieses Image wird sich ändern. Übergewicht, Depressionen und Allergien hängen mit einem gestörten Gleichgewicht der Darmflora zusammen. Das heißt umgekehrt: Wenn wir uns in unserem Körper wohl fühlen, länger leben und glücklicher werden wollen, müssen wir unseren Darm pflegen. Das legen die neuesten Forschungen nahe. In diesem Hörbuch erklärt die junge Wissenschaftlerin Giulia Enders vergnüglich, welch ein hochkomplexes und wunderbares Organ der Darm ist. Er ist der Schlüssel zu Körper und Geist und eröffnet uns einen ganz neuen Blick durch die Hintertür.

©2014 Ullstein Buchverlage, Berlin (P)2019 Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg

Narrator: Giulia Enders
Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dr. Sebi Diet

Dr. Sebi Diet

Summary

Would you like to free yourself from high blood pressure and stop that pounding feeling in your head? Do you want to stop waking up in the middle of the night or feeling extremely fatigued because of diabetes? If you answered "yes" to at least one of these questions, then this book has you covered! Nearly all disease we get is an outcome of our habits. The food you eat throughout the years influences each process in your body. It’s no coincidence illnesses are on the upsurge with all the refined and processed foods available on the market. With this book, you will learn how to heal and help yourself, no matter what disease is affecting you. Dr. Sebi has the cure for everything.   Here’s an overview of what you’ll find inside this book: How the diet you are following is harming your health  10 foods you should never eat if you have high blood pressure How to naturally reverse high blood pressure with Dr. Sebi's official method How to naturally reverse diabetes with Dr. Sebi's official method  A seven-day detox plan to cleanse your lungs and avoid dangerous viruses from spreading     Are you tired of specialists saying they cannot help you while bombarding you with drugs and medications that make everything worse? Click the "buy now" button, and grab your copy today for a long and healthy life!

©2020 Serena Brown (P)2020 Serena Brown

Narrator: Meggan Bloom
Author: Serena Brown
Length: 3 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sleep Better and Smarter

Sleep Better and Smarter

Summary

If you want to put and end to your insomnia for good the natural way, then keep reading! Have all the sleepless nights been weighing heavy on your physical and mental health? Do you easily get agitated and fatigued because you haven’t been getting your eight hours of sleep? Do you want to toss your over-the-counter sleeping pills and find a natural alternative? Then you’re in for a treat! Good sleep helps fuel our bodies and minds throughout our days. When we get our recommended eight hours every night, our body heals faster. Sleep keeps our immune systems strong and active. But once we fail to get enough of it for extended periods of time, we start to unravel. We lose our ability to focus. Our creativity suffers and our productivity takes a hit. Not to mention a host of other health issues, including high blood pressure and heart disease. But don’t worry! Help is on the way! Introducing Sleep Better and Smarter by health and fitness guru Glenn Jenkins. Here is where you will harness the power of guided meditations to fight insomnia and anxiety. Fall asleep quickly, wake up energized, and improve your health and mood during difficult times! Using this comprehensive book, you will: Clear your head, center yourself, and find inner peace using the power of meditation Sleep like a baby by practicing proven meditation techniques that help alleviate insomnia Harness the psychological benefits of gratitude, and see its positive impact on your sleep Relieve chronic exhaustion using proven meditation practices for tired hands and legs Promote deep sleep using safe but potent self-hypnosis techniques that work Relieve stress and anxiety with deep sleep-inducing bedtime stories for kids and adults Create the perfect environment that promotes lasting restful sleep every night And so much more Start harnessing the power of guided meditations to fight insomnia and anxiety for good! Using this game-changing guide, you will get the latest proven tools that will bring you better sleep the natural way. Are you ready to finally get a good night’s rest? Scroll up, buy now, and start sleeping better and smarter today!

©2020 Glenn Jenkins (P)2020 Glenn Jenkins

Narrator: Tom Chandler
Length: 10 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Brain Warrior's Way

The Brain Warrior's Way

9 ratings

Summary

New York Times bestselling authors Dr. Daniel Amen and Tana Amen are ready to lead you to victory...The Brain Warrior’s Way is your arsenal to win the fight to live a better life. The Amens will guide you through the process, and give you the tools to take control. So if you’re serious about your health, either out of desire or necessity, it’s time to arm yourself and head into battle.  When you're trying to live a healthy lifestyle, every day can feel like a battle. Forces are destroying our bodies and our minds. The standard American diet we consume is making us sick; we are constantly bombarded by a fear-mongering news media; and we're hypnotized by technical gadgets that keep us from our loved ones. Even our own genes can seem like they're out to get us. But you can win the war. You can live your life to the fullest, be your best, and feel your greatest, and the key to victory rests between your ears.  Your brain runs your life. When it works right, your body works right, and your decisions tend to be thoughtful and goal directed. Bad choices, however, can lead to a myriad of problems in your body. Studies have shown that your habits turn on or off certain genes that make illness and early death more or less likely. But you can master your brain and body for the rest of your life with a scientifically-designed program: the Brain Warrior’s Way. Master your brain and body for the rest of your life. This is not a program to lose 10 pounds, even though you will do that - and lose much more if needed. You can also prevent Alzheimer’s, reverse aging, and improve your:  Overall health  Focus  Memory  Energy  Work  Mood stability  Flexibility  Inner peace  Relationships  The Amens have helped tens of thousands of clients over 30 years, and now they can help you. It is time to live a better life - right now! 

©2016 Daniel G. Amen and Tana Amen (P)2016 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Alkaline Diet & Anti-Inflammatory Diet for Beginners

Alkaline Diet & Anti-Inflammatory Diet for Beginners

Summary

An inflammatory sensation can ruin your entire day; it could make you go from being super productive to not being able to concentrate on your work in just a few minutes. Once in a while inflammations are bearable but when they start occurring whenever you eat something, then something is wrong with your digestion and you need to check it. But you can cure Inflammation and a lot more with just what you eat! When eating causes a problem, eating right can correct it. I know it might sound weird but it is true! An Alkaline Diet neutralizes the acids in your body that can cause the inflammatory sensation, but an alkaline diet alone is not enough to cure it forever, it requires a lot more, like the perfect diet plan! And the perfect diet plan is what this audiobook holds! Take a sneak peek at what the perfect diet plan offers: Following an Alkaline and Anti-Inflammatory Diet Following an organic diet. Losing Weight Repairing the Immune System Fighting off Chronic Diseases And Changing your Eating Habits for the Better! While the alkaline diet could be a temporary fix in the short run, accompanying it with a few more components could fix your entire immune system and battle off all diseases! Don’t put it off for another second! Get the audiobook now and start defeating the diseases and live a long and healthy life!

©2019 James Fitt (P)2019 James Fitt

Narrator: James Jones
Author: James Fitt
Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sober Curious

Sober Curious

43 ratings

Summary

Would life be better without alcohol? It’s the nagging question more and more of us are finding harder to ignore, whether we have a “problem” with alcohol or not. After all, we yoga. We green juice. We meditate. We self-care. And yet, come the end of a long workday, the start of a weekend, an awkward social situation, we drink. One glass of wine turns into two turns into a bottle. In the face of how we care for ourselves otherwise, it’s hard to avoid how alcohol really makes us feel: terrible.  How different would our lives be if we stopped drinking on autopilot? If we stopped drinking altogether? Really different, it turns out. Really better. Frank, funny, and always judgment-free, Sober Curious is a bold guide to choosing to live hangover-free, from Ruby Warrington, one of the leading voices of the new sobriety movement.   Drawing on research, expert interviews, and personal narrative, Sober Curious is a radical takedown of the myths that keep so many of us drinking. Inspiring, timely, and blame-free, Sober Curious is both conversation starter and handbook - essential information that empowers listeners to transform their relationship with alcohol so we can lead our most fulfilling lives.

©2019 Ruby Warrington (P)2019 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Ruby Warrington
Length: 6 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories and Guided Mindfulness Meditations for Adults (2 in 1)

Bedtime Stories and Guided Mindfulness Meditations for Adults (2 in 1)

Summary

Introducing how these guided meditations and adult bedtime stories can help you overcome insomnia, reduce your anxiety, and help you experience true happiness every day! Do you want to fall asleep easily every night? Do you want to finally get the healing sleep you so badly need? Do you want to finally go through a full day and not feel exhausted? Each meditation and bedtime story inside this audiobook is designed with an exact purpose in mind - to help you start and stick with your meditation journey. Not only that, but we have made each meditation as easy and simple as possible to follow, and broken them down into two parts. The first part is all about sleep! These 10 hours’ worth of meditations is about helping you develop healthy sleep habits and get you to sleep every single night! The second 10 hours incorporates more varied meditations including anxiety reducing, stress relieving, overcoming depression, breathing meditations & even subconscious + dream meditations! So, all you need to do is take your pick, put your headphones in& enjoy each guided meditation. Oh, and here’s a slither of what’s inside: How to rapidly reduce your anxiety in as little as 10 minutes per day Finally experience deep and healing sleep that you and your body deserve with over 18 sleep meditations to choose from Fall asleep effortlessly with bedtime stories such as "The Magic Garden", "The Birds of the Mountain Forest" and "A Walk Along the Lake" The best start to your day with this 10 minute morning mood booster meditation Three easy to follow meditations for helping you reduce depression symptoms and increase happiness Over 20 hours of guided meditations and bedtime stories to help you finally overcome insomnia, reduce your anxiety and depression, and experience true peace and happiness every day! And so much more! So, if you want over 20 hours of meditations to choose from and to start falling asleep effortlessly every night and waking up feeling like you’ve been reborn, then scroll up and click "Buy Now".

©2020 Meditation Made Effortless (P)2020 Meditation Made Effortless

Narrator: Lamont Mapp
Length: 20 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for ThetaHealing

ThetaHealing

6 ratings

Summary

In 1995, Vianna Stibal was diagnosed with a serious health condition. When conventional and alternative medicine failed her, she discovered a simple technique that cured her illness and sparked a worldwide phenomenon. ThetaHealing® is essentially applied quantum physics. Using a theta brain wave, which until now was believed to be accessible only in deep sleep or yogi-level meditation, the practitioner is able to connect with the energy of All That Is - the energy in everything - to identify issues with and witness healings on the physical body, and to identify and change limiting beliefs. In this revised and updated edition, listeners will discover: The belief and feeling work that can instantly change the thinking within you that creates illness The Seven Planes of Existence, a concept that allows you to connect to the highest level of love and energy of All That Is How to develop the ability to change on all levels: physically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually, using the Creator of All That Is.

©2020 Vianna Stibal (P)2020 Hay House UK

Narrator: Norma Butikofer
Length: 11 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Energy Paradox

The Energy Paradox

Summary

The author of the best-selling Plant Paradox series takes a fresh look at one of the top health issues plaguing Americans - fatigue - and offers a revolutionary plan for boosting energy and revitalizing mental and physical stamina. In his best-selling books, The Plant Paradox and The Longevity Paradox, Dr. Steven R. Gundry offered game-changing perspectives on our well-being. In The Energy Paradox, Dr. Gundry expands upon his previous discussions of gut, microbiome, and mitochondrial health, linking immune malfunction to the mental and physical symptoms of fatigue - including exhaustion, brain fog, depression, anxiety, and low metabolism. As Dr. Gundry explains, feeling tired, moody, and zapped of energy is not normal, no matter your workload or age. Fatigue is an SOS flare from the body, one that is intended to alert us that something is wrong. In his clinical work, Dr. Gundry has found that his patients who complain of feeling sick and tired all the time almost always have something in common: the inflammation markers of a leaky gut. In The Energy Paradox, Dr. Gundry will offer listeners the information and tools necessary to quiet the autoimmune battle raging within - a battle that depletes precious energy reserves, leaving you drained and prone to mood disorders and weight gain. With new guidelines on how to increase mitochondrial energy production and nourish the microbiome; 30 new Plant Paradox-approved recipes; and lists of energy-boosting foods to consume and energy-depleting foods to avoid, The Energy Paradox will help listeners take back their lives, giving them the energy they need to feel, look, and be their best.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2020 Steven R, Gundry, MD (P)2020 HarperCollins Publishers

Length: 8 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for When Brains Dream

When Brains Dream

1 rating

Summary

Questions on the origins and meaning of dreams are as old as humankind and as confounding and exciting today as when 19th-century scientists first attempted to unravel them. Why do we dream? Do dreams hold psychological meaning, or are they merely the reflection of random brain activity? What purpose do dreams serve? When Brains Dream addresses these core questions about dreams while illuminating the most up-to-date science in the field. Written by two world-renowned sleep and dream researchers, it debunks common myths while acknowledging the mysteries that persist around both the science and experience of dreaming. Antonio Zadra and Robert Stickgold bring together state-of-the-art neuroscientific ideas and findings to propose a new and innovative model of dream function called NEXTUP - Network Exploration to Understand Possibilities. By detailing this model's workings, they help listeners understand key features of several types of dreams, from prophetic dreams to nightmares and lucid dreams. When Brains Dream reveals recent discoveries about the sleeping brain and the many ways in which dreams are psychologically, and neurologically, meaningful experiences; explores a host of dream-related disorders; and explains how dreams can facilitate creativity and be a source of personal insight.

©2021 Antonio Zadra and Robert Stickgold (P)2021 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Narrator: Bob Souer
Length: 9 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Brain Maker

Brain Maker

74 ratings

Summary

The best-selling author of Grain Brain uncovers the powerful role of gut bacteria in determining your brain's destiny. Debilitating brain disorders are on the rise - from children diagnosed with autism and ADHD to adults developing dementia at younger ages than ever before. But a medical revolution is underway that can solve this problem: Astonishing new research is revealing that the health of your brain is, to an extraordinary degree, dictated by the state of your microbiome - the vast population of organisms that live in your body and outnumber your own cells 10 to one. What's taking place in your intestines today is determining your risk for any number of brain-related conditions. In Brain Maker, Dr. Perlmutter explains the potent interplay between intestinal microbes and the brain, describing how the microbiome develops from birth and evolves based on lifestyle choices, how it can become "sick", and how nurturing gut health through a few easy strategies can alter your brain's destiny for the better. With simple dietary recommendations and a highly practical program of six steps to improving gut ecology, Brain Maker opens the door to unprecedented brain health potential. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 David Perlmutter (P)2015 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Peter Ganim
Length: 9 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for A Simple Guide to the Paleo Autoimmune Protocol

A Simple Guide to the Paleo Autoimmune Protocol

4 ratings

Summary

The Paleo Autoimmune Protocol (AIP), is a diet and lifestyle program designed to reduce inflammation, heal digestion, deliver nutrition that supports health, and ultimately reverse autoimmune disease. It's not a cure, but it can make a powerful difference in how you feel. The author knows this first-hand. She uses the AIP to manage rheumatoid arthritis. This book is designed to make the transition to the AIP easier. It contains all of the essential information in a package small enough to throw in your purse or backpack. It's simple enough that even someone with brain fog can understand. And it's written like a conversation between friends.

©2015 Eileen Laird (P)2016 Eileen Laird

Narrator: Eileen Laird
Author: Eileen Laird
Length: 3 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Sleepeasy Solution

The Sleepeasy Solution

5 ratings

Summary

Even Hollywood's biggest stars face the same dilemma as other parents do: "How do I get my child to sleep?" As parents in the know are finding, whether they're on the red carpet or the soccer field, the answer is the same: The Sleepeasy Solution. Psychotherapists and sleep specialists Jennifer and Jill, the dynamic "girlfriends" all of Hollywood calls on to solve Junior's sleep problems, have perfected a sleep technique that will get any child snoozing in no time - most often in fewer than three nights. The key to their method? It addresses the emotional needs of both the parent and the child (yes, how to handle the crying!) - a critical component of why most other sleep methods fail. In this much-needed, family-friendly guide, weary parents will learn to define their own individual sleep goals, those that work for their family's schedule and style. They'll create a customized "sleep planner" to ensure consistency with both parents as well as extended caregivers. (As an added bonus, they'll even improve the listeners' relationships with their spouses with the "marriage-saver" section.) With comprehensive sections devoted to each stage of Baby's and Toddler's development, plus solutions to special circumstances like traveling, daylight savings time, moving to a "big kid bed", and multiples, The Sleepeasy Solution is a dream come true!

©2007 Jennifer Waldburger and Jill Spivack (P)2011 Tantor

Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Length: 8 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Make Disease Disappear

How to Make Disease Disappear

26 ratings

Summary

A much-needed program to prevent and reverse disease, and discover a path to sustainable, long-term health from an acclaimed international doctor and star of the BBC program Doctor in the House. How to Make Disease Disappear is Dr. Rangan Chatterjee’s revolutionary, yet simple guide to better health - a much-needed, accessible plan that will help you take back control of your health and your life. A physician dedicated to finding the root cause of ill health rather than simply suppressing symptoms with drugs, Dr. Chatterjee passionately advocates and follows a philosophy that lifestyle and nutrition are first-line medicine and the cornerstone of good health. Drawing on cutting edge research and his own experiences as a doctor, he argues that the secret to preventing disease and achieving wellness revolves around four critical pillars: food, relaxation, sleep, and movement. By making small, incremental changes in each of these key areas, you can create and maintain good health - and alleviate and prevent illness. As Dr. Chatterjee, reveals we can reverse and make disease disappear without a complete overhaul of our lifestyle. His dynamic, user-friendly approach is not about excelling at any one pillar. What matters is balance in every area of your life, which includes: Me-time every day An electronic-free Sabbath once a week Retraining your taste buds Daily micro-fasts Movement snacking A bedtime routine Practical and life-changing, How to Make Disease Disappear is an inspiring and easy-to-follow guide to better health and happiness. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2018 Rangan Chatterjee (P)2018 HarperCollins Publishers

Length: 5 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Remember

Remember

Summary

A fascinating exploration of the intricacies of how we remember, why we forget, and what we can do to protect our memories, from the Harvard-trained neuroscientist and best-selling author of Still Alice. “Using her expertise as a neuroscientist and her gifts as a storyteller, Lisa Genova explains the nuances of human memory.” (Steven Pinker, Johnstone professor of psychology, Harvard University, author of How the Mind Works) Have you ever felt a crushing wave of panic when you can't for the life of you remember the name of that actor in the movie you saw last week, or you walk into a room only to forget why you went there in the first place? If you're over 40, you're probably not laughing. You might even be worried that these lapses in memory could be an early sign of Alzheimer's or dementia. In reality, for the vast majority of us, these examples of forgetting are completely normal. Why? Because while memory is amazing, it is far from perfect. Our brains aren't designed to remember every name we hear, plan we make, or day we experience. Just because your memory sometimes fails doesn't mean it's broken or succumbing to disease. Forgetting is actually part of being human. In Remember, neuroscientist and acclaimed novelist Lisa Genova delves into how memories are made and how we retrieve them. You'll learn whether forgotten memories are temporarily inaccessible or erased forever and why some memories are built to exist for only a few seconds (like a passcode) while others can last a lifetime (your wedding day). You'll come to appreciate the clear distinction between normal forgetting (where you parked your car) and forgetting due to Alzheimer's (that you own a car). And you'll see how memory is profoundly impacted by meaning, emotion, sleep, stress, and context. Once you understand the language of memory and how it functions, its incredible strengths and maddening weaknesses, its natural vulnerabilities and potential superpowers, you can both vastly improve your ability to remember and feel less rattled when you inevitably forget. You can set educated expectations for your memory and, in doing so, create a better relationship with it. You don't have to fear it anymore. And that can be life-changing.

©2021 Lisa Genova (P)2021 Random House Audio

Narrator: Lisa Genova
Author: Lisa Genova
Length: 6 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dr. Sebi Cookbook

Dr. Sebi Cookbook

Summary

If you want to drastically improve your health and physique easily and naturally, then keep reading! Are you trying to find a sustainable way to stay fit and healthy? Are you looking to maximize the benefits of the Dr. Sebi Diet with easy, mouth-watering recipes? Are you ready to stay on track of your health journey and boost your progress? The Dr. Sebi Diet has been making waves around the world...and for good reason!  Everyone is looking for easy ways to stay healthy, fit, and strong. This is especially true now that we’re all fighting off an invisible disease with very visible repercussions. But as more people educate themselves, the more they realize that not all diets are created equal. The Dr. Sebi Diet was crafted to help everyone who wants to take the natural route. This diet helps in naturally improving overall health without the need for conventional Western medicine. However, in order for us to get the full benefits, we must be consistent. That is why it pays to educate ourselves more on the Dr. Sebi Diet, and how we can maximize its results! In Dr. Sebi recipes, you will get a comprehensive list of all the approved foods, complete with 200-plus easy and practical ways to naturally implement the diet into your daily life! Over the course of this life-changing cookbook, you will: Get 187 healthy, mouth-watering Dr. Sebi-inspired recipes that will change your life Learn all the Dr. Sebi-approved foods and products that will improve your health Effectively avoid all the foods that will hinder your progress towards your goals And so much more! While most recipe books in the market provide you with equally delicious recipes, not all of them are easy to make. And if you’re living a fast-paced lifestyle, you may not be able to keep up! The Dr. Sebi Recipes book is created with beginners and busy bodies like you in mind. Here is where you can find fast and easy recipes that will nourish you and help you lose weight fast! Not only will you start feeling good, you will also look your best in no time! So, don’t delay! Scroll up, click on “Buy Now”, and get your fill of yummy Dr. Sebi-approved recipes today!

©2020 Neal Graham (P)2020 Neal Graham

Narrator: Russell Newton
Author: Neal Graham
Length: 4 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve

Vagus Nerve

Summary

This book includes: The Polyvagal Theory: The Simplified Guide to Understanding the Autonomic Nervous System and the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve - Learn to Manage Emotional Stress and PTSD Through Neurobiology Vagus Nerve Exercises: Activate your Natural Healing Power to Reduce Anxiety, Depression and Stress by Accessing the Secrets of Vagus Nerve Stimulation and Polyvagal Theory Do you want to learn how to unleash the body's natural ability to heal itself from stress and anxiety? Are you looking for effective ways to harness the healing power of the vagus nerve to take control of your physical and mental health? If you answered yes to any of the questions above, then this guide might just be what you need. Since the Polyvagal Theory was developed by Dr. Stephen Porges, this breakthrough has taken the world of clinical and therapeutic medicine by storm. This groundbreaking discovery is drawing back the curtain on how the autonomic nervous system controls our physical responses and emotional reactions, many of which are extremely primal and were developed as protective and defense mechanisms early in our evolution. If you're suffering from bouts of debilitating panic attacks and severe anxiety, or have noticed a drop in your productivity followed by a spike in brain fog and creative blocks, then the instructions in this guide may just be what you need to get back in control. You're also going to find techniques and exercises and cardiovascular applications that will activate the body's inbuilt switch that allows your body to slow down and relax, boost your autoimmune responses and reduce inflammation. You will learn: Why the discovery of the polyvagal theory matters and how it's important for treating nervous problems Nine practical exercises and body care tips you can do today to activate your vagus nerve How the body regulates stress and depression and surefire ways to expedite this process Proven meditative techniques to help you stimulate the vagal nerves Six passive methods to keep the vagus nerve active and engaged throughout your day Effective diaphragmatic exercises to get rid of stress, anxiety and panic attacks Surefire techniques and methods to treat a damaged vagus nerve And much more! You don't need to be a clinician or therapist before using the actionable advice in this book to change your life. This powerful guide provides you with all the tools, techniques and strategies you need to completely understand the human nervous system. You'll also learn how to cure a variety of illnesses and improve your sleep by healing the vagus nerve with instructions and exercises that are simple and easy to follow. If you are ready to take back control of your body and control your primal responses to negative stimuli... Then scroll to the top of the page and select the "Buy Now" button!

©2020 Robert Bright (P)2020 Robert Bright

Narrator: Dan Waters
Length: 6 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, 2nd Edition

The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, 2nd Edition

Summary

This number one New York Times best seller adapted for people with diabetes is full of tools and menus designed to kick-start weight loss to control your blood sugar. From Mayo Clinic - a leader in health and nutrition and the number one ranked hospital for Diabetes and Endocrinology according to the 2018 US News & World Report best hospital rankings - comes The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, 2nd Edition. This reliable diet plan is designed to prevent and manage prediabetes and type 2 diabetes. The completely revised and updated second edition includes all-new recipes and an additional two weeks of daily menus.  The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, 2nd Edition is divided into two phases - Lose It! and Live It! - designed to help at-risk individuals prevent and control diabetes by losing weight quickly and safely, and then maintaining that weight loss. The Lose It! phase is a simple, straight-forward, two-week plan that encourages quick but safe weight loss that can help lower blood sugar. The Live It! phase of the diet offers basic and manageable steps and lifestyle changes and choices that are designed to help participants lose one to two pounds a week until a healthy weight is reached, and then to keep the pounds off.  Mayo Clinic's weight-loss and nutrition experts have packed this book with meal plans, tools, menus, practical solutions, and specific tips on how to improve health and lose weight safely. The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet tackles all the familiar obstacles that get in the way of weight loss - lack of exercise, resistance to healthy food, too little time to cook, a hectic schedule, struggles with cravings, and minimal support from family and friends. It's a reliable and safe companion for losing weight and controlling diabetes.  "This diabetes diet isn't a fad; it's about changing your habits for the better," states Donald Hensrud, MD, Mayo Clinic nutrition specialist and medical editor. "With The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, people can truly manage diabetes, eat well, lose weight and enjoy life."

©2018 Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (MFMER) (P)2019 Recorded Books

Narrator: Donald Corren
Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Ghost Map

The Ghost Map

12 ratings

Summary

This is a thrilling historical account of the worst cholera outbreak in Victorian London and a brilliant exploration of how Dr. John Snow's solution revolutionized the way we think about disease, cities, science, and the modern world. The Ghost Map takes place in the summer of 1854. A devastating cholera outbreak seizes London just as it is emerging as a modern city: more than two million people packed into a 10-mile circumference, a hub of travel and commerce, teeming with people from all over the world, continually pushing the limits of infrastructure that's outdated as soon as it's updated. Dr. John Snow, whose ideas about contagion had been dismissed by the scientific community, is spurred to intense action when the people in his neighborhood begin dying. With enthralling suspense, Johnson chronicles Snow's day-by-day efforts as he risks his own life to prove how the epidemic is being spread. From the dynamic thinker routinely compared to Malcolm Gladwell, E.O. Wilson, and James Gleick, The Ghost Map is a riveting story with a real-life historical hero. It brilliantly illuminates the intertwined histories of the spread of viruses, the rise of cities, and the nature of scientific inquiry. These are topics that have long obsessed Johnson, and The Ghost Map is a true triumph of the kind of multidisciplinary thinking for which he's become famous. This is a book that, like the work of Jared Diamond, presents both vivid history and a powerful and provocative explanation of what it means for the world we live in.

©2006 Steven Johnson (P)2006 Tantor Media Inc.

Narrator: Alan Sklar
Length: 8 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Anti-Aging Secrets of the World's Healthiest People

Anti-Aging Secrets of the World's Healthiest People

3 ratings

Summary

The traditional “calories in, calories out” weight loss method no longer works. And restrictive low-fat or vegan diets often leave you hungry and irritable. However, when you combine the keto diet with a 2016 Nobel Prize winning breakthrough known as autophagy.... You get the keto diet on steroids! Just wait until you see the results.... Fast, consistent, weight loss - all without exercising or being hungry all day. Plus countless extra health benefits including: Looking younger, improved digestion, and increased mental clarity. You can even reduce chronic inflammation and reduce seizures! A fraction of what you’ll learn: The number one myth about the ketogenic diet in 2019 A cost saving way to test for ketosis without strips Saturated fat causes heart attacks right? Harvard researchers disagree A clever way to get all the fiber you need without eating stuff which tastes like sawdust  How to fast for 48 hours without getting hungry Foods to avoid on the ketogenic diet (including some surprising ones) Salmon is good for you, right? Not this kind. Plus what to eat instead. How to break a fast without gaining weight. Most get this wrong. Hidden carbohydrates you wouldn’t expect to find in store bought foods. Avoid these if you want to maintain your weight loss goals Why do you have headaches while dieting? The answer may surprise you. The simple 3 step proces for avoiding “keto flu” Can autophagy destroy pre-cancer cells? A report in Nature Research says yes Plus you’ll get a 28 day One Meal a Day (OMAD) diet plan. And discover why autophagy can aid certain medical conditions IBS pain? You can blame this common food. 7 best foods for nurturing gut health Eat this “forgotten food” to reverse plaque build up in your arteries A handful of this food cuts risk of heart disease by 24 percent And so much more. Plus, unlike other diets, there are no expensive supplements needed. No obscure, difficult to find foods either. You’ll even find that your new diet is cheaper than a regular American diet. Now for the results: People have reported losing an average of 7lbs a month on a Ketogenic Autophagy diet. And you may lose up to 15lbs in your first month! All while feeling full all day! And while other diet books are repetitive or stuffed with complex medical language. This audiobook lays out the exact steps you need to take to induce autophagy quickly...so you can lose weight, have more energy and feel 10 years younger.

©2019 Thomas Hawthorn (P)2019 Thomas Hawthorn

Narrator: Adam Greco
Length: 5 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Beyond Addiction

Beyond Addiction

4 ratings

Summary

Beyond Addiction eschews the theatrics of interventions and tough love to show family and friends how they can use kindness, positive reinforcement, and motivational and behavioral strategies to help their loved ones change. Drawing on forty collective years of research and decades of clinical experience, the authors present the best practical advice science has to offer. Delivered with warmth, optimism, and humor, Beyond Addiction defines a new, empowered role for friends and family and a paradigm shift for the field. Learn how to tap the transformative power of relationships for positive change, guided by exercises and examples. Practice what really works in therapy and in everyday life, and discover many different treatment options along with tips for navigating the system. And have hope: this guide is designed not only to help someone change but to help someone want to change.

©2014 Psychological Motivation and Change Group, PLLC (P)2014 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Wahls Protocol

The Wahls Protocol

Summary

The Wahls Protocol comes out of Dr. Wahls' own quest to treat the debilitating symptoms she experiences as a sufferer of progressive MS. Informed by science, she began using paleo principles as guidelines for her unique, nutrient-rich plan. This audiobook shares Dr. Wahls' astonishing personal story of recovery and details of the program with up-to-date research she's now conducting at the University of Iowa.

©2014 Terry Wahls MD, Eve Adamson (P)2020 Adamson LLC

Narrator: Julie John
Length: 12 hrs and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for 30 Day Sugar Detox Diet: Cook Book and Meal Plan

30 Day Sugar Detox Diet: Cook Book and Meal Plan

Summary

Beat sugar cravings, lose weight, and take control of your hunger and your life. This audiobook will set you free of sugar addiction with a 30-day sugar detox diet, including recipes and a meal plan. You'll learn what sugar detoxing is and what to expect, what sugar is really doing to your body, whether you're truly addicted to sugar, the biggest benefits of sugar detoxing, and more! Want free books? Visit fatlosswithpaleo.com.

©2015 Great Reads Publishing (P)2015 Great Reads Publishing

Narrator: Stacy Wilson
Length: 2 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Memory Rescue

Memory Rescue

7 ratings

Summary

A proven program from number one New York Times best-selling author and brain researcher Dr. Daniel Amen to help you change your brain and improve your memory today! Brain imaging research demonstrates that memory loss actually starts in the brain decades before you have any symptoms. Learn the actions you can take to help not just prevent memory loss later in life...but to begin restoring the memory you may have already lost. Expert physician Dr. Amen reveals how a multipronged strategy - including dietary changes, physical and mental exercises, and spiritual practices - can improve your brain health, enhance your memory, and reduce the likelihood that you'll develop Alzheimer's and other memory loss-related conditions. Keeping your brain healthy isn't just a medical issue; it's a God-given capacity and an essential building block for physical, emotional, and spiritual health. Take action against the fast-increasing memory crisis that threatens this crucial part of who you are - and help your brain, body, and soul stay strong for the rest of your life. Author bio: Dr. Daniel G. Amen is a physician, a double board certified psychiatrist, founder and CEO of Amen Clinics, and a 10-time New York Times best-selling author. He is author of over 30 books including the best-selling Change Your Brain, Change Your Life and The Daniel Plan (with Rick Warren and Mark Hyman). Dr. Amen has written, produced, and hosted nine popular shows about the brain that have aired over 70,000 times across North America. He is a distinguished fellow of the American Psychiatric Association who has spoken for the National Security Agency and his work has been featured in outlets including Newsweek, Time, ABC World News, 20/20, BBC, New York Times, Los Angeles Times, and Men's Health.

©2017 Daniel G. Amen, MD (P)2017 Recorded Books

Narrator: L. J. Ganser
Length: 12 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Great Cholesterol Myth

The Great Cholesterol Myth

10 ratings

Summary

Heart disease is the #1 killer. However, traditional heart disease protocols - with their emphasis on lowering cholesterol - have it all wrong. Emerging science is showing that cholesterol levels are a poor predictor of heart disease and that standard prescriptions for lowering it, such as ineffective low-fat/high-carb diets and serious, side-effect-causing statin drugs, obscure the real causes of heart disease. Even doctors at leading institutions have been misled for years based on creative reporting of research results from pharmaceutical companies intent on supporting the $31-billion-a-year cholesterol-lowering drug industry. The Great Cholesterol Myth reveals the real culprits of heart disease, including: Inflammation Fibrinogen Triglycerides Homocysteine Belly fat Triglyceride to HCL ratios High glycemic level Bestselling health authors Jonny Bowden, Ph.D., and Stephen Sinatra, M.D. give listeners a four-part strategy based on the latest studies and clinical findings for effectively preventing, managing, and reversing heart disease, focusing on diet, exercise, supplements, and stress and anger management. Get proven, evidence-based strategies from the experts with The Great Cholesterol Myth.

©2012 Jonny Bowden and Stephen Sinatra, M.D. (P)2013 Tantor

Length: 10 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Anxiety and Anger

Anxiety and Anger

Summary

Do you want to take control of your life using this step by step guide to learn cognitive behavioral therapy to reduce social anxiety, panic attack and manage anger? If yes, then keep reading. While social anxiety is part of every human being’s life and is even an important factor in early childhood development, a chronic and constant anxiety in social settings is diagnosed as a mental disorder. There is a correlation showing that social anxiety tends to run in families. One of the most difficult emotions to deal with is certainly anger. When the society is unable to look at anger constructively thus deeming it totally unacceptable, people stays in a state of emotional arousal because they cannot label what they are feeling as anger. We become unable to pay attention to the things going on around us. Furthermore, we are unable to constructively express anger.   This audiobook gives a comprehensive guide on the following: Advantages of meditation Social skills for anger management Emotional intelligence and its effect on stress How to get rid of unpleasant memories with EMDR Coping with phobias Rejection and shyness Difference between anxiety and social anxiety How fear develop into anxiety How to overcome shyness Defining the cognitive thinking errors Boost your self-esteem And more... However, people with anger management issues (getting angry often) can become ill because of the unregulated physical reactions. Just like stress left unmanaged, anger too can make a person ill. If you suffer from anxiety attacks or mismanagement of anger, this audiobook is for you. What are you waiting for? Buy today!

©2020 Grace Ally (P)2020 Grace Ally

Author: Grace Ally
Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve

Vagus Nerve

Summary

Learn how you leverage the power of vagus nerve stimulation to be from such health problems like digestive problems, heart problems, kidney problems, mental health problems, and much more! The human body is a highly connected system, with different organs and organ systems "communicating" through different mediums/mechanisms. When these communication systems don’t function as expected, problems follow and manifest through all manner of ways. The vagus nerve is one such medium of connecting different organs and organ systems around the body, starting from the head to the toes. When something goes wrong with this nerve, because of an injury, over-stimulation or under-stimulation, such problems like digestive problems, heart problems, kidney problems, and much more kick in. So if you are struggling with any of these problems, perhaps the reason you’ve been struggling with such problems is because you’ve been following the wrong approach to curing these problems! In other words, you may have been trying too hard to suppress the symptoms instead of dealing with the root causes. What then do you do? Simple; stimulate your vagus nerve to restore its functioning to "default" or optimal to effectively deal with the problems you are struggling with. So what exactly is vagus nerve stimulation? What does it entail? How do you go about stimulating the vagus nerve? Is this thing even scientific; are there any scientific studies that have been conducted on the same? What ways can you use to stimulate your vagus nerve? And are there safety issues you need to be aware of as you stimulate your vagus nerve? If you have these and other related questions, this audiobook covers everything you need to know about the vagus nerve to ensure that by the end of the audiobook, you have more than average level knowledge of the ins and outs of vagus nerve stimulation. More precisely, the audiobook covers: The basics about the vagus nerve, including what it is, the anatomy of the vagus nerve, and the functional components of the vagus nerve How the vagus nerve is linked to health and performance of different organs and organ systems in your body What happens when the vagus nerve is and is not functioning optimally Why your breathing, digestive, heart, liver, sleeping, bacterial overgrowth, eating disorders, and excessive cravings problems may have a vagus nerve connection and what to do about it The effect of stress on gut-brain function, including how that relates to the vagus nerve The link between chronic inflammation, immune activation, and the vagus nerve How chronic stress is linked to vagus nerve problems How a lack of social interaction may have a lot to do with vagus nerve problems than you may have thought How to measure your vagus nerve function using different kinds of tests to decide how much stimulation it needs Different exercises that you can engage in to stimulate your vagus nerve Different other active strategies that can help you stimulate your vagus nerve effectively for optimal health How to activate/stimulate your vagus nerve passively using different strategies And much more! Although everything may seem too complicated now, this audiobook has you covered, as it covers everything using easy to follow, beginner friendly language to help you apply what you learn immediately. Get this audiobook now to get started!

©2019 William Rosemberg (P)2019 William Rosemberg

Narrator: Jack R James
Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Gentle Sleep Book

The Gentle Sleep Book

5 ratings

Summary

The Gentle Sleep Book offers gentle, no-tears sleep solutions for exhausted parents of newborns to five-year-olds.  A large percentage of parents find their young children's sleep - or lack of - challenging. This new audiobook from Sarah Ockwell-Smith, founder of BabyCalm, will be an indispensable guide for parents, whatever challenges they are facing with their child's sleep - from the day they bring their newborn home until their child is settled in at school.  Examining everything from frequent night waking in babyhood through bedwetting in toddlerhood to nightmares and refusal to go to bed in preschoolers, this audiobook provides extensive scientific and anecdotal information plus plenty of gentle suggestions to help everyone get a good night's sleep.  This is a gentle, evidence-based approach that doesn't involve leaving a baby to cry or shutting a sobbing child in his or her bedroom. 

©2016 Sarah Ockwell-Smith (P)2016 Hachette Audio UK

Narrator: Katy Sobey
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Dawn Phenomenon

The Dawn Phenomenon

Summary

On November 17, 2011, during a routine checkup, G. E. Frazier was stunned when his doctor told him that he was diabetic and that his diabetes was “out of control” - implying it was a problem to be managed by taking prescription drugs for the rest of his life. In researching his diagnosis, he learned that there are at least four types of diabetes…and then there’s the “dawn phenomenon”, a common survival mechanism of the human body. In The Dawn Phenomenon, Frazier chronicles his remarkable journey from tax accountant to certified health coach, beginning by curing his own diabetes in nine weeks with nutrition and exercise. This life-altering book introduces a new wellness paradigm. It says that disease does not cause poor health; rather, poor health causes disease. It insists that disease is not a deficiency of prescription drugs, as “Big Pharma” would have you believe. Using humor to engage the reader, the book looks beyond diabetes to general health and wellness. It identifies the so-called “healthy” habits you should break and the new habits to replace them with, encouraging you to take charge of your own health.

©2014 G. E. Frazier, CHC (P)2021 G. E. Frazier, CHC

Narrator: Toby Faulkner
Length: 2 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Healing Anxiety and Depression

Healing Anxiety and Depression

Summary

Are you tired of always feeling down with no energy and a foggy brain? Are you suffering of chronic pain like gut inflammation or migraine that make your life unbearable? Have you experienced a deep trauma that is causing you depression, anxiety, sleep disorders, and memory issues? Have you tried different ways to solve these problems with no success and don’t know what to do anymore? If you answered "yes" to all these questions, then this is the right book for you. Did you know that in your body exists a very special nerve that can control your emotions, health, happiness, and hormones and has a direct role in alleviating depression and stress and inflammations? Chronic stress overload increases the risk for a number of conditions that commonly affect many people. It is important to deal with stress and anxiety in the healthiest and most natural ways possible. The techniques in this book are all you need to enhance the quality of your life and overcome different physical and mental pains that common medicine can't help with. In this easy-to-follow guide, the author will reveal the secrets of the vagus nerve - the magical nerve in the body that can change the quality of your life. You will learn how you can activate it, manipulate it, and use it to your advantage, no matter what is your issue or condition. This audiobook explores how to activate your vagus nerve to heal your body naturally and contains information of great value such as: An understanding of anxiety, PTSD, trauma, and depression Steps to activate and access the power of vagus nerve  Vagus nerve and anxiety disorder Body and mind connection Chronic pain and inflammation Ways how pain, stress, and anxiety affects your life Mind and physical illness The natural healing power of your body with self-help exercises and techniques And much more! Each of these sections are designed to offer a different angle on how to activate your vagus nerve, from health and diet to simple natural healing power of your body with self-help exercises and techniques that anybody can learn and use. There is no need to continue living with these disorders. You can put an end to them. Self-awareness is the key. You will equip yourselves with remedies that are safe, easy to get, backed by scientific research, and provided with references to the source.  So, what are you waiting for? Scroll up, click on the "buy now" button and learn how to cure your vagus nerve naturally to live the stress and pain-free life that you deserve!

©2019 Johann Burns (P)2020 Johann Burns

Narrator: Ashton Haugen
Author: Johann Burns
Length: 6 hrs and 3 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dr. Sebi Anxiety Solution

Dr. Sebi Anxiety Solution

Summary

I know.... Everybody’s life is filled with unexpected events, and such events often lead to anxiety, and in severe cases even depression. These two consequences are often treated by doctors with medicines and drugs but let’s admit it.... Drugs and medicines will not solve anything. They will only put the problem aside for some time, so you will be able to go on with your life, even if you still feel anxious and depressed. Do you wish to know a simple, natural, and healthy way to overcome anxiety and depression just by changing the way you eat, without the need for any kind of medicine? If your answer is “YES”, then this is the perfect book for you. This book will teach you: What are anxiety and depressions, and all the different types and symptoms of those conditions, so you can always know exactly how you are feeling to heal yourself in the most efficient way Dr. Sebi’s three-step anxiety hack, which will help you detoxify and purify cells for them to rebuild themselves, and daily routines to avoid stress and anxiety attacks How to break the detox and start revitalizing your body, to effortlessly increase your energy, boost your immune system, regulate your menstrual cycles and protect your skin and brain cells And much more! You don’t have to take any dangerous drug to treat your problem. The solution is simpler than you think. Click “BUY” to start your physical and mental cleansing process right away!

©2020 Serena Brown (P)2021 Serena Brown

Narrator: Tyla Shandro
Author: Serena Brown
Length: 3 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The No-Cry Sleep Solution for Newborns

The No-Cry Sleep Solution for Newborns

3 ratings

Summary

You have a newborn, so sleep is impossible, right? Wrong! In the womb, babies sleep up to 20 hours per day. Clearly newborns don't need to be "trained" how to sleep-they know how, and they've had plenty of practice. So why do most parents have trouble getting their newborns to sleep? Elizabeth Pantley, a world-renowned expert on children's sleep, created this guide to explain the ways we unintentionally prevent an infant's natural sleep to occur, and to teach us the simple but powerful ways to maximize our newborn's naps and nighttime sleep. Once you've learned the 15 Keys to Amazing Newborn Sleep you'll easily make adjustments to how you treat your baby's sleep. You don't have to keep logs nor follow schedules or rules. Just by being aware of this information you will do things to improve sleep that you wouldn't have known to do otherwise. With The No-Cry Sleep Solution for Newborns, you will learn: The things that trick us into disrupting a baby's sleep How to identify the perfect moment for a nap Ways to create a sleep-inducing environment Tips to reduce the number of night wakings How to set the stage for great sleep throughout babyhood

©2017 Better Beginnings, Inc. (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Length: 9 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Gut

Gut

4 ratings

Summary

The key to living a happier, healthier life is inside us. Our gut is almost as important to us as our brain or our heart, yet we know very little about how it works. In Gut, Giulia Enders shows that rather than the utilitarian and - let's be honest - somewhat embarrassing body part we imagine it to be, it is one of the most complex, important, and even miraculous parts of our anatomy. And scientists are only just discovering quite how much it has to offer; new research shows that gut bacteria can play a role in everything from obesity and allergies to Alzheimer's. Beginning with the personal experience of illness that inspired her research and going on to explain everything from the basics of nutrient absorption to the latest science linking bowel bacteria with depression, Enders has written an entertaining, informative health handbook. Gut definitely shows that we can all benefit from getting to know the wondrous world of our inner workings. In this charming book, young scientist Giulia Enders takes us on a fascinating tour of our insides. Her message is simple: if we treat our gut well, it will treat us well in return. But how do we do that? And why do we need to? Find out in this surprising and surprisingly funny exploration of the least understood of our organs. Giulia Enders is a two-time scholarship winner of the Heraeus Foundation and is doing research for her medical doctorate at the Institute for Microbiology in Frankfurt. In 2012 her presentation of Gut won her first prize at the Science Slam in Berlin and went viral on YouTube.

©2015 Giulia Enders (P)2015 Audible, Ltd

Narrator: Katy Sobey
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Crooked: Man-Made Disease Explained

Crooked: Man-Made Disease Explained

9 ratings

Summary

Why do babies have lopsided smiles? Why are so many people's eyes misaligned? What started as a simple search to understand this phenomenon turned into a two-year quest that uncovered hidden links between our crooked faces and some of the most puzzling diseases of our time. From autism to Alzheimer's and from chronic fatigue syndrome to Crohn's disease, Crooked methodically goes through the most recent scientific research and connects the dots from the outbreak of metallic medicine in 1800s England to the eruption of neurological and autoimmune disorders so many are suffering from today. If the theories put forth in this audiobook are true, the convergence of metals, microbes, and medicine that started 200 years ago may have set humanity on a path of suffering that could make the deadliest epidemics in history pale in comparison. Thankfully, for the millions who are afflicted, who may have found nothing to explain the cause of their suffering - these same theories could also illuminate the path to healing and recovery.

©2018 Forrest Maready (P)2018 Forrest Maready

Narrator: Forrest Maready
Length: 8 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Tripping Over the Truth

Tripping Over the Truth

15 ratings

Summary

A masterful synchronization of history and cutting-edge science shines new light on humanity's darkest diagnosis. In the wake of the Cancer Genome Atlas project's failure to provide a legible road map to a cure for cancer, science writer Travis Christofferson illuminates a promising blend of old and new perspectives on the disease. Tripping Over the Truth follows the story of cancer's proposed metabolic origin from the vaunted halls of the German scientific golden age to modern laboratories around the world. The listener is taken on a journey through time and science that results in an unlikely connecting of the dots, with profound therapeutic implications. Transporting us on a rich narrative of humanity's struggle to understand the cellular events that conspire to form malignancy, it flows like a detective novel, full of twists and cover-ups, blind alleys and striking moments of discovery by men and women with uncommon vision, grit, and fortitude. Ultimately we arrive at a conclusion that challenges everything we thought we knew about the disease, suggesting the reason for the failed war against cancer stems from a flawed paradigm that categorizes cancer as an exclusively genetic disease. For anyone affected by this terrifying disease and the physicians who struggle to treat it, Tripping Over the Truth provides a fresh and hopeful perspective. It explores the new and exciting nontoxic therapies born from the emerging metabolic theory of cancer - therapies that may one day prove to be a turning point in the struggle against our ancient enemy. We are shown how the metabolic theory redraws the battle map, directing researchers to approach cancer treatment from a different angle, framing it more like a gentle rehabilitation than like all-out combat.

©2014 Travis Christofferson (P)2016 Travis Christofferson

Narrator: Clay Lomakayu
Length: 9 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for It Starts with the Egg

It Starts with the Egg

35 ratings

Summary

Whether you are trying to conceive naturally or through IVF, the quality of your eggs will have a powerful impact on how long it takes you to get pregnant and whether you face an increased risk of miscarriage. The latest scientific research has found that poor egg quality is in fact the single most important cause of age-related infertility, recurrent miscarriage, and failed IVF cycles. Based on a comprehensive investigation of a vast array of scientific research, It Starts with the Egg reveals a practical and evidence-backed approach for improving egg quality and fertility, now fully revised and updated in 2019. With a concrete strategy that includes minimizing exposure to toxins such as BPA and phthalates, choosing the right vitamins and supplements to safeguard developing eggs, and harnessing nutritional advice shown to boost IVF success rates, this audiobook offers practical solutions that will help you get pregnant faster and deliver a healthy baby.

©2019 Rebecca Fett (P)2019 Rebecca Fett

Narrator: Melinda Wade
Author: Rebecca Fett
Length: 6 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vaccine Epidemic

Vaccine Epidemic

4 ratings

Summary

How Corporate Greed, Biased Science, and Coercive Government Threaten Our Human Rights, Our Health, and Our Children National polls show that Americans are increasingly concerned about vaccine safety and the right to make individual, informed choices together with their healthcare practitioners. Vaccine Epidemic focuses on the searing debate surrounding individual and parental vaccination choice in the United States. Featuring more than 20 experts from the fields of ethics, law, science, medicine, business, and history, Vaccine Epidemic urgently calls for reform. It is the essential handbook for the vaccination choice movement and required reading for all people contemplating vaccination for themselves and their children. Louise Kuo Habakus and Mary Holland edit and introduce a diverse array of interrelated topics concerning the explosive vaccine controversy, including: The human right to vaccination choice The ethics and constitutionality of vaccination mandates Personal narratives of parents, children, and soldiers who have suffered vaccine injury Vaccine safety science and evidence-based medicine Corrupting conflicts of interest in the national vaccine program What should parents do? A review of eight advice books on vaccines that span the gamut.

©2011 Center For Personal Rights, Inc. (P)2012 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Autism Vaccine: The Story of Modern Medicine's Greatest Tragedy

The Autism Vaccine: The Story of Modern Medicine's Greatest Tragedy

6 ratings

Summary

In the late 1800s, a new disease arrived in North America from Europe and began to claim the lives of children everywhere. Though most today have never even heard of this illness, it would routinely kill over 10,000 children in a single year - more than the polio might take in an entire decade. After much trial and tribulation, a shot was developed that helped both those already afflicted with the illness, and those who might one day become infected. But the shot was dangerous, and many parents refused it for their children.   In 1932, a safer version of the shot was developed, but contained a new ingredient never before tried on humans. Due to aggressive immunization campaigns, children all over the country began to receive this shot. Within a year, a new mental disorder - unknown to even the most knowledgeable child psychologists in the country - began to appear. It affected toddlers, and mostly boys. Children were losing the ability to speak and would take little interest in any other humans - even their parents. The Autism Vaccine chronicles the story of two of these children - one known throughout the world, the other completely unknown until recently - and why modern medicine’s attempts to explain what happened to them have so far come up short.

©2019 Forrest Maready (P)2019 Forrest Maready

Narrator: Forrest Maready
Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Complex PTSD

Complex PTSD

84 ratings

Summary

The causes of Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder range from severe neglect to monstrous abuse. Many survivors grew up in houses that were not homes-in families that were as loveless as orphanages and sometimes as dangerous. If you felt unwanted, unliked, rejected, hated, and/or despised for a lengthy portion of your childhood, trauma may be deeply engrained in your mind, soul, and body.   This book is a practical guide to recovering from lingering childhood trauma. It is copiously illustrated with examples of the author's and his clients' journeys of recovering. It is a comprehensive self-help guide for working through the toxic legacy of the past and for achieving a rich and fulfilling life.

©2014 Pete Walker (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Paul Brion
Author: Pete Walker
Length: 10 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Hypnosis Mastery: 2 in 1: How to Use Self-Hypnosis and Affirmations to Overcome Fear and Insomnia.

Hypnosis Mastery: 2 in 1: How to Use Self-Hypnosis and Affirmations to Overcome Fear and Insomnia.

Summary

Overcome fear and insomnia instantly!? Anxiety is a prevailing disease in the lives of many people today, but it does not need to be. Anxiety is largely a learned behavior that can be controlled or eliminated by the use of a few simple techniques that will transform your life. The human body runs on a certain small bit of anxiety. Humans have an automatic response to danger that tells them to run away or to fight back. This response is needed for the survival of the species. What is not needed is the constant daily drain of crippling anxiety that creates a world where normal function becomes impossible to achieve. And when anxiety overwhelms you then it may seem as if there is no way out. You do not see an escape hatch. No light in the distance is compelling you forward into safety and security. You only see one long dark road of torment and anguish. And unfortunately, an anxious reaction cannot be stilled by simply trying to quash the fears that are controlling you. These fears are regulated by thoughts that have become part of your subconscious and drive your every move without your knowledge or consent. But when you use hypnosis to fight anxiety, you will be eliminating these automatic responses from the memory track of your subconscious. You will be able to control your responses to the same stimuli that currently cause you stress and anxiety. You will teach your mind to learn new ways of behavior in response to those situations that you currently try to avoid. In Hypnosis Mastery you will learn: Fall asleep quickly and easily How to grow your self-esteem and confidence End the control anxiety holds over you Clear your mind End the anxieties that prevent your sleep Fall back to sleep after waking up in the middle of the night Calming an overactive mind And much more... Hypnosis for Anxiety by Alina Bennett is the audiobook that will help you to transform your life. Hypnosis is one of the most widely recognized methods for dealing with the pain of anxiety. You will learn ways to cope in various situations that have all brought your fear and anxiety in the past. You will learn ways to cope with panic attacks and generalized anxiety. And you will see that anxiety need no longer be the driving force in your life. Listening to these scripts will transform you in ways unique and engaging. You will learn how to look at and identify the emotions that cause you stress. You will look back at past experiences you had that made you anxious and see what the trigger was. And just as past bad experiences made your subconscious avoid anxiety-ridden situations and events, you will train your subconscious how to create positive responses to these same situations. Your time is finite and every moment should be lived to the fullest. You want to feel free to enjoy life without anxiety. You want to walk down the street confidently and assuredly. You want to go to social gatherings with joy and expectation of having a good time. You want to live. If you are ready to lose the anxiety that is currently controlling your life, if you are ready to enjoy a life that is free of fear, if you are ready to enjoy a life full of positivity and happiness, then simply buy this audiobook to get started.

©2020 Alina Bennett (P)2021 Alina Bennett

Length: 6 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Rabid

Rabid

10 ratings

Summary

A maddened creature, frothing at the mouth, lunges at an innocent victim—and with a bite, transforms its prey into another raving monster. It’s a scenario that underlies our darkest tales of supernatural horror, but its power derives from a very real virus, a deadly scourge known to mankind from our earliest days. In this fascinating exploration, journalist Bill Wasik and veterinarian Monica Murphy chart four thousand years in the history, science, and cultural mythology of rabies. The most fatal virus known to science, rabies kills nearly 100 percent of its victims once the infection takes root in the brain. A disease that spreads avidly from animals to humans, rabies has served as a symbol of savage madness and inhuman possession throughout history. Today, its history can help shed light on the wave of emerging diseases—from AIDS to SARS to avian flu—with origins in animal populations. From Greek myths to zombie flicks, from the laboratory heroics of Louis Pasteur to the contemporary search for a lifesaving treatment, Rabid is a fresh, fascinating, and often wildly entertaining look at one of mankind’s oldest and most fearsome foes. Bill Wasik is a senior editor at Wired magazine and was previously a senior editor at Harper’s, where he wrote on culture, media, and politics. He is the editor of the anthology Submersion Journalism and has also written for Oxford American, Slate, Salon, and McSweeney’s.

©2012 Bill Wasik and Monica Murphy (P)2012 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Johnny Heller
Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Reversing Type 2 Diabetes

Reversing Type 2 Diabetes

2 ratings

Summary

Diabetes has a cause. That very cause means that there is something you can do for your condition. By understanding the disease and what causes it, you can change the results you see in your own body. Even in many advanced cases, diabetes can be reversed at least partially, with reduced dependence on insulin and diabetes drugs. For those who haven't yet been diagnosed with diabetes but may have been told they have pre-diabetes, or even hypoglycemia, the good news here is that you can prevent diabetes and make sure it never gets expressed in your body. This book explains the fundamentals that the medical industry refuses to teach. In this book, you will find information that your doctor doesn't know because it wasn't taught in medical school, and that the drug companies hope and pray you never learn, because the minute you learn this information you are no longer a highly-profitable, lifelong customer of the medical system's "disease management racket".

©2017 Natural News (P)2017 Natural News

Narrator: Lisa Stroth
Author: Vicki Batts
Length: 2 hrs and 35 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Sleep Solution

The Sleep Solution

4 ratings

Summary

With cutting-edge sleep science and time-tested techniques, The Sleep Solution will help anyone achieve healthy sleep and eliminate pills, pain, and fatigue. If you want to fix your sleep problems, Internet tips and tricks aren't going to do it for you. You need to really understand what's going on with your sleep - both what your problems are and how to solve them. The Sleep Solution is an exciting journey of sleep self-discovery and understanding that will help you custom design specific interventions to fit your lifestyle. Drawing on his 24 years of experience within the field, neurologist and sleep expert W. Chris Winter will help you... Understand how sleep works and the ways in which food, light, and other activities act to help or hurt the process Learn why sleeping pills are so often misunderstood and used incorrectly - and how you can achieve your best sleep without them Incorporate sleep and napping into your life - whether you are a shift worker, a student, or an overcommitted parent Think outside the box to better understand ways to treat a multitude of conditions - from insomnia to sleep apnea to restless leg syndrome and circadian sleep disorders Wade through the ever-changing sea of sleep technology and understand its value as it relates to your own sleep struggles Dubbed the "Sleep Whisperer" by Arianna Huffington, Dr. Winter is an international expert on sleep and has helped more than 10,000 patients rest better at night, including countless professional athletes. Now he's bringing his experiences out from under the covers - redefining what it means to have optimal sleep and get the ZZZs you really need. Includes tips, tricks, and exercises.

©2017 W. Chris Winter (P)2017 Penguin Audio

Narrator: W. Chris Winter
Length: 7 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for PCOS

PCOS

Summary

One in every 10 women in the United States are diagnosed with PCOS. Yet, women are still confused about what that even means for their future as a potential mother.  Does this sound familiar to you?  PCOS is short for poly-cystic ovary syndrome, and it is a common hormonal disorder among women between the ages of 20 and 45 years.  According to UChicagoMedicine, PCOS heightens the risk of getting diabetes, endometrial cancer, sleep apnea, and cardiovascular irregularities later on in life if not properly treated and monitored. All hope is not lost though, so don’t give up just yet! There is always an answer for everything, no matter how many times you feel like you’re circling around the same issue.  In this audiobook, you will discover: The four types of PCOS to be aware of, along with the best ways to treat them effectively at home The surprising truth behind what to expect with PCOS symptoms The number one type of food to avoid in order to reduce the intensity of your symptoms Reasons why becoming pregnant while having PCOS isn’t impossible and how to increase your chances The bad habits damaging your likelihood of fertility The one pill most doctors recommend as the holy grail for treatment And much more.  There are many misconceptions about the condition, often confusing both doctors as well as their patients, but now is the time to put your foot down and demand an explanation. It may not even be the pregnancy issue that concerns you the most but the frustrating weight fluctuations and constant acne.  Do yourself a favor: Get down to the bottom of your troublesome condition and finally, let go of your persistent worry and aggravation.  If you want to discover how you can break free from the grasp of PCOS and its burdens and open up the option of starting a family of your own, then you should listen to this audiobook!

©2019 Jessica Olson (P)2019 Jessica Olson

Length: 3 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for CBD Hemp Oil

CBD Hemp Oil

Summary

Are you interested in taking CBD hemp oil, but you do not know where to begin? You are in luck! I am here to explain everything from beginning to end. In this audiobook, you will learn about some incredible science supporting CBD hemp oil and its medical usage. I will leave no stone unturned in providing you the knowledge you need to make informed decisions! These are just a handful of topics I will be discussing for you: Effects of CBD hemp oil on the circulatory system Ways how CBD hemp oil can prevent heart disease Reasons why this is a great way to get off pain medication Discussion of whether or not CBD hemp oil is right for you Hint: The answer to that last question is almost always “yes". There is so much science backing the usage of CBD hemp oil for a number of conditions. Many people do not know what CBD is, however, and could be intimidated by it, at first. I know that if you have no experience with cannabis, as a whole, you probably have never heard of CBD. To ease your worries, I will also answer some of the following questions which you probably have: What is CBD hemp oil? Is this a safe alternative for me? How should I administer it? Are there different types of CBD hemp oil? And much, much more! I assure you that any questions you have, even if I did not mention them here, will be answered. I think that it is important for you to have the full picture so that you can be an informed, health-conscious consumer. I am not here to sell you CBD hemp oil. I am here to help you understand why you need it in your life, based on science and facts. I truly believe in this fantastic, potent treatment. CBD hemp oil has changed the lives of countless people. Did you know that we have been using it since prehistory? Even our ancient ancestors realized the curative abilities of the cannabis plant. CBD is one of the original herbal medicines that we began to use to treat whatever ailed us. There is something so wholesome and healthy about using raw plant material to treat yourself. We are meant to ingest these substances by nature. People are not meant to have man-made chemicals pumped into them at such an alarming rate. The pharmaceutical industry is out of control. However, keep in mind that I will also be going over the places where CBD hemp oil falls short and give an honest view of both sides. Overwhelmingly, most of it is positive, but that is because there is not much bad to say about this little miracle of nature. So, let us jump right into it! I am very excited to take you on the journey to better health, more stable emotions, and better preventative care to ensure you have a long and healthy life ahead of you.

©2019 Richard Manson (P)2020 Richard Manson

Narrator: Jason Belvill
Length: 3 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Autoimmune Solution

The Autoimmune Solution

17 ratings

Summary

Over 90 percent of the population suffers from inflammation or an autoimmune disorder. Until now, conventional medicine has said there is no cure. Minor irritations like rashes and runny noses are ignored, while chronic and debilitating diseases like Crohn's and rheumatoid arthritis are handled with a cocktail of toxic treatments that fail to address their root cause. But it doesn't have to be this way. In The Autoimmune Solution, Dr. Amy Myers, a renowned leader in functional medicine, offers her medically proven approach to prevent a wide range of inflammatory-related symptoms and diseases, including allergies, obesity, asthma, cardiovascular disease, fibromyalgia, lupus, IBS, chronic headaches, and Hashimoto's thyroiditis. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Amy Myers (P)2015 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Tanya Eby
Author: Amy Myers
Length: 7 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Live with Type 1 Diabetes

How to Live with Type 1 Diabetes

3 ratings

Summary

If you want to learn tips on how to cope with type 1 diabetes, then get How to Live with Type 1 Diabetes by someone who has type 1 diabetes in real life. Type 1 diabetes is not something to be taken lightly. Spending your entire life studying your illness, instead of actually living, isn't really what most diabetics have in mind either. Knowing the basics and living out the rest is the balance many are looking for, and the How to Live with Type 1 Diabetes guide is just the resource for the job. Life is meant to be lived fully and without restraints, and this guide offers countless tools to keep the weight of being a diabetic off your shoulders. Some of them include: Information on the newest technologies Basic steps, both mental and physical, to aid new diabetics What you need to know about your illness Personal examples with blood sugar ranges Information on associated medical issues as well as how to avoid them Tips on exercising, eating, and even sleeping Help with how to talk to your doctor Specific references on topics like hospitals, insurance, and camps Emotional situations and how they affect blood-glucose Preferences regarding what to look out for from a real type 1 diabetic Each chapter brings together the most contemplated, practiced, or forgotten parts of diabetic living, works to identify each one, and lists a number of steps and methods to improve life with type 1 diabetes as a whole. Today is the day to start living your life with diabetes, instead of trying to live around it, and How to Live with Type 1 Diabetes is here to help.

©2016 HowExpert (P)2017 HowExpert

Narrator: Scott Cummings
Author: Corey Reese
Length: 1 hr and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dr Sebi Herpes Cure

Dr Sebi Herpes Cure

Summary

In Dr. Sebi Herpes Cure, find the complete approved food list by Dr. Sebi to cure herpes, detox the liver, shed pounds, reverse diabetes, and heal the electric body without using Western medications. Dr. Sebi was a renowned herbalist, pathologist, and naturalist who died 2016. Though he's no more, his discoveries and inventions on herpes has healed millions of people all over the world. His contribution to the world and humans can never forgotten.  Even after he's gone to the great beyond, his methodology of removing and eliminating herpes naturally remains the best way to naturally cure herpes without Western medications. You can be a part of this by getting your copy and follow all the steps of the guide.

©2020 Chris Wesley (P)2020 Chris Wesley

Narrator: Leanne Carrillo
Author: Chris Wesley
Length: 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for America's Forgotten Pandemic (Second Edition)

America's Forgotten Pandemic (Second Edition)

Summary

Between August 1918 and March 1919, the Spanish influenza spread worldwide, claiming over 25 million lives - more people than perished in the fighting of the First World War. It proved fatal to at least a half-million Americans. Yet, the Spanish flu pandemic is largely forgotten today.  In this vivid narrative, Alfred W. Crosby recounts the course of the pandemic during the panic-stricken months of 1918 and 1919, measures its impact on American society, and probes the curious loss of national memory of this cataclysmic event. This edition includes a preface discussing the then-recent outbreaks of diseases, including the Asian flu and the SARS epidemic.

©2003 Alfred W Crosby; Copyright 1989 by Cambridge University Press (P)2021 Tantor

Narrator: Rick Adamson
Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Happy Birthing Days

Happy Birthing Days

Summary

Pizza and parcels should be delivered but babies should be born. Happy Birthing Days is a 3-step method that has helped hundreds of women and couples to have more choice and a better birthing experience on their big day. Combining positive birth stories with practical tips for body and mind, this audiobook provides a guide that enables all pregnant women to prepare themselves in a positive way. Jutta shares the best of her knowledge and experience from over 30 years of midwifery, and combines this with her deep knowledge of NLP, hypnosis and yoga to: give you more confidence in your body and your skills; teach you Birth Breathing for deep relaxation and a better birth; offer effective hands-on tips and tricks for birth partners; create more choice for you, your partner and your baby; enable you to release unwanted fears and doubts. Birth is a global matter and everyone deserves the best beginning in life. Let this audiobook be your guide.

©2016 Jutta Wohlrab (P)2016 Jutta Wohlrab

Narrator: Jutta Wohlrab
Length: 5 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Whole Body Barefoot: Transitioning Well to Minimal Footwear

Whole Body Barefoot: Transitioning Well to Minimal Footwear

9 ratings

Summary

Barefoot enthusiasts say ditching your shoes is essential for optimal whole-body function. Doctors say minimalist shoes cause injury. Who's right? What if they both are? In Whole Body Barefoot, biomechanist Katy Bowman explains how both sides are right and wrong by broadening the perspective of over-simplified "shoes are good" or "shoes are bad" arguments. Using evolutionary-based and biomechanical arguments, Bowman demonstrates that shoes, in a modern context, have purpose, but that the trade-off for protection can be reduced whole-body health if we don't select the right shoes for our body and skill level. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Katy Bowman (P)2015 Katy Bowman

Narrator: Katy Bowman
Author: Katy Bowman
Length: 2 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Low-Carb Diabetic Diet Recipes

Low-Carb Diabetic Diet Recipes

Summary

Take control of your diabetes! Enjoy low-carb diabetes-friendly meals! Start exercising, stop stressing, and master diabetes-friendly dining. This keto diabetic cookbook shows you that diabetic dieting doesn’t require depriving yourself. Being diagnosed with diabetes doesn't mean you can't still enjoy all your favorite comfort foods. Low-Carb Diabetic Diet Recipes will show you how you can regulate your blood sugar and lose weight, all while eating meals that are hearty, flavorful, and nourishing. Long-term management of diabetes starts in the kitchen. This diabetic audiobook includes: Current information on foods to eat, foods to avoid, and nutritional basics Delicious, diabetes-friendly recipes - enjoy healthy and tasty meals that take the stress out of watching what you eat All of the guidance and support you need to thrive with diabetes Take control of your diabetes with Low-Carb Diabetic Diet Recipes: Keto Diabetic Cookbook.

©2019 Viktoria McCartney (P)2019 Viktoria McCartney

Length: 2 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The 36-Hour Day, 6th Edition

The 36-Hour Day, 6th Edition

1 rating

Summary

Through five editions, The 36-Hour Day has been an essential resource for families who love and care for people with Alzheimer disease. Whether a person has Alzheimer disease or another form of dementia, he or she will face a host of problems. The 36-Hour Day will help family members and caregivers address these challenges and simultaneously cope with their own emotions and needs. Featuring useful takeaway messages and informed by recent research into the causes of and the search for therapies to prevent or cure dementia, this edition includes new information on: Devices to make life simpler and safer for people who have dementia Strategies for delaying behavioral and neuropsychiatric symptoms Changes in Medicare and other health care insurance laws Palliative care, hospice care, durable power of attorney, and guardianship Dementia due to traumatic brain injury Choosing a residential care facility Support groups for caregivers, friends, and family members  The central idea underlying the book - that much can be done to improve the lives of people with dementia and of those caring for them - remains the same. The 36-Hour Day is the definitive dementia care guide.

©1981, 1991, 1999, 2006, 2011, 2017 Johns Hopkins University Press (P)2018 Recorded Books

Narrator: Christina Moore
Length: 15 hrs and 56 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Back Pain Relief: Home Remedies for Back Pain Prevention and Exercises to Supercharge Your Health and Live Pain Free!

Back Pain Relief: Home Remedies for Back Pain Prevention and Exercises to Supercharge Your Health and Live Pain Free!

Summary

This guide will go over back pain prevention techniques, back pain home remedies, and back pain exercises you can use in order to live pain free and get back to doing the things you love to do on a daily basis.

©2015 Kevin Tinbergen (P)2015 Kevin Tinbergen

Available on Audible
Cover art for Pox

Pox

Summary

The untold story of how America's Progressive-era war on smallpox sparked one of the great civil liberties battles of the 20th century. At the turn of the last century, a powerful smallpox epidemic swept the United States from coast to coast. The age-old disease spread swiftly through an increasingly interconnected American landscape: from southern tobacco plantations to the dense immigrant neighborhoods of northern cities to far-flung villages on the edges of the nascent American empire. In Pox, award-winning historian Michael Willrich offers a gripping chronicle of how the nation's continent-wide fight against smallpox launched one of the most important civil liberties struggles of the 20th century. At the dawn of the activist Progressive era and during a moment of great optimism about modern medicine, the government responded to the deadly epidemic by calling for universal compulsory vaccination. To enforce the law, public health authorities relied on quarantines, pesthouses, and "virus squads": corps of doctors and club-wielding police. Though these measures eventually contained the disease, they also sparked a wave of popular resistance among Americans who perceived them as a threat to their health and to their rights. At the time, anti-vaccinationists were often dismissed as misguided cranks, but Willrich argues that they belonged to a wider legacy of American dissent that attended the rise of an increasingly powerful government. While a well-organized anti-vaccination movement sprang up during these years, many Americans resisted in subtler ways - by concealing sick family members or forging immunization certificates. Pox introduces us to memorable characters on both sides of the debate, from Henning Jacobson, a Swedish Lutheran minister whose battle against vaccination went all the way to the Supreme Court, to C. P. Wertenbaker, a federal surgeon who saw himself as a medical missionary combating a deadly - and preventable - disease. As Willrich suggests, many of the questions first raised by the Progressive-era antivaccination movement are still with us: How far should the government go to protect us from peril? What happens when the interests of public health collide with religious beliefs and personal conscience? In Pox, Willrich delivers a riveting tale about the clash of modern medicine, civil liberties, and government power at the turn of the last century that resonates powerfully today.

©2011 Michael Willrich (P)2011 Penguin

Narrator: K. Todd Freeman
Length: 14 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Your Body in Balance

Your Body in Balance

18 ratings

Summary

The shocking new science of how hormones are wreaking havoc on the body, and the delicious solution that improves health, reduces pain, and even helps to shed weight. Hidden in everyday foods are the causes of a surprising range of health problems: infertility, menstrual cramps, weight gain, hair loss, breast and prostate cancer, hot flashes, and much more. All of these conditions have one thing in common: They are fueled by hormones that are hiding in foods or are influenced by the foods we eat.  Your Body in Balance provides step-by-step guidance for understanding what's at the root of your suffering - and what you can do to feel better fast. Few people realize that a simple food prescription can help you tackle all these and more by gently restoring your hormone balance, with benefits rivaling medications. Neal Barnard, MD, a leading authority on nutrition and health, offers insight into how dietary changes can alleviate years of stress, pain, and illness. What's more, he also provides delicious and easy-to-make hormone-balancing recipes, including: Cauliflower Buffalo Chowder Kung Pao Lettuce Wraps Butternut Breakfast Tacos Mediterranean Croquettes  Apple Pie Nachos Brownie Batter Hummus Your Body in Balance gives new hope for people struggling with health issues. Thousands of people have already reclaimed their lives and their health through the strategic dietary changes described in this book. Whether you're looking to treat a specific ailment or are in search of better overall health, Dr. Neal Barnard provides an easy pathway toward pain relief, weight control, and a lifetime of good health. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Neal D Barnard, MD, FACC and Lindsay Nixon (P)2020 Grand Central Publishing

Narrator: Timothy Pabon
Length: 7 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for CBD Oil for Hemorrhoids: Essential Remedy for Piles and Rectal Bleeding

CBD Oil for Hemorrhoids: Essential Remedy for Piles and Rectal Bleeding

Summary

The exact pathophysiology of hemorrhoidal development is poorly understood. For years the theory of varicose veins, which postulated that hemorrhoids were caused by varicose veins in the anal canal, had been popular but now it is obsolete because hemorrhoids and anorectal varices are proven to be distinct entities. In fact, patients with portal hypertension and varices do not have an increased incidence of hemorrhoids. Today, the theory of sliding anal canal lining is widely accepted. This proposes that hemorrhoids develop when the supporting tissues of the anal cushions disintegrate or deteriorate. Hemorrhoids are therefore the pathological term to describe the abnormal downward displacement of the anal cushions causing venous dilatation. There are typically three major anal cushions, located in the right anterior, right posterior and left lateral aspect of the anal canal, and various numbers of minor cushions lying between them. The anal cushions of patients with hemorrhoids show significant pathological changes. These changes include abnormal venous dilatation, vascular thrombosis, degenerative process in the collagen fibers and fibroelastic tissues, distortion and rupture of the anal subepithelial muscle. In addition to the above findings, a severe inflammatory reaction involving the vascular wall and surrounding connective tissue has been demonstrated in hemorrhoidal specimens, with associated mucosal ulceration, ischemia, and thrombosis. Several enzymes or mediators involving the degradation of supporting tissues in the anal cushions have been studied. Among these, matrix metalloproteinase (MMP), a zinc-dependent proteinase, is one of the most potent enzymes, being capable of degrading extracellular proteins such as elastin, fibronectin, and collagen. MMP-9 was found to be over-expressed in hemorrhoids, in association with the breakdown of elastic fibers. Activation of MMP-2 and MMP-9 by thrombin, plasmin, or other proteinases resulted in the disruption of the capillary bed and promotion of angioproliferative activity of transforming growth factor ß (TGF-ß). Recently, increased microvascular density was found in hemorrhoidal tissue, suggesting that neovascularization might be another important phenomenon of hemorrhoidal disease. Moreover, these workers found that microvascular density increased in hemorrhoidal tissue especially when thrombosis and stromal vascular endothelial growth factors (VEGF) were present. CBD Oil is an essential remedy for Hemorrhoids. Get a copy of this audiobook for an holistic therapy.

©2019 Michel Pollann MD (P)2020 Michel Pollann MD

Narrator: Trevor Clinger
Length: 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for 30 Thirty Minute Guided Meditation Sleep Stories

30 Thirty Minute Guided Meditation Sleep Stories

1 rating

Summary

Are you stressed out or suffering from insomnia and need something new to treat it?  Whether or not you think this is the age of anxiety, you have to admit, there’s plenty of stress to go around for everyone.  Rapid changes in technology and society, increasing work demands, and uncertainty about it all.  We understand the struggle of balancing work, sleep, and social life.  All this stress, and also various physical and mental conditions, can lead to insomnia. Sleep is one of those wonderful parts of your day you take for granted until you start having difficulties or suboptimal sleep. According to the American Sleep Association, 50 to 70 million US adults have a sleep disorder.  Insomnia is difficulty either falling asleep or staying asleep and can be an ongoing problem lasting days or months.  Insomnia leaves you feeling tired and can have a profound effect on mental health as well as your ability to function at optimal levels during the day.  Stress and anxiety are some of the biggest contributors to insomnia and other sleep troubles. They occupy your mind keeping you jumping from one worrisome thought to the next, preventing you from relaxing sufficiently to restfully doze off.  Meditation and mindfulness could hold the key to helping you relax and get to sleep.  If you’re new to meditation, not having the experience you want with it, or simply want a relaxing alternative, guided meditation is a great option. With guided meditation, a person or media walks you through the practice, using words, music, and imagery to keep you relaxed and focused. The guidance is soothing and relaxing while keeping your mind on task and away from any distracting or upsetting thoughts. Keeping your attention firmly rooted helps shut out the reactive thoughts, stilling your mind. This stillness eliminates the racing thoughts that contribute to your stress and anxiety.  Numerous studies demonstrate the efficacy of guided meditation in reducing stress and treating insomnia. It has been shown to reduce pre-sleep worry, which is one of the primary obstacles to falling asleep at night.  30 Thirty Minute Guided Meditation Sleep Stories will help you fall asleep on time all the time! The stories’ lyrical passages will delight the mind with vivid imagery, soothing sounds, and a magical narrative that keeps you focused. In 30 Thirty Minute Guided Meditation Sleep Stories, you'll discover: 30 different stories each lasting 30 minutes - plenty of time for easing your mind into sleep  Stories that trigger your imagination by painting nature and animal images and sharing people's fantastic journeys  Your inner calm as you listen to the enchanting tales, transported away from your worries by a seasoned writer  The complementary gift of 5 Reasons Why you have Unbearable Insomnia: How to Fall Asleep on Time book Be aware. Not every kind of meditation serves the same purpose. Even if you have done many mindfulness practices before, you might not have experienced the power of meditation to its full potential. Having several meditation and yoga studios, Peace Found Now saw how big the problems around sleep are and collected the most effective meditations to help you treat insomnia. One of the most important ways to address stress issues is to establish a regular routine where your body and mind automatically ready themselves for sleep and relaxation with consistent timing and practices. Guided meditation has increasingly become a go-to for many as an effective bedtime ritual. If you want to reduce your stress and get back to full nights of sleep, then scroll up and click the Add to Cart button. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Peace Found Now (P)2019 Peace Found Now

Narrator: Natalia Fox
Length: 15 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Deadliest Enemy

Deadliest Enemy

82 ratings

Summary

We are facing an overwhelming army of deadly, invisible enemies. We need a plan - before it's too late.  Unlike natural disasters, whose destruction is concentrated in a limited area over a period of days, and illnesses, which have devastating effects but are limited to individuals and their families, infectious disease has the terrifying power to disrupt everyday life on a global scale, overwhelming public and private resources and bringing trade and transportation to a grinding halt.  In today's world, it's easier than ever to move people, animals, and materials around the planet, but the same advances that make modern infrastructure so efficient have made epidemics and even pandemics nearly inevitable. And as outbreaks of Ebola, MERS, yellow fever, and Zika have demonstrated, we are woefully underprepared to deal with the fallout. So what can - and must - we do in order to protect ourselves from mankind's deadliest enemy?  Drawing on the latest medical science, case studies, policy research, and hard-earned epidemiological lessons, Deadliest Enemy explores the resources and programs we need to develop if we are to keep ourselves safe from infectious disease. The authors show how we could wake up to a reality in which many antibiotics no longer cure, bioterror is a certainty, and the threat of a disastrous influenza pandemic looms ever larger. Only by understanding the challenges we face can we prevent the unthinkable from becoming the inevitable.  Deadliest Enemy is high scientific drama, a chronicle of medical mystery and discovery, a reality check, and a practical plan of action.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2017 Michael T. Osterholm (P)2017 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Jamie Renell
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Hidden Half of Nature

The Hidden Half of Nature

17 ratings

Summary

A riveting exploration of how microbes are transforming the way we see nature and ourselves - and could revolutionize agriculture and medicine. Prepare to set aside what you think you know about yourself and microbes. Good health - for people and for plants - depends on Earth's smallest creatures. The Hidden Half of Nature tells the story of our tangled relationship with microbes and their potential to revolutionize agriculture and medicine, from garden to gut. When David R. Montgomery and Anne Biklé decide to restore life into their barren yard by creating a garden, dead dirt threatens their dream. As a cure, they feed their soil a steady diet of organic matter. The results impress them. In short order, the much-maligned microbes transform their bleak yard into a flourishing Eden. Beneath their feet, beneficial microbes and plant roots continuously exchange a vast array of essential compounds. The authors soon learn that this miniaturized commerce is central to botanical life's master strategy for defense and health. They are abruptly plunged further into investigating microbes when Biklé is diagnosed with cancer. Here, they discover an unsettling truth. An armada of bacteria (our microbiome) sails the seas of our gut, enabling our immune system to sort microbial friends from foes. But when our gut microbiome goes awry, our health can go with it. The authors also discover startling insights into the similarities between plant roots and the human gut. We are not what we eat. We are all - for better or worse - the products of what our microbes eat. This leads to a radical reconceptualization of our relationship to the natural world: By cultivating beneficial microbes, we can rebuild soil fertility and help turn back the modern plague of chronic diseases. The Hidden Half of Nature reveals how to transform agriculture and medicine - by merging the mind of an ecologist with the care of a gardener and the skill of a doctor.

©2016 David R. Montgomery and Anne Bikle (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Narrator:
Length: 10 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Grain Brain

Grain Brain

62 ratings

Summary

The devastating truth about the effects of wheat, sugar, and carbs on the brain, with a 30-day plan to achieve optimum health. Renowned neurologist David Perlmutter, MD, blows the lid off a topic that's been buried in medical literature for far too long: carbs are destroying your brain. And not just unhealthy carbs, but even healthy ones like whole grains can cause dementia, ADHD, anxiety, chronic headaches, depression, and much more. Dr. Perlmutter explains what happens when the brain encounters common ingredients in your daily bread and fruit bowls, why your brain thrives on fat and cholesterol, and how you can spur the growth of new brain cells at any age. He offers an in-depth look at how we can take control of our "smart genes" through specific dietary choices and lifestyle habits, demonstrating how to remedy our most feared maladies without drugs. With a revolutionary 30-day plan, Grain Brain teaches us how we can reprogram our genetic destiny for the better. Please note that there are many references in this audiobook to information discussed in Chapter 10. Chapter 10 has been recorded in its entirety on this audiobook and all information contained in this chapter can be listened to in the recording. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2013 David Perlmutter (P)2013 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Peter Ganim
Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Fiber Fueled

Fiber Fueled

93 ratings

Summary

A bold new plant-based plan that challenges popular keto and paleo diets, from an award-winning gastroenterologist. The benefits of restrictive diets like paleo and keto have been touted for more than a decade, but as renowned gastroenterologist Dr. Will Bulsiewicz, or "Dr. B", illuminates in this groundbreaking audiobook, the explosion of studies on the microbiome makes it abundantly clear that elimination diets are in fact hazardous to our health. What studies clearly now show - and what Dr. B preaches with his patients - is that gut health is the key to boosting our metabolism, balancing our hormones, and taming the inflammation that causes a host of diseases. And the scientifically proven way to fuel our guts is with dietary fiber from an abundant variety of colorful plants.  Forget about the fiber your grandmother used to take - the cutting-edge science on fiber is incredibly exciting. As Dr. B explains, fiber energizes our gut microbes to create powerhouse postbiotics called short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs) that are essential to our health. SCFAs are scientifically proven to promote weight loss, repair leaky gut, strengthen the microbiome, optimize the immune system, reduce food sensitivities, lower cholesterol, reverse type 2 diabetes, improve brain function, and even prevent cancer. Restrictive fad diets starve the gut of the critical fiber we need, weaken the microbes, and make our system vulnerable.  As a former junk-food junkie, Dr. B knows firsthand the power of fiber to dramatically transform our health. The good news is that our guts can be trained. Fiber-rich, real foods - with fruits, vegetables, whole grains, seeds, nuts, and legumes - start working quickly and maintain your long-term health, promote weight loss, and allow you to thrive and feel great from the inside out. With a 28-day jump-start program with menus and more than 65 recipes, along with essential advice on food sensitivities, Fiber Fueled offers the blueprint to start turbocharging your gut for lifelong health today.  Includes a PDF of recipes and shopping lists.   PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2020 Will Bulsiewicz (P)2020 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Barrett Leddy
Length: 7 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Head Strong

Head Strong

97 ratings

Summary

From the creator of Bulletproof Coffee and author of the best-selling The Bulletproof Diet comes a revolutionary plan to upgrade your brainpower - in two weeks or less.  For the last decade, Silicon Valley entrepreneur Dave Asprey has worked with world-renowned doctors and scientists to uncover the latest, most innovative methods for making humans perform better - a process known as "biohacking". In his first book, The Bulletproof Diet, he shared his biohacking tips for taking control of your own biology. Now, in Head Strong, Asprey shows listeners how to biohack their way to sharper, smarter, faster, more resilient brains.  Imagine feeling like your mind is operating at its clearest and sharpest and being able - possibly for the first time in your life - to do more in less time. What if it suddenly became easier to do the very hardest things you do? Or if you could feel 100 percent confident about your intellect and never again fear being the person in the room who just isn't smart enough or can't remember something important? In Head Strong, Asprey shows us that all of this is possible - and more. Using his simple lifestyle modifications (or "hacks") to take advantage of how the structure of your brain works, you will learn how to take your mental performance to the next level. Combining the latest findings in neuroscience and neurobiology with a hacker-inspired "get it done now" perspective, Asprey offers a program structured around key areas of brain performance that will help you:  Power the brain with exactly what it needs to perform at its best all day long  Eliminate the sources of "kryptonite", both nutritional and environmental, that make the brain slower  Supercharge the cellular powerhouses of your brain, the mitochondria, to eliminate cravings and turn up mental focus  Reverse inflammation to perform better right now, then stay sharp and energized well into your golden years  Promote neuron growth to enhance processing speed and reinforce new learning - hotwiring your brain for success  Asprey's easy to follow two-week program offers a detailed plan to supercharge brain performance, including which foods to eat and which ones to avoid, how to incorporate the right kinds of physical activity into your day, a detox protocol for your home and body, meditation and breathing for performance, recommended brain-boosting supplements, and how to adjust the lighting in your home and workspace to give your brain the quality light it thrives on.  A better brain - and a happier, easier, more productive life - is within reach. You just need to get Head Strong.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2017 Dave Asprey (P)2017 HarperCollins Publishers

Author: Dave Asprey
Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Sleep Solution

The Sleep Solution

1 rating

Summary

Challenging the listener to take control and to stop hiding behind excuses for a bad night's sleep, neurologist W. Chris Winter explains the basic, often counterintuitive rules of sleep science. Dr Winter explores revolutionary findings, including surprising solutions for insomnia and other sleep disturbances, empowering listeners to stop taking sleeping pills and enjoy the best sleep of their lives.

©2017 W. Chris Winter (P)2017 W. F. Howes Ltd

Narrator: W. Chris Winter
Length: 7 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Herbal Antivirals: Heal Yourself Faster, Cheaper and Safer

Herbal Antivirals: Heal Yourself Faster, Cheaper and Safer

Summary

Are you tired of using the nasty chemicals in medicine to fight your family's illnesses? Discover the power of natural medicines and herbs to eradicate your viral infections. Are you scared of the hidden dangers in pharmaceutical medicines? Do normal treatments give you aches, pains, and other side effects? Is the cost of prescription medication making a major dent in your wallet? Author Mary Jones has dedicated years of her life to researching natural remedies and learning from naturopathic doctors. After proving the efficacy of these remedies in her own life, Jones has compiled all of her hard-earned information in one easy-to-use reference book. In Herbal Antivirals: Heal Yourself Faster, Cheaper and Safer, you'll find the 45 most medically effective herbs available. Through Jones' comprehensive resource, you'll learn how to replace medical antibiotics and antivirals with herbal remedies with far fewer side effects.  The audiobook shows, once and for all, that you can ditch high-cost pharmaceuticals and use natural remedies for nearly every common ailment. In Herbal Antivirals, you'll discover: The best herbal treatments for illnesses, ranging from warts to chronic hepatitis B Easy natural medicine preparation methods and the correct dosages you should use The five key essential oils with natural antiviral properties The herbal antivirals that are safe to use when pregnant or breastfeeding Steps to find and how to grow all the herbs you need And much more!  Herbal Antivirals is a comprehensively indexed, inspirational compendium that will help you benefit from the safe use of natural remedies. If you are looking for herbal alternatives, easy-to-follow preparation instructions, and detailed references, then you'll love Mary Jones' painstakingly compiled book. Buy Herbal Antivirals to benefit from Mother Nature's greatest gift to humanity today! PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2016 Mary Jones (P)2020 Mary Jones

Narrator: Sherry Granader
Author: Mary Jones
Length: 3 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve Secrets

Vagus Nerve Secrets

Summary

Are you tired of always feeling down with no energy and a foggy brain? Are you suffering of chronic pain like gut inflammation or migraine that make your life unbearable? Have you tried different ways to solve these problems with no success and don’t know what to do anymore? If you answered "yes" to all these questions, then this is the right audiobook for you! At school you were probably taught that our nervous system allows us to stimulate the voluntary and involuntary activities of our psychophysical apparatus; but know that it also has another significant function which is that of self-healing. Ask yourself this question: where did all the pains you experienced during your life originate from? From your mind, or rather from your brain! Well, know that there are some very simple exercises that allow the training of our vagus nerve with the aim of helping the nervous system to heal any kind of ailment. This guide explores how to activate your Vagus nerve to heal your body naturally  and contains information of great value such as: How to activate and access the power of vagus nerve A deeper knowledge of our nervous system How to recognize the symptoms before they can become disease Stimulate your vagus nerve through simple exercises and simple tricks that you can do at home without any equipment! How pain, stress and anxiety affects your life …and much more! So what are you waiting for? Buy now and learn how to cure your vagus nerve naturally to live the stress and pain free life that you deserve!

©2019 Robert Dickens (P)2020 Robert Dickens

Narrator: Frank Block
Length: 3 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Concussion Rescue

Concussion Rescue

3 ratings

Summary

With a foreword by number-one New York Times best-selling author Daniel Amen, Concussion Rescue gives listeners the natural and effective protocols for healing from traumatic brain injury.   In Concussion Rescue, Dr. Kabran Chapek shares the programs and protocols that he uses at the Amen Clinics to put patients on the pathway to healing from traumatic brain injury. From general assessment using sophisticated tools (SPECT imaging, MRIs, and CAT scans) to very specific blood tests (out-of-balance lab values in blood can point to symptoms of brain injury and may explain why the brain is not healing), Dr. Chapek guides listeners to getting the proper medical care. He shares the cutting edge and most effective treatments for acute traumatic brain injury, as well as chronic traumatic brain injury, and provides the most powerful natural treatments.  Concussion Rescue will be an invaluable and potentially lifesaving resource for athletes, parents of student athletes, coaches, and anyone who suffers a mild or severe brain injury.

©2020 Kabran Chapek (P)2020 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Narrator: Rick Adamson
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for VangoNotes for Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8/e

VangoNotes for Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8/e

Summary

Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download topic reviews from Human Anatomy & Physiology and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study A&P by listening to the following: Tough Topics: An in-depth review of the toughest A&P topics from the textbook Concept Review: Audio review questions to help you master concepts and terms Rapid Review: A quick drill session - use it right before your test VangoNotes are flexible; download all the material directly to your player, or only the topics you need. And they're efficient. Use them in your car, at the gym, walking to class, wherever. So get yours today. And get studying.

©2009 Pearson Education, Inc, publishing as Benjamin Cummings (P)2009 Pearson Education, Inc, publishing as Benjamin Cummings

Length: Less than 1 minute
Available on Audible
Cover art for Ayurveda and the Mind

Ayurveda and the Mind

3 ratings

Summary

Ayurveda and the Mind explores how to heal our minds on all levels, from the subconscious to the superconscious, along with the role of diet, impressions, mantra, meditation, and yoga in creating wholeness.  In this book, Dr. Frawley once again illuminates the practical applications of Ayurveda and yoga as applied to the mind. Through his clear exposition of the Vedic principles of consciousness and its expressions, a simple, yet profound approach to psychological and emotional healing is elucidated. This book reminds us that the mind is a subtle organ, whose health depends upon its ability to extract nourishment from the environment. If we have accumulated toxicity in the form of emotional wounds, frustrations, disappointments, or wrong beliefs, eliminating these impurities from our mental and emotional layers is essential, if we are to have true emotional and spiritual freedom. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©1996 David Frawley (P)2019 Tantor

Narrator: Paul Brion
Length: 8 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Deep Sleep and Mindfulness Meditation

Deep Sleep and Mindfulness Meditation

Summary

Do you often find yourself struggling to fall asleep, stay asleep, or get out of bed in the morning?  If so, maybe, you're the kind of person who likes to hit the snooze button, time and time again, only to end up being late for school or work. If this sounds like you, then you can definitely benefit from this book on deep sleep meditation and mindfulness. Inside this book are some key guided meditation tips and tricks to help you fall asleep, stay asleep, and wake up feeling well-rested. We spend so much of our lives asleep - don't you think it's important that we make the most of our time that we do spend asleep? You'll find guided meditations that take you on a journey to places like the beach, a quiet rainforest, and even an exciting carnival. After listening to these guided meditations and a few affirmations, you'll be geared up and ready to start your mindful journey to a better night’s sleep. What are you waiting for? Scroll up, and click the "buy now" button!

©2020 Jason Williams (P)2020 Jason Williams

Narrator: Adam Greco
Length: 1 hr and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Ground Yourself

Ground Yourself

Summary

Headphones recommended. Gently place your attention on the steady low-pitched thrum of a gong, while chimes and bells add layers of tones to create a deeply relaxing and immersive sound experience.    In order to get the most out of your listening experience, pioneering sound therapist Sara Auster recommends you dim the lights and lie down or sit in a comfortable position with an eye mask and a blanket, silence any alerts or notifications, and use earphones. These things allow you to completely unplug and connect with the present moment to intentionally prepare for sleep. Your body has permission to slow down and rest, to receive without the need to respond or react.    Begin your experience by focusing on your breath, then allow yourself to drift into a spacious and dreamlike state. All you have to do is arrive with an open mind, and listen.    Sara Auster is the leading voice in sound bath experiences, and considered a master of the form. Sara has been featured in The New York Times, Vogue, TIME, and O, The Oprah Magazine, and she has facilitated large-scale, site-specific sound bath experiences at iconic venues around the world including the Museum of Modern Art, Madison Square Garden, Palais de Tokyo, and SummerStage in Central Park. Her live sound bath events are celebrated as transformative, therapeutic experiences for balance, relaxation, and well-being. We're thrilled to be able to bring this unique sound experience to the comfort of your own bedroom for the first time.   This title is part of The Audible Sleep Collection, exclusive audio experiences created to help you fall asleep, stay asleep, and wake up in the right morning mindset. New and free for members.

©2020 Audible Original (P)2020 Audible, Inc.

Author: Sara Auster
Length: 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Breasts: The Owner's Manual

Breasts: The Owner's Manual

1 rating

Summary

Most women don't want to hear about breast cancer unless they have it and need to make some decisions, but these days news about breast cancer - the number one killer of women ages 20 to 59 - is everywhere. Hope for a cure abounds. Celebrities have come forward to share their experiences and raise awareness. Chances are you know someone who has had it.  But did you know that you make choices every day that bring you closer to breast cancer - or move you farther away? That in the majority of cases, cancer isn't up to fate, and there are ways to reduce your risk factors? That many of the things you've heard regarding the causes of breast cancer are flat-out false?  There have been few solid guidelines on how to improve your breast health, lower your risk of getting cancer, optimize your outcomes if you're faced with a diagnosis, and make informed medical choices after treatment. Until now. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.  "Dr. Funk writes Breasts: The Owner’s Manual just like she talks: with conviction, passion, and a laser focus on you." (Dr. Mehmet Oz, host of The Dr. Oz Show) “Breasts: The Owner’s Manual will become an indispensable and valued guide for women looking to optimize health and minimize breast illness.” (Debu Tripathy, MD, Professor and Chair, Department of Breast Medical Oncology, University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center) “Breasts: The Owner’s Manual not only provides a clear path to breast health, but a road that leads straight to your healthiest self. As someone who has faced breast cancer, I suggest you follow it." (Robin Roberts, co-anchor, Good Morning America)

©2018 Kristi Funk (P)2018 Thomas Nelson

Author: Kristi Funk
Length: 12 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Better Brain Solution

The Better Brain Solution

4 ratings

Summary

In this step-by-step guide to enhancing cognitive function and fighting - and even reversing - memory loss, Dr. Steven Masley (best-selling author of The 30-Day Heart Tune-Up) lays out a four-pillar diet-and-lifestyle approach to improving brain health, focusing on food, nutrients, exercise, and stress management. Based on more than a decade of clinical research, The Better Brain Solution provides the tools you need to fight back. Here, Dr. Masley explains exactly how changes in the way you eat and live can reverse elevated blood sugar levels and in the process improve cognitive performance and avert memory loss. Research has shown that insulin resistance, a condition that can lead to diabetes, can also cause memory loss and dementia, including Alzheimer’s disease. Plus 50 delicious, easy-to-prepare recipes specially designed for optimal brain and body health, along with a practical way to assess cognitive function, and much, much more.   PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 Steven Masley (P)2018 Random House Audio

Narrator: Dan Woren
Length: 10 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Gut-Immune Connection

The Gut-Immune Connection

Summary

From one of today’s leading experts on the emerging science of the microbiome comes a groundbreaking book that offers, for the first time, evidence that the gut-microbiome plays a pivotal role in the health crises of the 21st century. In his acclaimed book, The Mind-Gut Connection, physician, UCLA professor, and researcher Dr. Emeran Mayer offered groundbreaking evidence of the critical role of the microbiome in neurological and cognitive health, proving once and for all the power and legitimacy of the “mind-body connection”. Now, in The Gut-Immune Connection, Dr. Mayer proposes an even more radical paradigm shift: that the gut microbiome is at the center of virtually every disease that defines our 21st-century public health crisis. Cutting-edge research continues to advance our understanding of the function and impact of the billions of organisms that live in the GI tract, and in Dr. Mayer’s own research, he has amassed evidence that the “conversation” that takes place between these microbes and our various organs and bodily systems is critical to human health. When that conversation goes awry, we suffer, often becoming seriously ill. Combining clinical experience with up-to-the-minute science, The Gut-Immune Connection offers a comprehensive look at the link between alterations to the gut microbiome and the development chronic diseases like diabetes, heart disease, and cancer, as well as susceptibility to infectious diseases like COVID-19. Dr. Mayer argues that it’s essential we understand the profound and far-reaching effects of gut health and offers clear-cut strategies to reverse the steady upward rise of these illnesses, including a model for nutrition to support the microbiome.  But time is running out: A plague of antimicrobial resistance is only a few decades away if we don’t make critical changes to our food supply, including returning to sustainable practices that maintain the microbial diversity of the soil. To turn the tide of chronic and infectious disease tomorrow, we must shift the way we live today.

©2021 Emeran Mayer (P)2021 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: TBD
Author: Emeran Mayer
Length: 12 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories for Adults

Bedtime Stories for Adults

Summary

If you are searching for the fastest way to relax, defeat anxiety, and relieve stress in few minutes, then you’ll love this book. Nowadays, more and more people suffer from stress, anxiety, panic attacks, and insomnia due to their frenetic personal and work life, but you don’t have to endure these conditions any longer. The quality of your life lies in harnessing the power of the mind; thanks to these inspiring short stories, you are about to let go of all the tensions accumulated. You will be amazed by the immense relaxation effect you will experience. If you are ready to quiet your mind and melt away stress and anxiety, leaving your body deeply relaxed for a great night’s sleep, then click the "buy now" button and get the audiobook!

©2020 Emily Callaway (P)2020 Emily Callaway

Narrator: Jennifer Pineda
Length: 3 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Younger

Younger

Summary

The New York Times best-selling author of The Hormone Cure and The Hormone Reset Diet shows every woman how to create a lifestyle that will help her look great, feel energized, and slow down the effects of aging. Feel destined for cellulite, saddle bags, and belly fat? Does your family come from a long line of Alzheimer's, cancer, or heart disease? Will nothing help your aging skin or declining libido or flagging energy? This book is for you. The body is magnificent, but it doesn't come with a lifetime warranty or an operating manual. You're the result of millions of years of evolution, but many of the adaptations that helped your ancestors survive are now working overtime to accelerate the aging process. The assumption here is that we are our genes and therefore trapped by the past. The good news is that your genetic code - the DNA sequence that is the biochemical basis of heredity - can play a minor role in the way you age. The scientific reality is that 90 percent of the signs of aging and disease are caused by lifestyle choices, not your genes. In other words you have the capability to overcome and transform your genetic history and tendencies. Harvard/MIT-trained physician Sara Gottfried, MD, has created a revolutionary seven-week program that empowers us to make the critical choices necessary to not just look young but also feel young. Dr. Gottfried identifies and builds this book around the five key factors that lead to accelerated aging -the muscle factor, the brain factor, the hormone factor, the gut factor, and the toxic fat factor. The seven-week program addresses these factors and treats them in an accessible and highly practical protocol, as follows: Feed - Week 1 Sleep - Week 2 Move - Week 3 Release - Week 4 Expose - Week 5 Soothe - Week 6 Think - Week 7 Younger increases not only your life span but also your health span. Dr. Gottfried's program makes it possible to change the way you age, stay younger longer, and remain healthy and vibrant for all of your days.

©2017 Sara Gottfried (P)2017 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Tanya Eby
Length: 9 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Think Away Your Pain

Think Away Your Pain

2 ratings

Summary

Think Away Your Pain presents a revolutionary approach to relieve suffering and eliminate chronic pain. In this user-friendly clearly written book, you will learn how chronic pain becomes a condition of the brain as much as the body. Think Away Your Pain shows you how to use the immense power of your thoughts and beliefs to literally change the neural circuitry of your brain. Dr. Schechter combines scientific evidence with clinical experience and psychological insight to teach a systematic method to control and eliminate pain with the mind. With 25 years in the field, Dr. Schechter has cured thousands of patients with this mind/brain based program. This book teaches the TMS healing method where changing thought, expressing feelings, and understanding can and do change the neural circuitry of the brain and eliminate the pain. Dr. Schechter discusses research supporting this approach including research by the author. Some will find this a more contemporary version of John Sarno's books on this subject. Others will find this a fascinating interface between medicine, psychology, and neuroscience. For the chronic pain sufferer limited in function, distressed by suffering and hopeless about the future, this book offers realistic hope.

©2014 David Schechter, M.D. (P)2016 David Schechter, M.D.

Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Cooking for Hormone Balance

Cooking for Hormone Balance

3 ratings

Summary

From the founder of the popular Hormones Balance online community comes this life-saving program and cookbook filled with more than 125 tempting, nutrient-dense recipes to restore hormonal balance and achieve optimal health - resulting in improved energy, weight loss, lower stress levels, and enhanced emotional wellbeing for a wide-range of hormonal-related conditions. Millions of women suffer from the life-altering, often debilitating symptoms resulting from hormonal imbalances caused by thyroid conditions, adrenal fatigue, menopause, endometriosis, fibroids, PMS, and PCOS, among others: stubborn weight gain, brain and mood issues, low energy, and more. The good news is that most of these conditions are reversible. Holistic nutrition coach Magdalena Wszelaki knows this firsthand. Developing hyperthyroidism and then Hashimoto's, adrenal fatigue, and estrogen dominance propelled her to leave a high-pressured advertising career and develop a new way of eating that would repair and keep her hormones working smoothly. Now symptom free, Magdalena shares her practical, proven knowledge so other women may benefit. In Cooking for Hormone Balance, she draws on current research to explain the essential role food plays in keeping our hormones in harmony, and offers easy, flavorful recipes to help us eat our way to good health. She also offers clear, concise action plans for what to remove and add to our daily diet to regain hormonal balance, including guides for specific conditions. Magdalena provides dozens of delicious, easy-to-prepare recipes using 20 hormone-supporting superfoods and 20 hormone-supporting superherbs. From condiments, appetizers, and snacks to soups and salads to main courses and desserts, this comprehensive cookbook shares recipes for kitchen staples such as Creamy Mayo Four Ways and Healing Bone Broth, and options for every meal of the day, including Teff and Cherry Porridge, Sweet Potato and Sage Pancakes, Porcini Mushroom Beef Stew, Creamy Rosemary Chicken, Kohrabi Kraut, Zucchini Olive Oil Bread, Coconut Kefir Chia Pudding, Chocolate Lavender Muffins, and Turmeric Cardamom Latte. While a select number of dishes have become fan favorites on Magdalena's website, 80 percent are new and exclusive to this cookbook. With make-ahead meals, quick meals ready in under 20 minutes, and time-saving tips and techniques, Cooking for Hormone Balance emphasizes minimal effort for maximum results. In addition, each recipe comes with modifications for Paleo, Paleo for Autoimmunity (AIP), anti-Candida, and low-FODMAP diets. Cooking for Hormone Balance is the comprehensive food-as-medicine approach for tackling hormone imbalance and eating your way to better health. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, a supplemental enhancement PDF will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2018 Hormones and Balance, LLC (P)2018 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Nan McNamara
Length: 4 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Healing SIBO

Healing SIBO

1 rating

Summary

A guide to recognizing and overcoming SIBO, with a 21-day plan to stop feeling bloated, start losing weight, and fix your gut. Even as millions of Americans suspect they're suffering from a gastrointestinal disorder, they may spend years in pain before they figure out just what's going on with their gut. And while irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is commonly diagnosed, SIBO, a disorder with basically all the same symptoms, is not.  So, what is SIBO? The acronym stands for Small Intestine Bacterial Overgrowth, a disorder in which bacteria that usually grow in other parts of the gut start to proliferate and take up residence in the small intestine. This causes a whole confluence of symptoms, ranging from bloating and cramps, to uncontrollable weight gain or weight loss, to even malnutrition when the bacteria eat up vital nutrients from our food. Even though several studies have shown that as many as 84 percent of patients with IBS also tested positive for SIBO, it remains understudied and underdiagnosed.  After decades of dealing with debilitating symptoms with no relief, Shivan Sarna's life changed when she was diagnosed with SIBO. As she eliminated her symptoms one by one through lifestyle changes and help from her physicians, she started to synthesize her personal experiences with Western and naturopathic medicine and dedicate herself to advocating for those suffering from SIBO, or those who think they could be.  Now, in this groundbreaking book, Shivan shares her step-by-step plan to treat and even cure SIBO, with information on what to eat and what to avoid, how to build a routine to manage your symptoms, and how to work with your doctor to find supplements and medications that promote healing. Shivan also includes her 21-day SIBO Specific Diet, which includes more than 40 recipes to put you on the path to recovery. Whether you're SIBO-diagnosed or SIBO-suspicious, this empowering guide will change the way you approach and think about your gut and overall health.  This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of SIBO-friendly recipes.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2021 Shivan Sarna (P)2021 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Soneela Nankani
Author: Shivan Sarna
Length: 4 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Psilocybin Mushrooms

Psilocybin Mushrooms

Summary

Learn the ancient Mayan and Chinese secret of healing your body and mind with psilocybin mushrooms. Are you looking for alternative natural healing methods? Did you know that psilocybin mushrooms could be used to fight depression, anxiety, and other health issues? Do you want to cultivate mushrooms, but don’t know where to start? This ultimate guide on the so-called magic mushrooms will teach you how to grow them in the comfort of your home and use them to improve your physical and mental health! Psilocybin mushrooms are called magic for a reason. The powerful and therapeutic effect of psilocybin has been scientifically proven and even used for successful treating of chronic diseases such as cancer and various cardiovascular problems. Magic mushrooms have been presented badly in the media these last few years, mainly because they can be used as a hallucinogenic drug. Don’t let the fact that people misuse these mushrooms discourage you. You can have a beer or a glass of wine, even though there are people who drink too much, right? This comprehensive, incredibly detailed guide on psilocybin mushrooms will show you how to use them safely, reap the many benefits, and avoid potential problems. Here’s what you’ll discover in this book: The medical properties of psilocybin mushrooms and the history of their use Ways how the consumption of mushrooms can help fight or prevent cancer Steps to use these mushrooms to treat anxiety, depression, PTSD, and other mental health issues A guide on hallucinogen properties and how to control or avoid possible side effects Methods to recognize dangerous and poisonous mushrooms A detailed how-to guide on growing mushrooms And much more! Picking, buying, and growing mushrooms, in general, requires having some background knowledge on them to avoid eating poisonous ones. It’s the same with psilocybin mushrooms, with the additional knowledge of how many mushrooms to consume at once. This audiobook will teach you how to avoid common and potentially dangerous mistakes and use magic mushrooms safely and successfully. Are you interested in trying out this ancient healing practice? Then scroll up and click on the "buy now" button.

©2020 Richard Burke (P)2020 Richard Burke

Narrator: Diehl Stacey
Length: 2 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Whole-Body Microbiome

The Whole-Body Microbiome

6 ratings

Summary

Learn the secret to total, lifelong health: the teeming world of microbes inside and all around us

Modern-day science has allowed us to prolong and improve life in astonishing ways, often by fending off germs and other invisible foes. But there’s no “immunity” to the inevitable signs of aging...or is there? 

In The Whole-Body Microbiome, the father-daughter team of Dr. Brett Finlay (a microbiologist) and Dr. Jessica Finlay (a specialist on aging) offers a different - and truly revolutionary - solution to the quest for the fountain of youth. While much has been written about bacteria in the gut, exciting new research shows that there are millions of microbes both inside our bodies - supporting our brain, teeth, heart, lungs, bones, immune system, and more; plus the microbes on our bodies, coming from the air we breathe and the things we touch all day long - cell phones and kitchen sponges, pets and doorknobs, and even other humans. These microbial “lifelong companions” have an immense impact on our daily health - and, as groundbreaking research is showing, they have the power to help prevent and reverse the most common age-related diseases. 

In this eye-opening new take on the significance of the microbiome, the Finlays offer empowering knowledge, surprising myth-busters, and simple yet effective daily tips that prove “dirty” is the new clean. Whether it’s by changing your diet, enjoying a glass of wine, getting more exercise, trading your antibacterial gel for good old soap and water, or spending more time outdoors, you can change your life today; so that you and your microbes live long - and prosper.

©2019 B. Brett Finlay, PhD, and Jessica M. Finlay, PhD. (P)2019 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories for Kids

Bedtime Stories for Kids

Summary

Do your children struggle to sleep at night? Do you find it hard to maintain the peace with the kids when night falls? This book is dedicated to help familiarize you with the positive effects of the art of mindfulness, and teaches how it can help you in your daily life with your children. In the chapters of this guide, you will learn: Why sleep is important to kids How meditation helps to maintain peace in your child Different stories that will help your kid fall asleep and be peaceful Unique stories that will make your kid happy And much more! So, how often do you discover yourself being more aware of what happened yesterday, and what would likely transpire tomorrow in the lives of your kids? Why are you not concentrating on what is going on at the moment already? Lackadaisical attention on some vital key points in parenting techniques from the onset with kids, most importantly, in their infancy, would most likely continue to prevent you from enjoying good moments with the kids in question. However, this situation could be averted through the powerful techniques inherent in mindfulness. Mindfulness is simply about being conscious at the moment. Something that you, as a parent, should enjoy at times, not only for yourself but also for your children. Even if you have never used magical characters within enchanted worlds, you can learn to do just that within a few minutes of listening to this book. Do you fear to fail to achieve the expected results? Bedtime stories are the perfect way to relax at the end of a busy day. Do not wait any longer. Download a copy of the book today.

©2020 Emotional Intelligence Guided (P)2020 Emotional Intelligence Guided

Narrator: Susie Taylor
Length: 3 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Infectious Madness

Infectious Madness

2 ratings

Summary

A groundbreaking look at the connection between germs and mental illness and how we can protect ourselves. Is it possible to catch autism or OCD the same way we catch the flu? Can a child's contact with cat litter lead to schizophrenia? In her eye-opening new audiobook, National Book Critics Circle Award-winning author Harriet Washington reveals that we can in fact "catch" mental illness. In Infectious Madness, Washington presents the new germ theory, which posits not only that many instances of Alzheimer's, OCD, and schizophrenia are caused by viruses, prions, and bacteria but also that with antibiotics, vaccinations, and other strategies, these cases can be easily prevented or treated. Packed with cutting-edge research and tantalizing mysteries, Infectious Madness is rich in science, characters, and practical advice on how to protect yourself and your children from exposure to infectious threats that could sabotage your mental and physical health.

©2015 Harriet A. Washington (P)2015 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Length: 9 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve

Vagus Nerve

Summary

If you want to learn and understand your body in a way you may not have done so before, then you need to listen to the book that tells you about your central nervous system and one nervous system, in particular - Vagus Nerve: How to Activate the Power of the Vagus Nerve to Help You Heal from Anxiety, Depression, Trauma, Autism, Inflammation, and Chronic Illness, Self-Help Guide with Exercises and Techniques. This book will explain how you can stimulate the vagus nerve and keep the conditions of the body at its optimum. Do you sometimes feel off center, not quite right, but you can’t quite put your finger on it?  Do you suffer from irritable bowel syndrome, stomach pains, tin tinnitus, unusual heart rate, or abnormal blood pressure? You go see your physician, have many tests run to eliminate the possibilities of what can be wrong, and strangely, nothing is found to be wrong! You may have an injured vagus nerve and not know it. This book Vagus Nerve will provide you with valuable information about what the vagus nerve is, how it functions, what organs it interfaces with, and how they are affected. It is crucial to learn and understand how your nervous system impacts your body’s functions and how developing certain illnesses, inflammation, or chronic disease can injure your vagus nerve or even damage it, causing repercussions throughout your body. You will want to make important changes when you recognize that there may be an answer to those offbeat feelings you’ve been having, and this is the book to put you on the path to better health. The vagus nerve sends out sensory fibers from the brainstem to the visceral organs. It is the longest of the cranial nerves and is the controller of the parasympathetic nervous system, the inner nerve center, and sends information to or from the brain’s surface to organs and tissues elsewhere in the body. The vagus nerve has two clusters of sensory nerve cell bodies. The nerves are paired, but are normally referred to in the singular. There are numerous nervous system functions supplied by the vagus nerve and its related parts. There is a way to heal ourselves naturally with time, effort and consistency. Today, scientists are discovering more ways to treat illnesses and diseases with the internal mechanisms and elements of the body and nervous system to correct, reduce, or even do away with certain symptoms of the disease. With this audiobook, learn: How your health can benefit from the continual care and stimulation of the vagus nerve for positive results How many of the feelings of irritability, both physical and mental, may be attributed to the vagus nerve being injured - or even be affected - by an infection in the body How your vagus nerve effects both your sensory and motor controls How your heart rate, blood pressure, and your gut are affected by the vagus nerve How to use the exercises and methods as simple as chuckling or laughing, deep breathing, and yoga can stimulate the vagus nerve in a positive way and keep the body balanced And much more...

©2020 Derek Carter (P)2020 Derek Carter

Narrator: Gene Backlin
Author: Derek Carter
Length: 3 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Red Light Therapy

Red Light Therapy

Summary

What did you just hear? Is there a therapy that will solve all your skin and skin health-related problems? Oh yes!   You heard it right. The latest red light therapy is in your town. Gear up yourself to experience the new you. The red light is a remedial procedure completed through low-level red light wavelengths to fight against all skin problems. It is a scientifically proven method and suggested by scientists, as it works internally in the human body that gives strength to the skin and enables skin cells to energize and sharpens your face features by reducing face fat. It allows us to retain the process for a longer time. This process is a pain relief process, also known as to fight against the depression that makes you feel healthier and allows you to carry out best at your side. The red light therapy exclusively designed under the supervision of qualified professional doctors. Don’t worry! You are in safe hands. Here’s what types of massages this audiobook covers:  Anti-aging Acne Pain management, inflammation, fibromyalgia Psoriasis Hair loss Economical treatment at home And much, much more! This therapy is for all, especially for the women who are struggling daily with their skin issues and finds nothing beneficial. Having scars and wrinkles on the face is the most embarrassing moment that makes you uncomfortable with your own skin. Wipeout all the injuries and lines, and tighten up your skin, remove unwanted hair through laser light method, and look younger than ever. Stop dreaming about the flawless skin that you had. Now it is possible to give a new stunning look to your skin through the red light therapy that makes your skin naturally glowy and gives you mirror shine natural radiant look, so you don't need to wear makeup now because you are good to go everywhere. Walk confidently under the sunlight and stop scaring about sunburn. The red light tanning mainly designed to swab suntan and allows your natural skin to grow, so throw away your all sunscreens because you are going to show your unblemished, spotless skin to the entire world. Get this audiobook now!

©2020 Walter Bishop (P)2020 Walter Bishop

Narrator: Joe Wosik
Length: 4 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Crisis in the Red Zone

Crisis in the Red Zone

11 ratings

Summary

New York Times Best Seller An urgent wake-up call about the future of emerging viruses and a gripping account of the doctors and scientists fighting to protect us, told through the story of the deadly 2013-2014 Ebola epidemic  “Crisis in the Red Zone reads like a thriller. That the story it tells is all true makes it all more terrifying.” (Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Sixth Extinction) From the number-one best-selling author of The Hot Zone, now a National Geographic original miniseries.... This time, Ebola started with a two-year-old child who likely had contact with a wild creature and whose entire family quickly fell ill and died. The ensuing global drama activated health professionals in North America, Europe, and Africa in a desperate race against time to contain the viral wildfire. By the end - as the virus mutated into its deadliest form, and spread farther and faster than ever before - 30,000 people would be infected, and the dead would be spread across eight countries on three continents.  In this taut and suspenseful medical drama, Richard Preston deeply chronicles the pandemic, in which we saw for the first time the specter of Ebola jumping continents, crossing the Atlantic, and infecting people in America. Rich in characters and conflict - physical, emotional, and ethical - Crisis in the Red Zone is an immersion in one of the great public health calamities of our time.  Preston writes of doctors and nurses in the field putting their own lives on the line, of government bureaucrats and NGO administrators moving, often fitfully, to try to contain the outbreak, and of pharmaceutical companies racing to develop drugs to combat the virus. He also explores the charged ethical dilemma over who should and did receive the rare doses of an experimental treatment when they became available at the peak of the disaster.  Crisis in the Red Zone makes clear that the outbreak of 2013-2014 is a harbinger of further, more severe outbreaks, and of emerging viruses heretofore unimagined - in any country, on any continent. In our ever more interconnected world, with roads and towns cut deep into the jungles of equatorial Africa, viruses both familiar and undiscovered are being unleashed into more densely populated areas than ever before.   The more we discover about the virosphere, the more we realize its deadly potential. Crisis in the Red Zone is an exquisitely timely book, a stark warning of viral outbreaks to come.

©2019 Richard Preston (P)2019 Random House Audio

Narrator: Ray Porter
Length: 13 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Asthma

Asthma

Summary

Do you suffer with asthma attacks? Are you looking for an asthma treatment that can help you get asthma free naturally? Have you wondered if there is an asthma cure? This book is about natural remedies and precautions that can provide relief for asthma symptoms, and reduce the frequency and severity of asthma attacks.

©2016 Vicki Joy (P)2017 Vicki Joy

Narrator: Dalton Lynne
Author: Vicki Joy
Length: 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Diabetic Smoothie Recipe Book

Diabetic Smoothie Recipe Book

Summary

Smoothies for diabetic patients! These diabetic-friendly, whole-food smoothie recipes offer amazing health benefits, from losing weight to boosting energy. Whether you are just starting out on your weight loss journey or looking for healthy diabetic smoothies, this smoothie recipe audiobook is the essential next step in continuing your pursuit of a healthier lifestyle. Listeners reported that these smoothie recipes not only helped them to shed pounds but also helped them to think clearly, sleep better, and improve overall health. All recipes are quick and easy and take less than 10 minutes to make. Every recipe contains sustaining information to help you plan your meals and meet your dietary needs. Are you ready to look healthier, slimmer, and sexier than you have in years?   Then get this audiobook now!

©2019 Viktoria McCartney (P)2019 Viktoria McCartney

Narrator: Betty June
Length: 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Hypnosis for Deep Sleep

Hypnosis for Deep Sleep

Summary

Do you have insomnia? Do you know that a lack of quality sleep can affect your alertness and your overall life?  Spending many sleepless nights doesn’t need to be your reality. With the help of this audiobook Hypnosis for Deep Sleep: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide to Overcome Insomnia Using Positive Affirmations and Meditation. Sleep Better and Wake Up Energized Thanks to the Power of Hypnosis, you can fall asleep quickly and get quality sleep every night.  Do you often lie in bed at night, staring at your ceiling and wishing that sleep would come for you? Insomnia strikes when we least expect it, and it can have all types of causes. Frequently, it is found in anxious, depressed people. However, just because you are suffering from it doesn’t mean that you have to lose out on your sleep.  This audiobook is here to help you alleviate your insomnia by using mindfulness meditation and positive affirmations. It is not a cure, but it is a way that you can find some support for yourself if you need it, and it is here if you want to make use of it.   This book covers: Why it is so hard to sleep well today? Some tips for sleeping better Advantages of sleeping well False myths about hypnosis Hypnotic and non-hypnotic methods to successfully treat insomnia How to fall asleep in just 10, 60, or 120 seconds And much more! This audiobook will help you sleep better and avoid all the inconveniences of not having enough sleep.  What are you waiting for? Scroll up this page to the top and click "buy now" to get the audiobook!

©2020 Angelina Zork (P)2021 Leureka LLP

Narrator: Cadia Battersby
Length: 5 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Biologie des croyances

Biologie des croyances

4 ratings

Summary

Cette édition spécial 10ème anniversaire est une version qui a été mise à jour afin d'intégrer les découvertes scientifiques les plus récentes, très nombreuses depuis une dizaine d'années.  « Biologie des croyances » est une œuvre révolutionnaire dans le domaine de la nouvelle biologie. Chercheur et ex-professeur d'une école de médecine, Bruce H. Lipton, Phd., présente ses expériences et celles d'autres scientifiques de pointe qui ont examiné en détail les mécanismes par lesquels les cellules reçoivent et traitent les informations. Les implications de ces recherches changent radicalement notre compréhension de la vie en démontrant que les gènes et l'ADN ne contrôlent pas notre fonctionnement biologique. En réalité, l'ADN est plutôt lui-même contrôlé par des signaux provenant de l'extérieur de la cellule, y compris les messages énergétiques émanant de nos pensées positives ou négatives. Cette synthèse extrêmement prometteuse des meilleures et plus récentes recherches en biologie cellulaire et en physique quantique a été saluée comme une percée majeure car elle démontre que notre corps peut se modifier si nous changeons notre mode de pensée.  Cet ouvrage changera définitivement votre façon de « percevoir vos propres perceptions ». L'auteur, un biologiste cellulaire de grande renommée, décrit les voies moléculaires précises qui en sont responsables. Dans un langage simple, avec des illustrations, un soupçon d'humour et des exemples de tous les jours, il démontre comment la nouvelle science de l'épigénétique vient révolutionner notre compréhension du lien qui existe entre l'esprit et la matière, ainsi que les effets profonds de ce lien sur nos vies personnelles et la vie collective de notre espèce. 

©2016 ADA audio (P)2020 Vues et Voix

Narrator: Tristan Harvey
Author: Bruce Lipton
Length: 9 hrs and 56 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Blue Zones

The Blue Zones

13 ratings

Summary

Award-winning author and researcher Dan Buettner has traveled the world to meet the planet’s longest-lived people, and learned nine powerful yet simple lessons that could put you on the path to longer life. Where did he find them? In the Blue Zones. Blue Zones are communities where common elements of lifestyle, diet, and outlook have led to an amazing quantity – and quality – of life. Dan Buettner shares the secrets from four of the world’s Blue Zones. Buettner’s extensive study uncovers how these people manage to live longer and better, but found in the everyday things they do: the food they eat, the company they keep, and their very perspectives on life. In The Blue Zones, they become yours to follow for life!

©2010 Dan Buettner (P)2010 Dreamscape Media, LLC

Author: Dan Buettner
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Polyvagal Theory

The Polyvagal Theory

Summary

This nerve is more vital than ever before, so take care of it! Since Dr. Stephen Porges has developed Polyvagal theory to explain how our autonomic nervous system controls our physical reactions as well as our emotional reactions, a lot of research and study has gone into this hypothesis to see how the working of our nervous system relates to our physical and mental health.  The findings were mind-blowing, as the vagus nerve was actually found to hold the key to good physical and mental health to a degree that was never thought possible. Are you curious why so many people have chronic inflammation, mood disorders, and digestive problems - exposure to medication, high quality food, and a relatively relaxed and balanced life?  Do you feel like you're stuck in "fight-or-flight" mode all the time, and your body can't focus on working properly?  Sure, this is just what happens to a lot of people.  Your nervous system is one of the most amazing things on the planet. In fact, it's so complicated that scientists still figure out how it works, and they find some pretty amazing things.  Another such element is the so-called polyvalent principle.  That means that your vagus nerve (a very long, branching nerve that connects your brain to your vital organs) is more important than previously believed. It will get you out of the "fight-or-flight" mode by normalizing your heart rate and blood pressure, raising your stress levels, and placing you in a safe, relaxed mood.  It also binds your brain to the nervous system of your intestines, so that your body knows when it's hungry or finished, how digestion is going, and whether something's wrong down there.  Guess what happens if the nerve isn't solid enough?  Hey. Yes. Oh, right, exactly. You are trapped in constant stress, slowly killing your physical and mental health.  Luckily, you can heal yourself by thinking about polyvagal theory and using the techniques of vagus nerve stimulation that you'll find in this book. 

©2020 Isaac Anderson (P)2020 Isaac Anderson

Narrator: Andrew Baldwin
Length: 3 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Keto Diet for Women over 50

Keto Diet for Women over 50

Summary

Have you ever heard about keto diet? What if this type of diet could perfectly fit your age’s physique, for example for women over 50? If you don’t know the benefits of keto diet yet, this is a diet that forces the body to burn fats rather than carbohydrates. By following a keto diet plan, you’re going to eat less carbohydrates and more fats that will be burned first. As for all types of diets, the more specific they are for the user, the more they will be effective. That’s the goal that Felicity Healthy wants to reach with Keto Diet for Women over 50 - the best and specific keto eating plan for women over 50 years old. This audiobook is set up to better manage insulin and cholesterol levels or lower/ higher blood pressure and other common problems while burning fats and slowing aging process. Here’s a little preview: Benefits of keto diet you didn’t now about The role of saturated fats in women over 50 and on a ketogenic diet Ways to make your own keto diet ketones and ketosis  Keto 30-day meal plan And much more! The results will surprise you!

©2020 Felicity Healthy (P)2020 Felicity Healthy

Length: 3 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Back Pain Permanent Healing: Understanding the Myths, Lies, and Confusion

Back Pain Permanent Healing: Understanding the Myths, Lies, and Confusion

4 ratings

Summary

Number one international best seller in pain management and health, fitness & dieting categories. Back pain is now the number one cause of disability worldwide; this is ironic, because the mystery was solved in the 1970s by Dr. John Sarno at the New York University Medical Center. Tragically, few sufferers accepted his solution. Despite possessing the most advanced healing techniques in history, the problem has grown into the main cause of global disability because the focus has been on treating the spine: a failed model for healing. Back Pain Permanent Healing examines why people are having trouble healing, why they refuse to accept healing, and why back pain has become epidemic. Through deeper understanding of the myths, lies, and confusion - healing occurs.

©2016 Steven Ray Ozanich (P)2017 Steven Ray Ozanich

Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Awakenings

Awakenings

5 ratings

Summary

Awakenings - which inspired the major motion picture - is the remarkable story of a group of patients who contracted sleeping sickness during the great epidemic just after World War I. Frozen for decades in a trance-like state, these men and women were given up as hopeless until 1969, when Dr. Oliver Sacks gave them the then-new drug L-DOPA, which had an astonishing, explosive, "awakening" effect. Dr. Sacks recounts the moving case histories of his patients, their lives, and the extraordinary transformations which went with their reintroduction to a changed world. PLEASE NOTE: Some changes have been made to the original manuscript with the permission of Oliver Sacks.

©1973, 1976, 1982, 1983, 1987, 1990 Oliver Sacks (P)2011 Audible, Inc.

Author: Oliver Sacks
Length: 13 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Mindfulness Meditation for Pain Relief

Mindfulness Meditation for Pain Relief

13 ratings

Summary

If you're reading this, chances are your life, or the life of someone you know, is shaped by pain - and the physical and emotional suffering that usually accompany it. The good news: Jon Kabat-Zinn and his colleagues have helped thousands of people learn to use the power of mindfulness to transform their relationship to pain and suffering, and discover new degrees of freedom for living with greater ease and quality of life. Now, with Mindfulness Meditation for Pain Relief, the man who brought mindfulness into mainstream medicine presents these approaches for working gently and effectively with even the most trying of circumstances.

©2009 Sounds True (P)2009 Sounds True

Narrator: Jon Kabat-Zinn
Length: 1 hr and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for An Anthropologist on Mars

An Anthropologist on Mars

10 ratings

Summary

To these seven narratives of neurological disorder, Dr. Sacks brings the same humanity, poetic observation, and infectious sense of wonder that are apparent in his best sellers Awakenings and The Man Who Mistook His Wife for a Hat. These men, women, and one extraordinary child emerge as brilliantly adaptive personalities, whose conditions have not so much debilitated them as ushered them into another reality. PLEASE NOTE: Some changes have been made to the original manuscript with the permission of Oliver Sacks.

©1995 Oliver Sacks (P)2011 Audible, Inc.

Author: Oliver Sacks
Length: 11 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Ah-Choo!

Ah-Choo!

Summary

Scientists call this the Golden Age of the Common Cold, because Americans suffer up to a billion colds each year, resulting in 40 million days of missed work and school and 100 million doctor visits. They've also learned over the past decade much more about what cold viruses are, what they do to the human body, and how symptoms can be addressed. In this ode to the odious cold, Jennifer Ackerman sifts through the chatter about treatments - what works, what doesn't, and what can't hurt. She dispels myths, such as susceptibility to colds reflects a weakened immune system. And she tracks current research, including work at the University of Virginia at Charlottesville, a world-renowned center of cold-research studies, where the search for a cure continues.

©2010 Jennifer Ackerman (P)2010 Tantor

Narrator: Emily Durante
Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sciatica Exercises

Sciatica Exercises

Summary

Do you suffer from horrible pain in the nerves of the lower back, legs and feet? If this is the case, you may be suffering from sciatica. This is a common problem caused by sciatic nerve irritation which causes acute pain, tingling and even poor circulation in the lower limbs. Good news: Sciatica can be treated, and this audiobook will help you! Here is what you will learn from this audiobook: Which exactly are the indicators of sciatica What exactly can be done to halt the pain Different types of anatomy and Many common mistake The cause of your sciatica What exactly is the spine Sciatica relief exercises Natural remedies for sciatica and for spine pain Effective sciatica nerve treatment Simple Yoga exercises Sciatica exercises for pain management Managing pain with drugs? The kinds of pain to anticipate If you have suffered from back pain, this is a must-have, must-listen audiobook. You, too, can soon say, bye-bye back pain. Begin listening now!

©2020 William M Wittman (P)2020 William M wittman

Narrator: Shane Matsumoto
Length: 5 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Spanish Flu

The Spanish Flu

Summary

History of and lessons from the Spanish flu to make the best of the current new pandemic virus crisis. Are you curious to learn of the Spanish flu that occurred more than 100 years ago? Are you looking for a book that will detail the history of the Spanish flu, including how it spread and how the world reacted as a result? Would you be interested in getting a better idea on what you can do to prepare during a pandemic? Would you like to get a guide that would teach you to be safe during the current new pandemic virus situation and make the best of it? If you answered “yes” to any of these questions, keep reading. The Spanish flu was the worst pandemic the world has ever seen, next to the bubonic plague of 1346. About 500 million people were infected by it, and between 25-50 million lost their lives. It occurred toward the end of the First World War which lasted between 1918-1920, and in the United States alone, there were around 675,000 deaths recorded. This book revisits the Spanish flu in a unique way, starting with a brief scientific explanation of the virus and then going deeper to explore its historical context. There is a dire need for this informative and timely book that carefully and meticulously details the history of the Spanish flu and elaborates upon a cohesive response and integrated efforts in response to it. This book revisits the Spanish flu in a unique way, starting with a brief scientific explanation of the virus and then going deeper to explore its historical context. In this amazing audiobook, we revisit this terrifying time that left the world in fear, and you’ll learn: A history of the Spanish flu The beginning of the outbreak How the pandemic spread around the world How the American cities dealt with the virus How the world governments reacted to the pandemic, what measures were taken to counter it, and how it was finally brought control How can the lessons be learned to deal with the current situation How can we be better prepared to deal with a future pandemic And much, much more! The Spanish flu was a tragedy on a massive scale, but it also left in its trail the blueprint of how we all should respond to similar future events. This is an extremely relevant book, especially because it highlights all these questions and more in much detail, so we can increase our awareness of the event and be prepared to better deal with the current pandemic and any future ones. Now, it’s your turn to take action. Scroll up to click the "Buy Now" button, and let’s begin!

©2020 DB10 Solutions (P)2020 DB10 Solutions

Narrator: Jason Belvill
Length: 1 hr and 51 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Thyroid Diet Plan: How to Maximize Energy, Boost Metabolism and Maintain Healthy Hormone Levels

The Thyroid Diet Plan: How to Maximize Energy, Boost Metabolism and Maintain Healthy Hormone Levels

Summary

Your thyroid gland is small but mighty. This little butterfly-shaped organ that sits in the front of your neck affects almost every organ in your body. You can thank it for regulating your body temperature, helping you lose or gain weight, aiding in your breathing, in developing your brain, controlling your cholesterol, supporting your heart, regulating menstrual cycles, keeping your skin healthy, and so much more. When your thyroid stops working correctly, your body can experience some incredibly distressful and sometimes painful side effects. Sometimes the thyroid gets damaged and does not produce enough hormones for your body to function correctly. This is called hypothyroidism. It is often caused by an autoimmune disease, like Hashimoto's, and can cause you to gain weight, feel extremely tired, dry out your hair and skin, make you less focused, and slow down metabolism. On the other hand, your thyroid may become over-stimulated and produce too many hormones, which is called hyperthyroidism. Autoimmune diseases, like Grave's disease, can cause this and can make you lose wanted weight, be less tolerant of temperatures, have an increased heart rate, and experience frequent diarrhea. There are various methods of treatment for thyroid problems; some that are drastic like removing the entire gland, and others are a simple supplementation for a while. Not all problems need to be treated and some resolve themselves. One method for controlling your thyroid levels is to control what you eat and when you eat it. If you are taking medication it is important you time eating certain foods correctly with when you take your medication. Also, some foods interact poorly with your body and thyroid while others do sometimes when eaten in certain ways or in certain quantities. There are also foods that do wonders for the equilibrium of your thyroid.

©2018 Miranda Jaso (P)2018 The Candere Publishing Company

Narrator: Alyssa Baumann
Author: Miranda Jaso
Length: 1 hr and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for World War C

World War C

Summary

CNN chief medical correspondent Sanjay Gupta, MD, offers an accessible, data-packed answer to our biggest questions about COVID-19: What have we learned about this pandemic and how can we prepare for - or prevent - the next one? As America’s favorite frontline COVID-19 health journalist, Dr. Sanjay Gupta has barely left his primetime seat in his makeshift studio basement since the pandemic began (other than to perform brain surgery). He’s had the insider of insider access to the drama’s unfolding, including exclusive conversations with the world’s top public health experts and behind-the-scenes scientists racing to find treatments and cures. And now he’s sharing what he’s learned in a book that will answer not only all our questions about what happened, but also about how our world will change in the years ahead, even once we’re back to “normal”. Gupta argues that we need to prepare for a new era where pandemics will be more frequent, and possibly even more deadly. As the doctor who’s been holding America’s hand through the crisis with compassion, clarity, and well-earned wisdom, he gives you the unvarnished story behind the pandemic, including insights about the novel virus’ behavior, and offers practical tools to ready ourselves for what lies ahead. He answers critical questions: Can we stamp out the virus for good (and if not, how do we live with it)? Should we put our parents in a nursing home? Where should we live? What should we stockpile? What should we know before taking a trip? Does it make sense to spend more on health insurance to deal with any long-term effects? How do you decide when it’s safe to go to a public pool or schedule elective surgery? What should COVID survivors know about protecting their future health? What if you become a long-hauler with chronic health challenges stemming? World War C will give you hope for the future along with real information that leaves you more resilient and secure.

©2021 Sanjay Gupta (P)2021 Simon & Schuster Audio

Narrator: Sanjay Gupta MD
Length: 9 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Migraine

Migraine

1 rating

Summary

The many manifestations of migraine can vary dramatically from one patient to another, even within the same patient at different times. Among the most compelling and perplexing of these symptoms are the strange visual hallucinations and distortions of space, time, and body image that migraineurs sometimes experience. Portrayals of these uncanny states have found their way into many works of art, from the heavenly visions of Hildegard von Bingen to Alice in Wonderland.  Dr. Oliver Sacks argues the migraine cannot be understood simply as an illness, but must be viewed as a complex condition with a unique role to play in each individual's life.   Cover design by Cardon Webb; Author photograph © Elena Seibert; Cover illustration from The Atlas of Human Anatomy and Surgery (2005 TASCHEN GmbH, Hohenzollernring 53, D-50672 Köln). PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©1992 Oliver Sacks (P)2018 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Jonathan Davis
Author: Oliver Sacks
Length: 12 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Addict in the House

Addict in the House

2 ratings

Summary

"This is a straightforward, rich resource for anyone who lives with, and loves, an addict." (Publishers Weekly) Everyone suffers when there’s an addict in the family. Created by an expert in alcohol and drug addiction and recovery, this no-nonsense guide will help you understand the causes of addiction, end enabling behaviors, support your loved one’s recovery, and learn how to cope with relapses. If you’re the family member of an addict, you may feel confused, guilty, and scared of doing the wrong thing. And when you don’t know how to help, you may find yourself in a codependent role, trying so hard to keep your addicted loved one alive, out of jail, or emotionally appeased that you may actually prevent them from realizing they need help. Drawing on her own personal experience with her brother’s addiction, Addict in the House offers a pragmatic, step-by-step guide to dealing with a loved one’s addiction, from accepting the reality of the disease to surviving what may be repeated cycles of recovery and relapse. You’ll learn how to encourage your addicted loved one to get help without forcing it and finally find the strength to let go of codependence. With this revealing and straightforward book, you’ll have the support you need to take an honest look at how addiction has affected the family, cope with the emotional hurdles of having an addicted family member, create and maintain firm boundaries, and make informed decisions about how to best help your loved one.

©2018 Robin Barnett and Darren Kavinoky (P)2018 New Harbinger Publications

Available on Audible
Cover art for Cracking the Migraine Code

Cracking the Migraine Code

Summary

Experts will tell you that there is no cure for chronic migraine headaches. Read the testimonies which tell the personal experiences of patients who have been cured even after 20 years of pain, despite countless medications and alternative attempts to get rid of their migraines. “There has to be a reason why you get these horrible headaches. If someone has told you that you will just have to live with migraines and you can only attempt to manage them, don’t believe it.” Cracking the Migraine Code uncovers the mystery of chronic headaches. This is a major paradigm shift and explains in easy-to-understand terms why you get migraines, why they typically occur in the same place time after time, the physiology of a headache, and finally how to get rid of them so you can get your life back. Once we know the underlying cause and how headaches get started, the treatment outcome becomes predictable.

©2017,2018 Michael Neeley DDS (P)2018 Michael Neeley DDS

Length: 4 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Healthy Sleep Habits, Happy Child, 4th Edition

Healthy Sleep Habits, Happy Child, 4th Edition

10 ratings

Summary

The perennial favorite for parents who want to get their kids to sleep with ease - now in a completely revised and expanded fourth edition! In this fully updated fourth edition, Dr. Marc Weissbluth, one of the country's leading pediatricians, overhauls his groundbreaking approach to solving and preventing your children's sleep problems, from infancy through adolescence. In Healthy Sleep Habits, Happy Child, he explains with authority and reassurance his step-by-step regime for instituting beneficial habits within the framework of your child's natural sleep cycles. Rewritten and reorganized to deliver information even more efficiently, this valuable sourcebook contains the latest research on: The best course of action for sleep problems: prevention and treatment Common mistakes parents make trying to get their children to sleep Different sleep needs for different temperaments Stopping the crybaby syndrome, nightmares, bed-wetting, and more Ways to get your baby to fall asleep according to her internal clock - naturally Handling nap-resistant kids and when to start sleep training Why both night sleep and day sleep are important Obstacles for working moms and children with sleep issues The father's role in comforting children How early sleep troubles can lead to later problems The benefits and drawbacks of allowing kids to sleep in the family bed Rest is vital to your child's health, growth, and development. Healthy Sleep Habits, Happy Child outlines proven strategies that ensure good, healthy sleep for every age.

©1987, 1999, 2003, 2015 Marc Weissbluth, Trustee, Marc Weissbluth Revocable Trust (P)2016 Audible, Inc.

Narrator:
Length: 22 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Ultimate Extreme Rapid Hypnosis

The Ultimate Extreme Rapid Hypnosis

Summary

Lose weight quickly with the help of extreme rapid hypnosis, and discover how to achieve the gastric band effect. Would you like to: Lose weight quickly in a healthy and natural way? Learn how to achieve gastric band effect with the help of hypnosis? Build up your self-esteem and feel happier? Use a diet that guarantees permanent results? But you: Can't seem to get rid of unnecessary cravings? Already tried many different diets without permanent results? Have problems with sleeping? Don't have any experience with hypnosis? Fortunately, everything you are looking for can be found in this bundle. Most of the other diets out there provide short term results. You may lose weight with them, but there is a high risk of bouncing back. I guarantee you that by listening to these three audiobooks, you will learn how to use the power of hypnosis to condition your brain to achieve the effect of the gastric band. You are going to eat less food, get rid of unnecessary cravings, and you will lose weight in no time. Extreme rapid hypnosis will also help you regulate your sleep schedule, so you'll feel more energized when you wake up Here's what this bundle can offer you: Step-by-step hypnotherapy guide: Discover one-hour guided hypnosis session that will help you lose weight Simple weight loss tips and 300 positive affirmations: Find out the easy way to change your habits and learn how to always stay on track. Guide for gastric band effect: Discover how to achieve gastric band effect and develop healthy habits. Fourteen day sleep makeover guide: Find out how to regulate your sleep in just 14 days, and start reaping the benefits. Even if you never used hypnosis before, this audiobook will provide you with easy step-by-step guidance - perfect for beginners. Use the power of hypnosis to lose weight rapidly, and transform your life and your body.  Buy your copy now!

©2020 Brenda Jones; Melanie Kriz (P)2021 Brenda Jones; Melanie Kriz

Narrator: Jolie Holland
Length: 27 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Wholistic Wellness

Wholistic Wellness

Summary

Learn how integrative medicine can help you optimize your health with Andrew B. Newberg, MD, research director at the Marcus Institute of Integrative Health. Western medicine has tended to focus primarily on the biological dimension of health, treating our sicknesses with medication and therapeutic approaches centered in the body. But is biology all there is to wellness? Integrative medicine says no, instead recognizing four dimensions as essential to our overall well-being: biological, social, psychological, and spiritual. Often, illness is related to factors that current medical approaches do not take fully into consideration. Factors such as stress, nutrition, sexuality, and exercise - which weave in and among the four dimensions - are critical to understand in relation to our health. In this eye-opening 15-lecture audio series from leading neuroscientist Andrew B. Newberg, M.D., you’ll learn how integrative medicine combines ancient wisdom on the nature of the human body with the most recent developments in modern medicine to create an approach in which the whole person is considered. Along the way, you’ll gain practical, evidence-based tools for becoming healthier and managing a variety of problems from obesity and high blood pressure to heart disease, cancer, and other chronic conditions. Whether you’re trying to manage a serious medical condition or simply improve your general health, you’ll find Dr. Newberg’s insights and recommendations invaluable. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.

©2021 Andrew Newberg (P)2021 Learn25

Narrator: Andrew Newberg
Length: 5 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories for Adults: 4 Books in 1

Bedtime Stories for Adults: 4 Books in 1

Summary

Are you experiencing trouble sleeping at night or having trouble staying asleep? Do you know that a lot of people nowadays go through this struggle daily?  Bedtime stories can help you relax and reduce your anxiety and stress levels before going to bed to ensure a good night rest. People who suffer from insomnia are usually unsatisfied with the sleep that they get; they may wake up feeling exhausted even after getting a full night’s worth of sleep. However, remember - sleep that is truly good and restful must be high quality, and for those with insomnia, it rarely is. When you continue to get sick, feel very sleepy, or even if for no reason you find that you gain weight, it may be time for more sleep. When your body sleeps without the energy required, your body will have to do all the work, and play and school can become a constant fight. Society becomes increasingly vulnerable to being ill, overweight, and many are dependent on drugs to get them through the day, and to cure illnesses that would otherwise not happen, if each adult had enough time to sleep. Almost 100 years ago, an average adult slept nine to 10 hours in a day.   It was recorded that over 60 million Americans suffer from sleeplessness. In that huge number, 30 percent are adults, and they already show symptoms of insomnia. This means that in most cases, it never just hits you with its full-blown dose. This audiobook is composed of stories that will help you calm your mind, give you positive thoughts, and find inner peace. The bedtime stories found in this book will help you relieve your stress levels, secure a good night’s sleep, and also help you feel energized and ready when you wake up in the morning. Enjoy, relax, and have a nice rest!

©2020 Kirsten Wallace (P)2020 Kirsten Wallace

Narrator: Teena Katz
Length: 21 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve

Vagus Nerve

Summary

Learn how to harness the amazing power of the vagus nerve and discover how to unlock the body's hidden self-healing ability to help you get rid of mental disorders and inflammatory symptoms! Do you often struggle with paralyzing bouts of brain fog, anxiety, panic attacks, and other mentally induced symptoms that refuse to go away, no matter what you do? Is the stress of your daily existence taking the joy out of living and slowly killing you? Would you like to say goodbye to inflammatory symptoms, declining productivity levels, and other annoying symptoms without having to depend on medications and therapy? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this audiobook is just what you need. Ever since the vagus nerve was discovered, scientists have never ceased to be stumped and amazed by how one single nerve is intricately linked with several of the body's primary organ. This vast interconnectedness has enormous potential, and we're only beginning to scrape the surface. In this life-changing guide, you're going to discover practical techniques to help you get rid of both minor and major symptoms. You'll discover how to eliminate deep-rooted trauma, extreme depression, and chronic pain. Filled with cutting-edge methods and highly actionable advice to help you along the way to a healthier psyche and effectively deal with pesky neurological issues by stimulating the vagus nerve, even if you're not a clinician or therapist. Among the insights contained in this enlightening book, you're going to learn: Everything you need to know about the intricate relationship between the nervous system and the vagus nerves Surefire causes and signs of a vagus nerve injury and how to relieve your symptoms Things to do when your immune system isn't working as it should Proven ways to deal with inflammatory bowel diseases using the vagus nerve Foolproof ways to gain mastery over your vagus nerve and activate your self-healing abilities Powerful exercises to stimulate the vagus for optimum health and peak performance Science-backed ways to "hack" your biological wiring and achieve feats you never thought your body was capable of And tons more! Imagine how much better your life would be if you were able to perform a few simple exercises and immediately find comfort from mental disorders and other annoying issues such as stress, anxiety, depression, brain fog, and other harmful emotions and symptoms. Whether you're just looking for a powerful way to help you get in tune with your body and get rid of mental disorders and inflammatory issues, or you're an avid student of the human biology looking to understand the awesome power of the vagus nerve, there is something in this audiobook for you. So, what are you waiting for? Scroll to the top of the page and click the "buy now" button to begin your journey to healing today!

©2019 Alison Care (P)2020 Claster Ltd

Narrator: Sierra Anderson
Author: Alison Care
Length: 3 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Count Down

Count Down

1 rating

Summary

In the tradition of Silent Spring and The Sixth Extinction, an urgent, meticulously researched, and groundbreaking book about the ways in which chemicals in the modern environment are changing - and endangering - human sexuality and fertility on the grandest scale, from renowned epidemiologist Shanna Swan. In 2017, author Shanna Swan and her team of researchers completed a major study. They found that over the past four decades, sperm levels among men in Western countries have dropped by more than 50 percent. They came to this conclusion after examining 185 studies involving close to 45,000 healthy men. The result sent shockwaves around the globe - but the story didn’t end there. It turns out our sexual development is changing in broader ways, for both men and women and even other species, and that the modern world is on pace to become an infertile one.  How and why could this happen? What is hijacking our fertility and our health? Count Down unpacks these questions, revealing what Swan and other researchers have learned about how both lifestyle and chemical exposures are affecting our fertility, sexual development - potentially including the increase in gender fluidity - and general health as a species. Engagingly explaining the science and repercussions of these worldwide threats and providing simple and practical guidelines for effectively avoiding chemical goods (from water bottles to shaving cream) both as individuals and societies, Count Down is at once an urgent wake-up call, an illuminating listen, and a vital tool for the protection of our future.

©2020 Shanna H. Swan. All rights reserved. (P)2020 Simon & Schuster, Inc. All rights reserved.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Psoas Strength and Flexibility

Psoas Strength and Flexibility

Summary

A complete guide to preventing back and hip injuries by strengthening the muscle group connecting your upper and lower body. Connecting the lower spine to the hips and legs is the strong and flexible psoas muscle, vital for everyday movements like walking, bending, and reaching as well as athletic endeavors like jumping for a ball, holding a yoga pose, and swinging a golf club. With targeted information and exercises, this book’s step-by-step program guarantees you’ll transforms this vulnerable muscle, including: Develop a powerful core End back pain Increase range of motion Improve posture Prevent strains and injuries Packed with hundreds of step-by-step photos and clear, concise instructions, Psoas Strength and Flexibility features workouts for toning the muscle as well as rehabbing from injury. And each program is based on simple matwork exercises that require minimal or no equipment.

©2015 Pamela Ellgen (P)2021 Pamela LLC

Narrator: Lisa Axe
Length: 2 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Healing Lyme

Healing Lyme

1 rating

Summary

Lyme disease infects a minimum of 300,000 people per year in the United States and millions more throughout the rest of the world. Symptoms run from mild lethargy to severe arthritis to heart disease to incapacitating mental dysfunction. Although tests have improved over the past decade, they are still not completely reliable, and antibiotics are only partially effective. Up to 35 percent of those infected will not respond to antibiotic treatment or will relapse. The spirochetes that cause Lyme are stealth pathogens they can hide within cells or alter their form so that our immune systems cannot find them, as well as inhibit the effectiveness of antibiotics. The coinfections that accompany Lyme (including babesia, bartonella, mycoplasma, anaplasma, and ehrlichia) are often as incapacitating as Lyme itself. Healing Lyme examines the leading scientific research on Lyme infection, its tests and treatments, and outlines the most potent natural medicines that offer help, either alone or in combination with antibiotics, for preventing and healing the disease. The book has been a best seller for over a decade, and during that time the author has had contact with over 25,000 people who have used some form of these protocols during their healing journey. This second edition has been significantly updated, fully revised, and expanded to reflect the increased understandings from that extensive contact, including in-depth treatment experiences with hundreds during the past decade.  Healing Lyme is the primary audio on what Lyme bacteria do in the body and how natural approaches can heal the disease. This new updated version joins the author’s other two books on the treatment of Lyme coinfections and completes his exhaustive work on these stealth pathogens.

©2005, 2015, 2018 Stephen Harrod (P)2019 Stephen Harrod

Narrator: Melanie Avalon
Length: 17 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Black Death: Explore the Great Mortality from Beginning to End

The Black Death: Explore the Great Mortality from Beginning to End

Summary

Mankind’s annals don’t get darker. Delve into the deadliest pandemic ever known. No one knew where it came from, and at a certain point, it didn’t matter because it seemed to be everywhere...stalking the land with silent menace. It clung to people and animals like a second skin, traveling to distant places on the backs of traders and travelers who didn’t even know they were dead. It could kill swiftly and brutally, or slowly and painfully, and no one knew if they had it until it was far too late - when the weeping black pustules that gave the disease its name appeared across their feverish bodies. The Black Death swept through Africa, Asia, and Europe, taking millions of lives en route. People didn’t passively accept this epidemic. They scrambled for answers and solutions, grappling with the impossible. A very real fear began to take form: That this was the beginning of the end of the world. Social order broke down, governments stopped functioning, churches and religious scholars were undermined, fanatics whipped themselves into a frenzy, and ignorant, terrified mobs scapegoated and slaughtered their own neighbors in their homes. And yet, the world did not then end. Humanity endured, survived, and came again to thrive. This horrifying chapter of our history will fascinate, but discord and disease await. Prepare for the Black Death!

©2020 Sea Vision Publishing, LLC (P)2020 Sea Vision Publishing, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for Estrogeneration

Estrogeneration

18 ratings

Summary

The devastating truth about a class of chemicals called "estrogenics" and how your daily exposures can cause weight gain, depression, infertility and many other exploding health problems. In this book, Anthony Jay, biochemistry PhD and president of an international medical non-profit, offers a clear and fascinating look at: The top 10 list of everyday estrogenics Cutting-edge weight-loss strategies New muscle-mass building discoveries How estrogenics "feminize" males How estrogenics harm children Three detailed estrogenic avoidance plans Specific food/water estrogenic numbers Simple clear language and definitions The US and EU legal status of estrogenics A direct exposé on scientific bias Brand new epigenetics discoveries And much, much more

©2017 Anthony G. Jay, Ph.D. (P)2017 Anthony G. Jay, Ph.D.

Narrator: Anthony G. Jay
Length: 7 hrs and 54 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bright Spots & Landmines

Bright Spots & Landmines

1 rating

Summary

Adam Brown’s acclaimed diaTribe column, Adam’s Corner, has brought life-transforming diabetes tips to more than one million people since 2013.  In this highly actionable guide, he shares the food, mind-set, exercise, and sleep strategies that have had the biggest positive impact on his diabetes - and hopefully yours, too!  Bright Spots & Landmines is filled with hundreds of effective diabetes tips, questions, and shortcuts, including what to eat to minimize blood-sugar swings; helpful strategies to feel less stressed, guilty, and burned out; and simple ways to improve exercise and sleep. Along the way, Adam argues that the usual focus on problems and mistakes in diabetes (land mines) misses the bigger opportunity: bright spots. By identifying what’s working and finding ways to do those things more often, we can all live healthier, happier, and more hopeful lives.  Whether you are newly diagnosed or have had type 1 or type 2 diabetes for more than 50 years, this audiobook delivers on its promise: practical diabetes advice that works immediately.

©2017 The diaTribe Foundation (P)2018 The diaTribe Foundation

Narrator: Adam Brown
Author: Adam Brown
Length: 4 hrs and 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Complications

Complications

28 ratings

Summary

Sometimes in medicine the only way to know what is truly going on in a patient is to operate, to look inside with one's own eyes. This book is exploratory surgery on medicine itself, laying bare a science not in its idealized form but as it actually is - complicated, perplexing, and profoundly human. Atul Gawande offers an unflinching view from the scalpel's edge, where science is ambiguous, information is limited, the stakes are high, yet decisions must be made. In dramatic and revealing stories of patients and doctors, he explores how deadly mistakes occur, why good surgeons go bad. He shows what happens when medicine comes up against the inexplicable: an architect with incapacitating back pain for which there is no physical cause; a young woman with nausea that won't go away; a television newscaster whose blushing is so severe that she cannot do her job. Gawande also ponders the human factor that makes saving lives possible. At once tough-minded and humane, Complications is a new kind of medical writing, nuanced and lucid, unafraid to confront the conflicts and uncertainties that lie at the heart of modern medicine, yet always alive to the possibilities of wisdom in this extraordinary endeavor.

©2002 Atul Gawande (P)2003 Audio Renaissance, a division of Holtzbrinck Publishers, LLC

Author: Atul Gawande
Length: 7 hrs and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Great Influenza

The Great Influenza

108 ratings

Summary

In the winter of 1918, at the height of World War I, history's most lethal influenza virus erupted in an army camp in Kansas, moved east with American troops, then exploded, killing as many as 100 million people worldwide. It killed more people in 24 weeks than AIDS has killed in 24 years, more in a year than the Black Death killed in a century. But this was not the Middle Ages, and 1918 marked the first collision between modern science and epidemic disease. Magisterial in its breadth of perspective and depth of research, The Great Influenza weaves together multiple narratives, with characters ranging from William Welch, founder of the Johns Hopkins Medical School, to John D. Rockefeller and Woodrow Wilson. Ultimately a tale of triumph amid tragedy, this crisis provides us with a precise and sobering model as we confront the epidemics looming on our own horizon.

©2004, 2005 John M. Barry (P)2006 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Scott Brick
Length: 19 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Alimenta tu cerebro [Brain Maker]

Alimenta tu cerebro [Brain Maker]

1 rating

Summary

El doctor Perlmutter nos explica cómo la salud de nuestra flora intestinal llega a determinar la salud de nuestro cerebro. Numero uno NEW YORK TIMES best seller. David Perlmutter, autor del best seller Cerebro de pan, vuelve a la carga con un asombroso dato: la flora intestinal influye de manera directa en cada aspecto de nuestra salud vital, incluido el sistema nervioso. Recientes hallazgos científicos han demostrado que las bacterias que se encuentran en el intestino interactúan de manera sorprendentemente activa con el cerebro, influyendo así en su funcionamiento. En este audiolibro, el doctor Perlmutter nos explica cómo la salud de nuestra flora intestinal llega a determinar nuestro apetito, nuestro estado de ánimo e incluso el riesgo de padecer déficit de atención, alzheimer y esclerosis múltiple, entre otros padecimientos. Ciertas decisiones aparentemente inofensivas, como tomar antibióticos, beber agua clorada, comer alimentos procesados e infestados de pesticidas o incluso un nacimiento por cesárea pueden causar cambios prolongados en nuestro microbioma y, por lo tanto, en la salud de nuestro cerebro. La buena noticia es que éste puede ser fácilmente restablecido y su condición óptima puede recuperarse a través de ciertos hábitos alimenticios que aprenderás en este libro, tan simples que no solamente te ayudarán a perder peso, sino a restaurar tu flora intestinal y a mejorar tu salud mental de por vida. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

©2018 Penguin Random House Grupo Editorial (P)2018 Penguin Random House Grupo Editorial

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Doctor Sebi Diet

The Doctor Sebi Diet

Summary

If you want to effectively detoxify the liver, eliminate mucus, and cleanse the body the safe and natural way, then keep reading! Are you looking for a better, more natural way to stay healthy while burning fat? Are you tired of useless, restrictive diets that give you little-to-no results? Are you interested in living your best life while feeling and looking good? We all want to live life to the fullest. And we want to do it while staying healthy, fit, and strong. However, with the hundreds of useless diets shoved down our throats, it’s easy to get frustrated. Many diets tout numerous benefits, but they’re just not as sustainable as we are led to believe. But health is still everyone’s number one priority. And in this day and age, we’re all looking for a diet that guarantees results while nourishing us. So, how exactly do we achieve that? Experts propose one diet that has been impressing health enthusiasts around the world - the Dr. Sebi Alkaline Diet. The Dr. Sebi Alkaline Diet is a plant-based diet is claimed to help eliminate toxic waste in the body. By alkalizing your blood, it helps rejuvenate your body’s cells and lower the risk of debilitating diseases. In The Dr. Sebi Diet, health enthusiasts like you will get all you need and more! This audiobook will teach you how to naturally and effectively detoxify the liver, eliminate mucus, and cleanse the body. Over the course of this life-changing guide, you will: Efficiently remove mucus and toxins in your body safely by doing this one foolproof tip Eat only the right kinds of food to maximize your results and fast-track weight loss progress Find out if the Dr. Sebi Diet is right for you by learning ALL the benefits and downsides Effectively manage disease by eliminating this ONE thing that’s poisoning your body And so much more! We know you’re tired of all the diets you’ve tried. They’re fussy, unsustainable, and just don’t deliver results. But if you give The Dr. Sebi Diet a chance, you just might get everything you need. Start taking control of your health by incorporating it into your lifestyle...and see the results for yourself! Buy now and get the health benefits you’re looking for today!

©2020 Neal Graham (P)2020 Neal Graham

Narrator: Russell Newton
Author: Neal Graham
Length: 3 hrs and 35 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Chicken Soup for the Soul - Boost Your Brain Power!

Chicken Soup for the Soul - Boost Your Brain Power!

Summary

Who doesn’t want to be smarter, think faster, have a better memory? This book, combining inspirational Chicken Soup for the Soul stories written just for this book and accessible leading-edge medical information from Harvard Medical School neurologist and instructor Dr. Marie Pasinski, will motivate listeners to get more out of their gray matter!

©2012 Chicken Soup for the Soul Publishing, llc (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Alpha Trivette
Length: 4 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Wahls Protocol

The Wahls Protocol

28 ratings

Summary

Like many physicians, Dr. Terry Wahls focused on treating her patients' ailments with drugs or surgical procedures - until she was diagnosed with multiple sclerosis (MS) in 2000. Within three years, her back and stomach muscles had weakened to the point where she needed a tilt-recline wheelchair. Conventional medical treatments were failing her, and she feared that she would be bedridden for the rest of her life. Dr. Wahls began studying the latest research on autoimmune disease and brain biology, and decided to get her vitamins, minerals, antioxidants, and essential fatty acids from the food she ate rather than pills and supplements. Dr. Wahl's adopted the nutrient-rich paleo diet, gradually refining and integrating it into a regimen of neuromuscular stimulation. First, she walked slowly, then steadily, and then she biked 18 miles in a single day. In November 2011, Dr. Wahls shared her remarkable recovery in a TEDx talk that immediately went viral. Now, in The Wahls Protocol, she shares the details of the protocol that allowed her to reverse many of her symptoms, get back to her life, and embark on a new mission: to share the Wahls Protocol with others suffering from the ravages of multiple sclerosis and other autoimmune conditions.

©2014 Dr. Terry Wahls LLC (P)2014 Tantor

Narrator: Pam Ward
Length: 11 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Daily Vagus Nerve Exercise

Daily Vagus Nerve Exercise

Summary

Are you having anxiety or chronic stress, suffering from inflammation, or experiencing difficulty to remember things, sometimes? You can improve all of them simply by activating this magical nerve in your body! In today’s fast-moving world, you get bombarded with daily anxiety that doesn’t leave your head even during weekends. The good news is you can start taking care of yourself by simply “switching on” the vagus nerve - the very nerve that controls the parasympathetic system. The vagus nerve wanders from the sides of your neck, across your chest, passing through the important organs like your heart, lungs, liver, and so on, to the abdomen. If your brain is the mother ship, the vagus nerve is the main network that passes on the messages telling organs how to react.  In this audiobook Daily Vagus Nerve Exercise: A Self-Help Guide to Stimulate Vagal Tone, Relieve Anxiety and Prevent Inflammation, you will discover: Vagus nerve anatomy disclosure The functions of the vagus nerve that hold the secret of your holistic health The important relations between vagus nerves and parasympathetic system and how you hack it Steps to improve your vagal tone to prevent physical inflammation The study on vagus nerve is so advanced that a new field of medicine “bioelectronics” was found Vagus nerve stimulation routine you can add to your daily habit And many more... Years of studies have shown the connection of the brain and the immune system through the vagus nerve, how stimulating the vagus nerve causing the neurotransmitter release into the amygdala and improve the memory, and much more.  In this book, you will discover the proven power hidden in the back of your neck. It is time you start taking care of this gem in your body and start healing yourself the right way! If you’re ready to access your vagus and switch it on, click on the "buy now" button.

©2019 Liberty Publishing LLC (P)2020 Liberty Publishing LLC

Narrator: Sam Logsdon
Length: 3 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Unvaccinated

Unvaccinated

3 ratings

Summary

Why are more parents choosing natural immunity for their children? When I first heard that people were purposefully not vaccinating their children, I was shocked.  Vaccines have been described as the most incredible medical invention of all time - a miracle of science and technology that has saved the lives of untold millions. I couldn’t believe that the seemingly intelligent, educated parents were purposefully foregoing vaccines for their children, and in fact, were so convinced these medical procedures were harming us, they would go out of their way to try to convince others.  When a close friend of mine told me that his infant child was not going to be vaccinated, I thought he was completely insane. After much coaxing, he convinced me to do my own research and challenge him on his beliefs. A few months later, I had read things about vaccines and diseases that I had never heard before. Things that no one - including our pediatrician - had ever mentioned. I was convinced there was a giant conspiracy to try and discredit vaccines, but after diving headfirst into recent scientific research seldom mentioned in the news, I eventually came to believe much differently about vaccines and the diseases they are supposed to protect us from.  This short audiobook will take you along the same journey I made as I transitioned from a dedicated vaccinating parent to someone who now questions whether any vaccines are actually worth the risk, even in third world countries. It barely scratches the surface of this - the greatest debate of our time - but if nothing else, it will give you a clear idea as to why an increasing number of parents are raising their children to not be vaccinated.

©2018 Forrest Maready (P)2020 Forrest Maready

Narrator: Forrest Maready
Length: 1 hr and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Daily Vagus Nerve Exercises

Daily Vagus Nerve Exercises

Summary

Do you want to learn some useful exercises to activate the vagus nerve? If yes, then keep reading! The anatomy of the human body is still somewhat of a mystery to us. You might be shocked reading this because even if you have not engaged in medical studies, you still feel that you know quite a lot about the human body, especially with the treasure trove of information you can find online, these days.   Yet, there are parts, functions, and processes in the human body that are still very poorly understood (and downright misunderstood in many cases). This is not to make you lose faith in the medical system and all those who represent it; rather, this is to help you understand that there are some things that are still ambiguous even to the best and most experienced medical doctors in the world. Advancements are made every day. New research reveals important and new facts on a consistent basis. And pharmaceutical scientists are coming up with new treatments every day. Even with all these important steps forward, there are still many things to uncover and gain a deeper understanding of.   This audiobook covers:  Vagus Nerve Anatomy and Functions Polyvagal Theory - New Paradigm for Health Care Important Functions of the Vagus Nerve Exercises to Activate the Vagus Nerve Substances That May Interfere with the Vagus Nerve Breathing and Vagus Nerve Vagus Nerve Healing with Yoga And much more! Although some of the connections made with the vagus nerve are still uncertain and debated by the medical world, experiential evidence shows that, indeed, this might be the ‘secret’ to uncovering the mysteries behind an impressively wide range of health issues.   Ready to get started? Click the buy now button!

©2020 Wallace Wright (P)2020 Wallace Wright

Narrator: Hugh Lang
Length: 3 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Fine, Thanks

Fine, Thanks

Summary

Mary Dunnewold was a yoga-practicing, organic-food-eating health geek. But six months after a clear mammogram, she was diagnosed with stage-three breast cancer. She had six tumors. The largest was the size of a summer plum. In the next two years, she endured a bilateral mastectomy, chemotherapy, radiation, and multiple reconstruction procedures. But she soon learned that navigating cancer involves more than suffering through the treatment gauntlet. How do you walk the aisles of a small-town Target, guilty of having cancer in public, wondering who knows and who doesn’t? Where do you look when the handsome plastic surgeon kneels in front of you to measure your body fat? What etiquette applies when, during a dinner party, your chest splits open like an overripe watermelon? In this memoir, the author moves from needing a reason to explain her troubles to finding meaning despite the randomness that afflicts us all.

©2020 Black Rose Writing (P)2020 Beacon Audiobooks

Available on Audible
Cover art for Creative Care

Creative Care

Summary

A MacArthur Genius Grant recipient pioneers a radical change in how we interact with older loved ones, especially those experiencing dementia, as she introduces a proven method that uses the creative arts to bring light and joy to the lives of elders. In Creative Care, Basting lays the groundwork for a widespread transformation in our approach to elder care and uses compelling, touching stories to inspire and guide us all - family, friends, and health professionals - in how to connect and interact with those living with dementia. A MacArthur Genius Grant recipient, Basting tells the story of how she pioneered a radical change in how we interact with our older loved ones. Now used around the world, this proven method has brought light and joy to the lives of elders - and those who care for them. Here, for the first time, everyone can learn these methods. Early in her career, Basting noticed a problem: Today’s elderly - especially those experiencing dementia and Alzheimer’s - are often isolated in nursing homes or segregated in elder-care settings, making the final years of life feel lonely and devoid of meaning. To alleviate their sense of aloneness, Basting developed a radical approach that combines methods from the world of theater and improvisation with evidence-based therapies that connect people using their own creativity and imagination. Rooted in 25 years of research, these new techniques draw on core creative exercises - such as “Yes, and...” and “Beautiful Questions”. This approach fosters storytelling and active listening, allowing elders to freely share ideas and stories without worrying about getting the details “correct”. Basting’s research has shown that these practices stimulate the brain and awaken the imagination to add wonder and awe to patients’ daily lives - and provide them a means of connection, both with the world and with those caring for them. Creative Care promises to bring light and hope to a community that needs it most. 

©2020 Anne Basting (P)2020 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Anne Basting
Author: Anne Basting
Length: 8 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Skeptic's Guide to Alternative Medicine

The Skeptic's Guide to Alternative Medicine

7 ratings

Summary

Energy medicine. Acupuncture. Superfoods. Healing magnets. What does the scientific evidence really say about these and other "alternative medicine" treatments for personal wellness? How can we know if a natural remedy is safe and effective? How can people become their own best skeptical consumer of health news in the media? Join neurologist and science educator Dr. Steven Novella for a fascinating exploration of these and other important questions about the truths—and myths—behind alternative medicine. Perhaps the most important skill to have in this brave new world of ever-changing medical news is the ability to evaluate sources and information, and to think critically about how alternative medicine is marketed, regulated, and used. Dr. Novella takes a rigorous, science-based approach in exploring so-called "popular" and "cutting-edge" trends. Armed with this knowledge, listeners will be in a much better position to assess alternative pathways to physical health. Dr. Novella’s 10 leading-edge lectures will answer such questions as: Do magnetic fields really have useful biological properties? Why is chiropractic treatment no more effective for pain management than simple physical therapy?  Can brain games truly make one smarter or help in staving off dementia? Can homeopathic remedies, such as those derived from plants and minerals, really cure ailments? Does cupping therapy really help to reduce pain and inflammation, while increasing blood flow? Dr. Novella provides insights on the ever-widening gap between alternative medicine and scientific medicine, giving listeners the confidence they need to become their own best health advocates.

©2019 Audible Originals, LLC (P)2019 Audible Originals, LLC.

Available on Audible
Cover art for I Can Sit Again

I Can Sit Again

Summary

Get rid of your tailbone pain and sit comfortably again! Tailbone pain is life-changing. It affects the way you sit, work, drive, or travel. It can consume your everyday thought process, leading to loss of concentration, irritability, and depression. However, this is treatable. Your tailbone pain can be treated, and you will sit comfortably again. In I Can Sit Again, you will learn:   What to do to treat your tailbone pain What type of doctors offer treatment  What to expect during your treatment  What to expect as you heal, after you are treated Dr. Stebbing takes the concepts behind regenerative orthopedic treatment procedures that Dr. Chris Centeno discusses in his book Orthopedics 2.0: How Regenerative Medicine and Interventional Orthopedics Will Change Everything, and Dr. Marchetti’s guide on the science of current stem cells options discussed in A Buyer’s Guide to Stem Cell Therapies: Safely Choose the Right Regenerative Treatment for You and makes them easy to understand. Learn what to expect during your visit with a physician well-trained in nonoperative orthopedic medicine and feel empowered as you navigate through the interventional orthopedic regenerative medicine field, stem cells, and other evolving treatments. A life without tailbone pain is possible!

©2020 Jennifer Stebbing (P)2020 Jennifer Stebbing

Narrator: Rhonda Krachmer
Length: 3 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Back in Control, 2nd Edition

Back in Control, 2nd Edition

2 ratings

Summary

Seattle spinal surgeon Dr. David Hanscom focuses on an aspect of chronic pain that the medical world has largely overlooked: you must calm your nervous system in order to get better. More than any other book about pain, Back in Control reveals how to quiet a turbocharged central nervous system and make a full recovery, with or without surgery. Dr. Hanscom shares the story of his own journey out of chronic pain and offers a treatment paradigm that has evolved from his personal experience, as well what he has learned from his patients, hundreds of whom have moved beyond managing pain to becoming pain free. This book will enable those suffering from chronic pain to regain control of their care and life. This revised second edition reflects the last few years of neuroscience research. It is becoming increasingly clear that the brain processes mental and physical pain in a similar manner. As anxiety drops, pain will diminish. Dr. Hanscom has observed that these principles apply to any chronic pain condition.

©2017 David Hanscom, MD (P)2017 David Hanscom, MD

Narrator: Braden Wright
Length: 9 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The A-Fib Cure

The A-Fib Cure

Summary

Atrial fibrillation strikes one in four American adults. Not only do people suffering from this condition suffer from shortness of breath, fatigue, chest discomfort, decreased ability to exercise and do activities of daily living, arrhythmia, and palpitations, but their risk of a stroke, cognitive decline and dementia, heart failure, or premature death also shoots way up.  Today, a whole new body of research - one most physicians are unaware of - shows that biomarker and lifestyle optimization may put half the cases of atrial fibrillation into remission without drugs or procedures. And for those in whom these remedies are insufficient or not tolerated, new procedures, in combination with biomarker and lifestyle optimization, may offer lifetime remission from atrial fibrillation and its devastating consequences. In clear, accessible, patient-centric language, Drs. Day and Bunch share their revolutionary approach to treating atrial fibrillation, developed through a combined 53 years working with a-fib patients. The effectiveness of their plan has been proven through countless medical studies. And now, in The A-Fib Cure: Get Off Your Medications, Take Control of Your Health, and Add Years to Your Life, they share that plan with you.

©2021 John Day, T. Jared Bunch (P)2021 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Available on Audible
Cover art for Dr. Sebi

Dr. Sebi

Summary

Your body is a temple, and only the best should go in it, but often, it’s hard to remember it; this book is exactly what you need if you want to live by that principle. This diet was created by a professional, one of the best doctors in the field, for everyone, no matter their size, age, or background. It will give you every tip and trick, plus a multitude of tasty and healthy recipes. More precisely, you will learn: Who Dr. Sebi was, his personal life, career, and death What the Dr. Sebi alkaline diet looks like, and how you should follow it The list of foods approved by Dr. Sebi The meaning of the alkaline diet and how it’s related with some diseases The factors that make an alkaline diet so What you need to eat and avoid What studies say about the effect of having a regular pH level in your body How acidity leads to diseases Who should consider the alkaline diet and who should avoid it How to lose weight with Dr. Sebi’s diet and alkaline diet The benefits of detoxing your body The detox herbs from Dr. Sebi’s diet and how you can use them Amazing recipes that will help you follow Dr. Sebi’s approach to the alkaline diet The risks of the alkaline diet and how to avoid them The controversies and myths that surrounded the life and practice of Dr. Sebi And much more! Your body will be purified, and you’ll notice your energy sky-rocketing, just after mere weeks of this alkaline diet. Alkaline means that you’ll get rid of harmful toxins and acidic food to find a brand-new lifestyle! Come on, what are you waiting for? Scroll up, select “buy now”, start this diet, and turn your life around.

©2020 Catrin Hendry (P)2020 Catrin Hendry

Narrator: Eric Jackson
Length: 3 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sex, Lies, and Menopause

Sex, Lies, and Menopause

3 ratings

Summary

In this revolutionary work - a landmark that signals the true beginning of feminist medicine - a doctor, a philosopher, and a scientist prove that by postponing marriage and motherhood, women have accelerated the aging process, resulting in earlier menopause and, ultimately for thousands, earlier death. In Sex, Lies, and Menopause, T. S. Wiley, Julie Taguchi, MD, and Bent Formby, PhD, offer strong evidence that the use of synthetic hormones leads to cancer and advise women to turn to natural hormone-replacement therapy - derived from plants, not drugs - to help them elevate their estrogen level for greater energy, libido, and intellectual capacity. Provocative, empowering, and scientifically sound, Sex, Lies, and Menopause addresses the inherent benefits of natural progesterone, reveals the lies advanced by the medical and drug establishments, and challenges women to demand a medical future where their health comes first.  The research presented in Sex, Lies, and Menopause will at last allow women to create their own plan of action to put themselves safely on the path to better health and hormonal balance at any stage of life.

©2003 T. S. Wiley, with Julie Taguchi, MD, and Bent Formby, PhD (P)2020 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Rewired

Rewired

13 ratings

Summary

A revolutionary new approach to addiction recovery from an addiction expert. Rewired is a new breakthrough approach to fighting addiction and self-damaging behavior by acknowledging our personal power to bring ourselves back from the brink. Centered on the concept of self-actualization, Rewired will guide you toward not only physical sobriety but a mental, emotional, and spiritual sobriety by learning to identify key principles within yourself, including authenticity, honesty, gratitude, and understanding a need for solitude. Rewired addresses the whole self; just as addiction affects every part of one's life, so, too, must its treatment. By helping us to build a healthy space to support our own recovery, we can rewrite the negative behaviors that result in addiction. Usable in conjunction with or in place of 12-step programs, Rewired allows for a more holistic approach, helping to create a personalized treatment plan that is right for you. Each section in Rewired includes: Personal anecdotes from the author's own struggles with alcoholism and addiction Inspiring true success stories of patients overcoming their addictions Questions to engage you into finding what is missing from your recovery Positive affirmations and intentions to guide and motivate With all the variables, both physical and emotional, that play into overcoming addiction, Rewired enables us to stay strong and positive as we progress on the path to recovery. Rewired teaches patience and compassion, the two cornerstones of a new humanist approach to curing addiction. Remember, addicts are not broken people who need to be fixed - they just have a few crossed wires.

©2015 Erica Spiegelman (P)2017 Hatherleigh Press

Narrator: Susanna Burney
Length: 4 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Hot Zone

The Hot Zone

30 ratings

Summary

A highly infectious, deadly virus from the Central African rain forest suddenly appears in the suburbs of Washington, D.C. There is no cure. In a few days, 90 percent of its victims are dead. A secret military SWAT team of soldiers and scientists is mobilized to stop the outbreak of this exotic "hot" virus. The Hot Zone tells this dramatic story, giving a hair-raising account of the appearance of rare and lethal viruses and their "crashes" into the human race. Shocking, frightening, and impossible to ignore, The Hot Zone proves that truth really is scarier than fiction.

©2004 Richard Preston. All rights reserved (P)2007 Simon and Schuster Inc. All rights reserved.

Narrator: Howard McGillin
Length: 3 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Native American Medicine

Native American Medicine

Summary

Learn the Top 10 Native American Medicine Treatments Known to Man! Native American medicine can be complex, but it can be extremely helpful. It can also be extremely beneficial when used properly for various ailments. It all depends on if you have the right knowledge on how to use them, and this book will teach you how. This audiobook goes over the top ten healing methods of Native American medicine. It will teach you a little bit about how healing the spirit will help you to heal the body, as well as herbs that can help with actual ailments that are afflicting you. Alternative medicine is gaining popularity once more in recent years, and Native American medicine is one way to achieve a natural healing process. Seven Reasons to Buy this Book In this book you will learn a little bit more about the history of Native American medicine. This book will teach you a little bit about sweat lodges and how they can help heal the body and spirit. In this book you will learn a little bit about the purification rituals and how they helped one achieve clarity and a boosted immune system. This book will teach you about the side effects of some of the more common herbs that were used. This book will teach you a little bit about the best ways to use these herbs to help with various ailments. In this book you will learn what each herb can help with in the form of ailments. This book will tell you how to properly store your herbs no matter what form they are in. What You'll Know from Native American Medicine What Is Native American Medicine Willow Bark and All Its Uses Why It Is Believed Purification Helps Sage and Native American Belief and Healing Sweating Out Your Problems Skullcap and How It Was Used to Help How Devil's Claw Can Actually Help Detoxing as a Native American Medicinal Method Stiff Goldenrod with Its Many Uses The Uses for Horsemint The Way Aspen Helped Throughout the Ages A Few Things to Keep In Mind

©2014 The Healthy Reader (P)2015 The Healthy Reader

Narrator: Violet Meadow
Length: 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Taking Control of Fibromyalgia

Taking Control of Fibromyalgia

Summary

Navigate your way back to health!  Fibromyalgia is characterised by fatigue, muscle aches, wandering chronic pains, depression, and anxiety. It often develops slowly, usually over several years. This book will help you to understand the symptoms of fibromyalgia and provides tools you can use to feel better. Find out why it hurts!  Synthesizing knowledge from fibromyalgia research, biochemistry, current pain research, neuroscience, and pain psychology, the author presents a toolbox of practical treatments that you can use at home to change pain, all without using drugs.  This knowledge creates a fuller picture of fibromyalgia for you, and it demonstrates how recovery is possible.  Caroline’s clinical experience, using acupuncture to treat fibromyalgia, led her to develop the new vagal toning acupressure system (VTA), which she will teach you.  Fibromyalgia pain is not all in your head!  If you have have spent days, weeks, or years of your life wondering what is going on in your body, this book provides essential information to understand your condition and discover what you can do now to recover naturally.  Illuminating and informative, Taking Control of Fibromyalgia reveals an empowering path to restore your natural health and relieve pain. Learn how the nervous system can create pain in fibromyalgia. Find out what the latest research on fibromyalgia says about brain inflammation and what you can do about it. Discover how the new thinking in pain science can be applied to fibromyalgia using self help treatments at home. Use the full VTA Acupressure system for fibromyalgia.

©2020 Caroline Williams (P)2020 Caroline Williams

Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Keystone Approach: Healing Arthritis and Psoriasis by Restoring the Microbiome

The Keystone Approach: Healing Arthritis and Psoriasis by Restoring the Microbiome

1 rating

Summary

We are currently witnessing a paradigm shift in the understanding of autoimmune disease. The latest scientific research reveals that an individual’s microbiome can have a profound impact on inflammation throughout the body. In those with psoriasis or autoimmune arthritis, there is often a lack of beneficial bacteria that normally calm the immune system - known as “keystone” species.  Without these species, harmful bacteria can flourish, the gut barrier becomes damaged, and the immune system runs wild.   Drawing on more than 400 scientific studies, The Keystone Approach offers a comprehensive new strategy for healing arthritis and psoriasis by repairing the gut and rebalancing the microbiome. This strategy is specifically tailored to address the underlying causes of:    Psoriasis Psoriatic arthritis Rheumatoid arthritis Juvenile arthritis Ankylosing spondylitis Joint pain associated with Crohn’s disease or Ulcerative Colitis  Along with a detailed dietary plan, The Keystone Approach includes Mediterranean-inspired recipes and specific guidance on how to choose anti-inflammatory supplements that are supported by clinical trials.      About the Author: Rebecca Fett is a science writer with a degree in molecular biotechnology and biochemistry from the University of Sydney. She previously spent 10 years as a biotechnology patent litigation attorney in New York, where she specialized in analyzing the scientific and clinical evidence for immune-targeting biologic medicines. She is also the author of best-selling fertility book, It Starts with the Egg.     

©2018 Rebecca Fett (P)2018 Rebecca Fett

Author: Rebecca Fett
Length: 5 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve Healing

Vagus Nerve Healing

Summary

Do you know what the vagus nerve is? Do you know why it is the most influential nerve that we hardly know but depend upon for our lives? Do you want to know how vagus nerve can improve your health, challenge anxiety and panic attacks, prevent inflammations? If so, keep reading.... Our brains contain about 100 billion neurons, or nerves, which creates a vast network of 100 trillion or so connections; this network manages every physical aspect of our bodies, from heartbeat and breathing to our senses, digestion and the functions of our liver, pancreas, kidneys, and muscles. It also manages every thought, memory, and emotion we can evoke. Connecting the brain to many of the most important parts and functions of our bodies is largely the work of 12 double cranial nerves that originate in the brainstem and spread out to reach organs, muscles, and extremities. The longest, and by far the most diverse of these cranial nerves, number X in the traditional Roman numerals, is the vagus nerve; its name derives from the Latin word for wanderer in acknowledgment of the diversity of organs and body parts it reaches.  Why should you care about a long, diverse nerve that seems to do quite well on its own, without any help or thought or acknowledgment on your part? Awake or asleep, isn't your heart beating as it should 60 times every minute; isn't your breathing going on about 14 times every minute? And aren't your kidneys doing their job filtering the waste products from your blood and forwarding them on to your bladder, and aren't your stomach and intestines doing their digestive work, and isn't your liver helping to metabolize what’s been assimilated, and so on? Yes, but there's more to this than might be apparent at first glance. While all the functions we've mentioned, and many more, are certainly under the control of the autonomic nervous system, its component sensory and motor functions are more subject to your control than you may realize. You can have a say in how you are reacting, physically and emotionally, to the evolutionary reactions and responses that kept our early Homo Sapiens ancestors alive and ensured their inclusion in the natural selection process, but which now may be overreacting. These reactions may need to be brought down, or the reactions may be underreacting and need to be stimulated. Your vagus nerve is awaiting your introduction and acquaintance to offer you some control.   For example, we all have days when we're tense: mornings when we wake up anticipating a tough day; afternoons when the tough day actually materializes. We've had moments when a situation turns bad, when we get into an argument or disagreement, or when we experience disappointing results after we had high expectations for a positive outcome. There also stressful situations of anticipation, such as before an exam, an interview, or an important meeting. Is it something that sounds familiar to you? In this practical guide, you will find out: What Is the Vagus Nerve Vagus Nerve Anatomy Relation Between Vagus Nerve and Parasympathetic System What Vagus Nerve Does Why Vagus Nerve Is One of the Main "Internal" Anti-Inflammatory Systems What If Vagus Nerve Doesn't Work

©2020 Yuta Owa (P)2020 Yuta Owa

Narrator: Doug Haynie
Author: Yuta Owa
Length: 3 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Close Your Mouth: Buteyko Clinic Handbook for Perfect Health

Close Your Mouth: Buteyko Clinic Handbook for Perfect Health

4 ratings

Summary

Close Your Mouth is a self-help audiobook containing complete instructions to apply the Buteyko Method for asthma, coughing, wheezing, breathing problems, and nasal congestion. The Buteyko Method can be learned by children and adults alike. It is supported by 20 clinical trials. Trial results within 12 weeks included: 70 percent less coughing and wheezing 90 percent less need for reliever (rescue) medication and 50 percent less need for preventer medication  The author, Patrick McKeown, is one of a few persons directly accredited by the late Professor Buteyko to teach his method to others. In 2002, Patrick founded the renowned Buteyko Clinic International to enable children and adults worldwide to improve their asthma control and significantly reduce their need for asthma medication. The Buteyko Method empowers children and adults by re-educating their breathing in order to manage and significantly reduce their asthma for the rest of their lives. Close Your Mouth is the Buteyko Clinic Instruction manual given to each attendee of Patrick's clinics. It is written in a simple style that can easily be understood and applied daily. Since its publication Close Your Mouth is in the top 10 best-selling self help books for asthma on Amazon. The Buteyko Method has been described as one of the most important medical discoveries of the 20th century. You will find the information in this audiobook compelling and life changing. For further information about the work that we do, online resources, and links to clinical trials, please visit buteykoclinic.

©2014 Patrick McKeown (P)2019 Patrick McKeown

Narrator: Paul Metcalfe
Length: 2 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Blood Pressure Down

Blood Pressure Down

3 ratings

Summary

If you have high blood pressure, you're not alone: nearly a third of adult Americans have been diagnosed with hypertension, and another quarter are well on their way. Yet a whopping 56 percent of diagnosed patients do not have it under control. The good news? Hypertension is easily treatable (and preventable), and you can take action today to bring your blood pressure down in just four weeks - without the potential dangers and side effects of prescription medications. In Blood Pressure Down, Janet Bond Brill distills what she's learned over decades of helping her patients lower their blood pressure into a 10-step lifestyle plan that's manageable for anyone. You'll harness the power of blood pressure power foods, start a simple regimen of exercise and stress reduction, and stay on track with checklists, meal plans, and more than 50 simple recipes. Easy, effective, safe - and delicious - Blood Pressure Down is the encouraging resource that empowers you, or your loved ones, to lower your blood pressure and live a longer, heart-healthy life. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2013 Janet Brill, PhD; foreword copyright 2013 by Emil M. deGoma, MD (P)2017 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Twenty-Four Hour Mind

The Twenty-Four Hour Mind

1 rating

Summary

Leading sleep researcher Rosalind Cartwright brings together decades of work on sleep, dreaming, and sleep disorders to propose a new theory of how the mind works continuously. Drawing on her own research and that of others, Cartwright describes how conscious and unconscious thoughts and feelings move forward - from waking, into sleep and dreaming, to the next waking day. One main purpose of sleep is to regulate disturbing emotions. Not everyone does this successfully every night. Her research on dreams of those suffering depression show these fail to regulate mood overnight, and when sleepwalkers behave aggressively they have not had enough time dreaming. With many case examples, the author illustrates how conscious and unconscious thoughts and feelings are being linked to older memories throughout sleep and dreams, and how this process effects changes in thinking and feeling the next day - even reshaping our identities. The Twenty-Four Hour Mind offers a unique integration of psychology and sleep research that will be of interest to anyone captivated by the mysteries of the mind - and what sleep and dreams teach us about ourselves.

©2010 Oxford University Press (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Length: 9 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The End of Heart Disease

The End of Heart Disease

5 ratings

Summary

The New York Times best-selling author of Eat to Live, Super Immunity, The End of Diabetes, and The End of Dieting presents a scientifically proven, practical program to prevent and reverse heart disease, the leading cause of death in America - coinciding with the author's new medical study revealing headline-making findings. Dr. Joel Fuhrman, one of the country's leading experts on preventative medicine, offers his science-backed nutritional plan that addresses the leading cause of death in America: heart disease. An expert in the science of food, Dr. Fuhrman speaks directly to listeners who want to take control of their health and avoid taking medication or undergoing complicated, expensive surgery - the two standard treatments prescribed today. Following the model of his previous programs that have successfully tackled conditions from diabetes to dieting, Dr. Fuhrman's plan begins with the food we eat. He focuses on a high nutrient per calorie ratio, with a range of options for different needs and conditions. He shows us what to remove and what to add to our diets for optimum heart health, provides menu plans and recipes for heart-healthy meals and snacks, and includes helpful questions for doctors and patients. By understanding heart disease and its triggers, Dr. Fuhrman gives us the knowledge to counterattack this widespread epidemic and lead longer, healthier lives. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2016 Joel Fuhrman, MD (P)2016 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: John Pruden
Author: Joel Fuhrman
Length: 9 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Third Eye Awakening: The Ultimate Guide to Unlock Your Sixth Chakra to Enhance Psychic Abilities and Maximize Insight - Extended Edition

Third Eye Awakening: The Ultimate Guide to Unlock Your Sixth Chakra to Enhance Psychic Abilities and Maximize Insight - Extended Edition

Summary

Unleash your spiritual potential and awaken your inner power with the help of the mystical third eye. Do you want to harness the ancient wisdom of the chakras to achieve spiritual awakening and connect with the universe around you? Are you looking for proven exercise and techniques to help you manifest psychic abilities and create a life of peace and well-being? Then keep reading. The third eye has been revered for thousands of years in ancient cultures as the key to unlocking one’s true power. The seat of the soul and a vital part of your spiritual and psychological health, the third eye is essential for achieving a higher state of being and connecting with your spiritual self. Now, this profound and insightful guidebook explores the third eye like never before, unveiling how you can use real strategies and exercises to awaken your third eye from its slumber and charge your inner power. Covering meditation, the seven chakras, and how to expand your awareness beyond your own body and mind, inside this extended edition written by Emily Clark you’ll discover: The six fundamental principles of the third eye Why your larynx is essential for third eye awakening The five must-know steps of preparation Powerful meditations for activating your inner strength How to open your awareness and “see” into the spiritual world Understanding auras and etheric body practices How you can master the art of tuning in Exploring earth lines, energy wells, and the hidden elements of the planet Step-by-step instructions for “dowsing” lay lines and improving your energy balance The do’s and don’ts of energy dowsing Highly effective sleep techniques for tapping into your third eye And more....   No matter what stage of spiritual awakening you’re at, inside you’ll find a step-by-step plan for activating your spiritual power, one step at a time. With tips and tricks, how to overcome common setbacks and roadblocks, and the fundamental principles of third eye awakening, now it’s never been easier to discover the secrets of ancient culture.  Buy now to begin your journey to third eye awakening.

©2020 Emily Clark (P)2020 Emily Clark

Narrator: Diane Box
Author: Emily Clark
Length: 6 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Pandemic

Pandemic

Summary

Number One Best Seller in Contemporary History "A thrilling read. As entertaining as it is informative." (New York Readers Circle)  Our greatest weapon against pandemic is information. Understand why in this definitive account of prior pandemics humanity has faced. Learn how the world’s worst pandemics started, what happened, and how they ended in riveting detail that is all 100 percent true. A concise but complete account of the world’s worst pandemics, propelled by faithful adherence to scientific and historical evidence, Pandemic delivers a fascinating but sobering listen. The lessons learned from previous pandemics provide a roadmap for individuals, governments, and public health officials. Contrary to the frequent claim that “we couldn’t have seen this coming”, humanity’s history of pandemics offers lessons and insights that have never been more relevant.

©2020 Theodore Preston (P)2020 Theodore Preston

Narrator: Bill Franchuk
Length: 2 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Do You Really Need Spine Surgery?

Do You Really Need Spine Surgery?

1 rating

Summary

Deciding whether to undergo spine surgery is one of the most important choices you will ever make.  Author and spine surgeon Dr. David Hanscom has observed that in this era of corporate medicine, surgical decisions are often made quickly, without a complete evaluation or attempt at nonsurgical rehabilitation before proceeding. The result? The majority of spine operations are unnecessary, and many surgeries are performed on spines with normal, age-related conditions.   When performed for a specific anatomical problem with matching symptoms, the outcomes are consistently satisfying. Conversely, when surgery is conducted to address pain without a clear source, the consequences can be unpredictable, with a high percent of patients faring poorly or becoming much worse (catastrophic). A failed spinal surgery can virtually destroy one’s life. Additionally, when a patient’s nervous system is fired up from stress, results are often poor.   A common cry from patients is, “If I only knew how badly this could turn out, I would have never had this surgery.” The depth of frustration at making the wrong decision is beyond words, because there is no turning back.  If you are facing a decision about spine surgery, Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? provides you and your medical providers important information to help make the best choice. All relevant variables are addressed and organized into a “treatment grid”, With this grid, you and your healthcare team can determine the most effective approach and course of action, with full consideration to the potential downside of a failed spinal surgery.  Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? gives back control of the surgical decision to you, the patient. Take it!

©2020 David Hanscom, MD (P)2020 David Hanscom, MD

Narrator: Braden Wright
Length: 9 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Autobiography of a Face

Autobiography of a Face

4 ratings

Summary

"I spent five years of my life being treated for cancer, but since then I've spent 15 years being treated for nothing other than looking different from everyone else. It was the pain from that, from feeling ugly, that I always viewed as the great tragedy of my life. The fact that I had cancer seemed minor in comparison." At age nine, Lucy Grealy was diagnosed with a potentially terminal cancer. When she returned to school with a third of her jaw removed, she faced the cruel taunts of classmates. In this strikingly candid memoir, Grealy tells her story of great suffering and remarkable strength without sentimentality and with considerable wit. Vividly portraying the pain of peer rejection and the guilty pleasures of wanting to be special, Grealy captures with unique insight what it is like as a child and young adult to be torn between two warring impulses: to feel that more than anything else we want to be loved for who we are, while wishing desperately and secretly to be perfect.

©1994 Lucy Grealy (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Author: Lucy Grealy
Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Living with Alzheimer's Disease

Living with Alzheimer's Disease

Summary

Alzheimer's disease is a progressive form of dementia that kills brain cells, leading to continual loss of memory, intellectual capacity, and eventual death. Sadly, no treatment has been found to stop its progression. Living with Alzheimer's Disease: A Complete Guide to Caring for Someone with Alzheimer's provides a valuable resource for individuals struggling with the effects of Alzheimer's and those who care for them. This book is filled with current information to help sufferers and their caretakers understand the many facets and stages of the disease. It explains initial signs that there may be a problem, diagnosis, the different stages, symptoms and suggestions for coping with them, and varied treatment plans, including helpful diet modifications. It compassionately provides insights into this debilitating condition and the anguish felt by both those afflicted and those who care for them. The ongoing struggle with Alzheimer's takes an enormous physical and emotional toll on those who are touched by it, whether directly or indirectly. This book offers an opportunity to make the most of your time.

©2015 Insight Health Communications (P)2015 Insight Health Communications

Narrator: Gill Hoodless
Author: Linda Harris
Length: 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Hypnosis

Hypnosis

Summary

If you want to discover how to burn fat, melt stress, sleep better and activate the law of attraction through the power of hypnosis, then keep reading. This bundle of five books includes: Book one: Hypnosis - to overcome anxiety, for self esteem, for cure anxiety in relationships and for public speaking  Book two: Rapid Weight Loss Hypnosis - to lose belly fat quickly and maintain your ideal weight without giving up on your favorite foods! Book three: Hypnotic Gastric Band - for quickly weight loss without surgery Book four: Deep Sleep Hypnosis - how to say good-bye to insomnia now Book five: Past Life Regression - learn how to remember you past lives, even if you are a beginner Today, thousands of people acknowledge the power of hypnosis and use it daily to improve their life. Hypnosis can create a highly relaxed state of inner concentration and focused attention for patients, and the technique can be tailored to different treatment methods, such as cognitive and dialectical behavioral therapy. Recent studies have confirmed its effectiveness as a tool to reduce chronic pain, improve sleep, or alleviate some symptoms of depression or anxiety. With this 10+ hours book bundle, you will unlock your hidden powers and become an hypnosis master. You can help yourself improve the quality of your life with hypnosis now, even if you are a beginner. You can start - wherever you are - from this moment. You have only to close your eyes, keep an open mind, take deep breaths, feel your body relax. In 3... 2...1... Are you ready to start a golden life? You will be amazed just how effective hypnosis is and will be in revolutionizing your lifestyle. Click the "buy now" button to get the audiobook.

©2020 Ruben Lanza (P)2020 Ruben Lanza

Available on Audible
Cover art for Exhausted

Exhausted

Summary

A road map for healing from exhaustion, inside and out. The economics are simple: You can't run on a deficit of energy and expect to feel well. Yet that is what we've come to expect from ourselves, as we have pushed farther and farther down the hole of fatigue and away from any semblance of being healthy. But what if you had a simple road map to reclaiming your health and vibrancy? Nick Polizzi, author of The Sacred Science, and Pedram Shojai, OMD, and New York Times best-selling author of The Urban Monk and The Art of Stopping Time, provide: Wisdom from the top scientists, physicians, and experts in traditional healing practices A concise nuts-and-bolts understanding of what energy is and how we use it An exploration of the key areas in which we have been depriving our body of energy From our immune system to hormones to sleep patterns, Polizzi and Shojai offer methods for evaluating your individual needs, as well as safe, easy remedies for whole-body healing. Maximize the potential energy from the essential parts of your body and life so you can finally feel fully alive and find the fulfillment you deserve, both personally and professionally.

©2020 Hay House (P)2020 Hay House

Narrator:
Author:
Length: 8 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Reverse Your Diabetes (If You Really Mean It)

How to Reverse Your Diabetes (If You Really Mean It)

Summary

From the author of The Secret Life of Your Blood Sugar comes a practical guide to reversing type 2 diabetes.  If you are reading these lines, you want to reverse your diabetes. You can do it! There are many reasons why well-meaning people, including your nearest and dearest, will do all they can to discourage you from trying to reverse your type 2 diabetes: They think reversing diabetes may be possible, but they don't believe you have it in you to do it. They worry you may harm yourself attempting it. They have tried to fight their own diabetes and have failed; so if you succeed, what will that say about them? They don't believe it can be done - not because they know anything you don't know, but on the strength of unsupported, generic statements they found on the web or based on things they have "heard". They are wary of the changes you may have to make. But in most cases, type 2 diabetes can be reversed, as you will learn if you listen to this audiobook. To beat diabetes, you need a program that is personalized, sustainable, and enjoyable. There is no "one-size-fits-all" solution, and if you try to follow rules prescribed by the experts, you're bound to fail. This audiobook will give you the tools you need to engineer your own solution, one you can take for the long haul and feel good about and that will guide you on the path to reversing diabetes. This audiobook is not a theoretical dissertation. It relates my personal experience. I started out with a startling 12.1 percent HbA1C and 312 mg/dl fasting glucose. Now, my HbA1C is 5.7 percent, and my fasting glucose is in the 90s, without any diabetes medication. You can do the same.  A word of warning: This audiobook is not for you if you expect to find a magic formula that will let you effortlessly fix your problem. It will tell you many things you need to know; it will give you important information and will teach you how to use it to pursue your own solution. But no miracles are included. Getting well comes with hard work. While eating right is a central component of every cure, it is not sufficient. To make it work, you must make a number of changes to your day, to the way in which you approach exercise, stress, and other factors. You need a plan you can work with and that is right for you. I have come up with a simple way to find the path that was right for me, and I have collected in this audiobook all the information you need to find your own. It only took me less than two weeks to realize I was on the right path. Don't you want to find out if you can do it, too?  Not everybody can succeed. It takes strength of character and resolve to do it, but if you believe in yourself, you can reverse type 2 diabetes.

©2018 Kfir Luzzatto (P)2018 Kfir Luzzatto

Narrator: Jim Rising
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Living Beyond Pain

Living Beyond Pain

Summary

"Our national attention is firmly focused on the growing opioid crises. We know the problem. But what is the solution for the 100 million Americans living with chronic pain? In Living beyond Pain, a physician and a therapist offer a whole person approach to pain management, addressing the physical, mental, and spiritual aspects of pain and providing alternative strategies that don't rely on opioids. Through education, pain triumph stories, daily guided cognitive activity, and as-needed pain rescue techniques, listeners will reprogram their neurologic pathways, increase functioning, and experience improvement in their symptoms. For anyone suffering from pain or suffering alongside someone who is, this book offers real, research-based hope that there are better days ahead.

©2019 Linda S. Mintle, PhD, and James W. Kribs, DO (P)2019 Baker Publishing Group

Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Length: 7 hrs and 53 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for 1 Habit to Beat Cancer

1 Habit to Beat Cancer

Summary

Number one best seller on Amazon's Hot New Releases Helping cancer to suck less: daily habits that helped incredible cancer thrivers survive and enjoy life. 1 Habit to Beat Cancer is a simple, easily digestible book that shares the new habits that inspired these people to overcome their cancer as well as the bad habits they did away with on their journey. This book will teach you ways to overcome stress, feelings of despair, and overwhelm to instead feel determined and empowered to live your greatest life, and oftentimes, it takes just one habit to change your life.  In November of 2017, Cort Davies was given just three years to live. He was diagnosed with stage 4 malignant paraganglioma, one of the rarest forms of cancer on the planet. After seven surgeries, radiation, chemotherapy, and experimental drugs, he felt like he was at the end of the road but something changed him one night as he laid in a hospital bed.  He realized that his prognosis was simply a haunting opinion, and the true cause of his suffering was fear and the stress of the unknowns. Cort vowed to live from a place of love and to release fear, no matter the obstacle. He did so by incorporating new habits into his life that were completely life-changing, many of which he discussed in his October 2019 TedX Talk.  From these habits and Cort’s experiences, hundreds of people started coming to him for advice on their own journey. He sensed something deeper was to be discovered and noticed a common thread amongst successful cancer thrivers.  He found that those who had incorporated a new mindset and practiced fulfilling and empowering daily Habits overcame the greatest odds. They often lived longer, made changes they had always been scared of, found spirituality, and ultimately aligned with whom they were meant to be.  Cort’s mission is to now share the daily habits of these extraordinary humans, and teach the world how to make cancer suck a lot less. This is book four of the 1 Habit book series

©2019, 2020 1 Habit Press, Inc. (P)2020 1 Habit Press, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Divided Mind

The Divided Mind

24 ratings

Summary

The Divided Mind is the crowning achievement of Dr. John E. Sarno's long and successful career as a groundbreaking medical pioneer. While his earlier books dealt almost exclusively with musculoskeletal pain disorders, here Dr. Sarno addresses the entire spectrum of psychosomatic (mind-body) disorders. In Dr. Sarno's view, the crucial interaction between the reasonable, rational, ethical, moral conscious mind and the repressed feelings of emotional pain, hurt, sadness, and anger characteristic of the unconscious mind is the basis for many mind-body disorders. The Divided Mind traces the history of psychosomatic medicine, including Freud's crucial role as well as his failures. Most important, it describes the psychology of the human condition that is responsible for the broad range of psychosomatic illness. Dr. Sarno believes that the failure of medicine's practitioners to recognize and appropriately treat mind-body disorders has produced public health and economic problems of major proportions in the United States. One of the most interesting and important aspects of psychosomatic phenomena is the fact that knowledge and awareness of the process clearly have healing powers.

©2006 John E. Sarno, M.D. (P)2006 Audio Evolution, LLC

Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Baby Sleep Book: The Complete Guide to a Good Night's Rest for the Whole Family

The Baby Sleep Book: The Complete Guide to a Good Night's Rest for the Whole Family

2 ratings

Summary

Everything you need to know about getting your baby or toddler to sleep - from America's foremost baby and childcare experts For every parent deprived of sleep by a restless infant or toddler, now there's hope. The Baby Sleep Book is the comprehensive, reassuring, solution-filled resource that every family will want to own. Babies don't automatically know how to sleep through the night; they need to be taught. The Sears family has learned from decades of pediatric practice, bolstered by their own parenting experiences, that different babies have different nighttime temperaments - and, of course, different families have different lifestyles. Instead of espousing the kind of "one method fits all" approach advocated in other baby sleep guides, the Sears family explains how you can create a sleep plan that suits the needs of your entire family. With a sharp focus on practical tools and techniques, The Baby Sleep Book covers such topics as the following: The facts of infant sleep vs adult sleep Figuring out where, when, and how your child sleeps best Fail-safe methods for soothing a crying infant How to make night nursing easier, and how to stop Nighttime fathering tips Whether co-sleeping makes sense for you Nap-time strategies that work Medical and physical causes of night waking Sleep habits in special situations, such as traveling, teething, and illness Like all books in the highly popular Sears Parenting Library, The Baby Sleep Book is clear, comforting, and uniquely authoritative. Its flexible sensitive approach to solving babies' sleep problems distinguishes it as definitive - an unrivaled book that offers immediate results.

©2008 William Sears, Robert Sears, James Sears, Martha Sears (P)2019 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator:
Author:
Length: 11 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Spillover

Spillover

33 ratings

Summary

A masterpiece of science reporting that tracks the animal origins of emerging human diseases. The emergence of strange new diseases is a frightening problem that seems to be getting worse. In this age of speedy travel, it threatens a worldwide pandemic. We hear news reports of Ebola, SARS, AIDS, and something called Hendra killing horses and people in Australia - but those reports miss the big truth that such phenomena are part of a single pattern. The bugs that transmit these diseases share one thing: they originate in wild animals and pass to humans by a process called spillover. David Quammen tracks this subject around the world. He recounts adventures in the field - netting bats in China, trapping monkeys in Bangladesh, stalking gorillas in the Congo - with the world’s leading disease scientists. In Spillover, Quammen takes the listener along on this astonishing quest to learn how, where from, and why these diseases emerge, and he asks the terrifying question: What might the next big one be?

©2012 David Quammen (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Length: 20 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Cancer

Cancer

Summary

Devastating. There’s no other word to describe the feeling when you or someone you love is diagnosed with cancer. On any given day, you might rotate between feelings of disbelief, anger, and grief. You may even feel like you’ve lost control over your own life. While your diagnosis might raise any number of negative feelings, here's the good news: You don’t have to feel lost or confused. In Cancer: The Journey from Diagnosis to Empowerment, Dr. Paul Anderson clearly outlines what you can expect throughout your cancer journey. More importantly, he demonstrates how to cultivate a mental outlook that will help you reach your best outcome. When it comes to healing, mind does matter. Drawing on decades of experience, Dr. Anderson offers practical advice to demystify the healing process, empower patients, and teach loved ones how to provide effective support. Devastation is natural, but remember, your diagnosis isn’t the end. It’s a beginning. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Dr. Paul Anderson (P)2020 Dr. Paul Anderson

Length: 3 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Super Immunity

Super Immunity

13 ratings

Summary

Why do some of us get sick with greater frequency than others? What makes us more susceptible to illness? Are we doomed to get sick when our coworkers and family members do? Is there a secret to staying healthy? Joel Fuhrman, M.D., a leading expert and board-certified medical specialist in prevention and reversing disease, offers a comprehensive guide to superior health. Based on the latest scientific research, Super Immunity shows us how we can become almost totally resistant to colds, influenza, and other infections. The evidence is overwhelming: we can supercharge our immune system to protect our bodies against disease - everything from the common cold to cancer. Nutritional science has made phenomenal strides and discoveries in recent years, and when this new research is applied it enables us to seize control of our health like never before. Dr. Fuhrman explains this new science, providing everything you need to know to put this knowledge into action in your kitchen and in your life. What we eat has everything to do with our health, and, unfortunately, too many of us are living with a severely depleted immune function. Our dietary choices are making us sicker, shortening our lives, and costing us billions of dollars in doctor visits, hospital stays, and prescription medications. But Dr. Fuhrman doesn’t believe more medical care is the answer. Rather, he explains the solution is to change the way we eat. The standard American diet is nutrient deficient. We are eating too many highly processed foods, foods with added sweeteners, and animal fats and protein. At the same time, we are not eating enough fruits, beans, seeds, and vegetables, which leaves us lacking in hundreds of the most important immune-building compounds. By changing our diets and combining foods that contain powerful immune-strengthening capabilities, we can prevent most common modern diseases. Combining the latest data from clinical tests, nutritional research, and results from thousands of patients, Dr. Fuhrman proves that super immunity exists and is well within reach for those who choose it. We all have the ability to live healthier, stronger, and longer than ever before. Isn’t it time you discovered super immunity? PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2011 Joel Fuhrman, M.D. (P)2011 HarperCollinsPublishers

Narrator: Ned Sparrow
Author: Joel Fuhrman
Length: 5 hrs and 59 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Self Comes to Mind

Self Comes to Mind

2 ratings

Summary

Self Comes to Mind is a nuanced and original chronicle of the evolution of the human brain. It reveals how the brain's development of a self becomes a challenge to nature's indifference and opens the way for the appearance of culture, a radical break in the course of evolution. Damasio views brain development through the lens of biological evolution - starting with the simplest organisms that exhibit elaborate life regulation devices but do not require brains. The arrival of neurons, possessed of the unique ability to transmit and receive messages, allows neurons to organize themselves in complex circuits and networks, networks that serve to represent events occurring in the body, influence the function of other cells, even their own function. In this framework, the distinction between body and brain is blurred - the neurons that make up the brain and eventually generate the mind are body cells and are perpetually connected to the body. Neurons are the producers of mind states. And in the increasing complexity of the patterns in which neurons organize themselves is to be found at once the mystery and the clues to the myriad ways in which the brain operates. The systems of neurons that govern life in the interior of a body - the process of homeostasis - are first assisted by reflex-like dispositions, and eventually by images, the basic ingredient of minds. But the flexibility and creativity of the human mind do not emerge from images alone. They require images to create a protagonist, a self capable of reflection. Once self comes to mind, the devices of reward and punishment, drives and motivations, and emotions can be controlled by an autobiographical self, capable of personal reflection and deliberation. The reflective self becomes a rebellious apprentice to nature's indifferent sorcerer. It uses expanded memory, language, and reasoning to create the very possibility of culture.

©2010 Antonio Damasio (P)2010 Brilliance Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Fred Stella
Length: 11 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Immune System Recovery Plan

The Immune System Recovery Plan

3 ratings

Summary

The most prevalent form of chronic illness in this country, autoimmune diseases affect nearly 23.5 million Americans. This epidemic - a result of the toxins in our diet, our exposure to chemicals, heavy metals, antibiotics, and unprecedented stress levels - has caused millions of people to suffer from diseases like Graves' disease, rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, lupus, and more. Now, Dr. Susan Blum describes the four-step plan that she used to treat her own serious autoimmune condition and helps countless patients reverse their symptoms, strengthen their immune systems, and prevent future illness. Dr. Blum's innovative method shows how to use food as medicine, understand the connection between stress and health, heal the gut and digestive system, and optimize liver function. The Immune System Recovery Plan is a groundbreaking, revolutionary way for people to transform their health. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2013 Susan Blum, MD (P)2013 Tantor

Author: Susan Blum
Length: 11 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories for Adults: Relaxing Stories that Help Stressed Out Adults to Sleep Better Thanks to Insomnia Meditation and Hypnosis

Bedtime Stories for Adults: Relaxing Stories that Help Stressed Out Adults to Sleep Better Thanks to Insomnia Meditation and Hypnosis

Summary

If you would like to understand how hypnosis and meditation solve the problem of insomnia, than keep reading…Are you always stressed out? Do you have difficulty in sleeping? Do you need a simple but effective habit to improve your sleeping pattern? If the answer is yes, Bedtime Stories for Adults can be the perfect audiobook for you. Difficulty in sleeping is among the most frequent problems encountered by adults. It can affect your overall health. Fortunately, this book can be a good solution for you. It comes with lots of features like: Sleep stories that can relax and reduce stress It is 100 percent audiobook for an adult and it offers bedtime stories that help you to relax Focuses on the alpha state, which is the state of low frequency and inner calm you have as you sleep It drives you to attain sleep hypnosis and insomnia meditation You can bring your mind into this waking frequency through hypnosis and meditation. The solution to your stressful situation is to attain the low-frequency state, otherwise you may continuously think about your problems. Another advantage of Bedtime Stories for Adults is that you can listen to the audiobook comfortably in your bed without the need to meditate. This book consists of two parts: hypnosis and meditation. Each part comes with different chapters that can help you achieve deep relaxation.The hypnosis part of this book has many chapters, including: The Ghost The Windows The Ocean’s Song Returning to Earth and other inspiring and relaxing stories On the other hand, meditation also comes with many chapters of relaxing stories, including: Stories to Help Adult Sleep The Genius Mind Sleep Fairy From the Sleeping Apple Energy with Your Inner Mind and more... You can have the chance to eliminate negativity thanks to this audiobook. If you want to release stress and give yourself time for peace of mind, this book can be your best partner. The time and effort you invest in this book are all worth it. It can improve your sleeping habits, which is essential for your overall health. So, you can improve your productivity at work and other daily activities. Get your copy of Bedtime Stories for Adults now!

©2020 Elizabeth Stone (P)2020 Elizabeth Stone

Narrator: Tippy Robinson
Length: 10 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The New Rules of Aging Well

The New Rules of Aging Well

9 ratings

Summary

“Essential reading for COVID times.... The tool we all need right now: a smart, straightforward guide that speaks directly to the question: How can I build a strong immune system? The book is packed with clear, actionable advice for building a strong immune system, losing weight, feeling younger and aging beautifully.” (Yahoo! Life) Frank Lipman, MD, is a leader in wellness and integrative and functional medicine, and The New Rules of Aging Well contains everything he teaches his patients - and then some - about reversing the so-called “symptoms of aging”. Symptoms like feeling lousy and looking puffy are absolutely not a given of aging. They’re warning signs that you need to change your lifestyle. It’s your lifestyle choices, not your genes, that have a tremendous impact on how you age, and here you’ll learn how to make the best choices in order to look younger and feel better all around.  Through clearly titled and easy-to-digest entries covering the new rules to know, you’ll learn that “The Most Effective Antiaging Mechanism Is Eating Less” and that “Night Eating Makes You Fat”; whether “16-Hour Fasting” is worth all the hype; that “Sugar Is the Worst Food You Can Put in Your Body;” to “Sleep More and Sleep Better” and to “Eat Mushrooms for Longevity”; about “Common Meds that Shouldn’t Be Common”; that “Bone Broth Heals Holes in the Gut”; and the mantra “Do No Harm.”  And what happens when you follow the rules? An increased health span, where you’ll look great and feel energetic, happy, sexy, agile, and strong.

©2020 Frank Lipman, Danielle Claro (P)2020 Workman Publishing

Narrator:
Length: 4 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Meditation Stories for Kids

Bedtime Meditation Stories for Kids

Summary

Do you often tell your kids to count sheep to help them go to sleep? Is your bedtime routine not effective anymore? Introduce them to meditation bedtime stories for kids. They sound too good to be true, but they really do work. Scientifically proven data has suggested that meditation can help calm your child’s mind and help them sleep better and restfully. This book has come up with some amazing and creative mediation bedtime stories for kids that are filled with amazing characters and lessons for kids with an underlying theme of calm and peacefulness to help them go to sleep. With this book you will never have to face the stressful, long and sometimes painful process of putting your kids to sleep. The author has researched various sleep hypnosis and sleep meditation techniques to devise stories that will calm your child’s anxious nature and quite down their oversensitive mind. Meditation stories will help your child find the inner peace that is naturally abundant in their trusting and innocent nature and can be extremely helpful for kids who are suffering from: Bullying at school Too much screen time before bed Stress Poor eating habits Challenging environment at school I used to sleep as soon as I got into bed when I was a kid. Why doesn’t it work for my child? What worked for you might not work for your kids. Today’s world is full of over stimulating variables that can occupy your child’s mid even when they are in bed. If the normal routine of brushing teeth, taking a warm bath, putting on PJs and reading bedtime stories is not working for your kids and they are still wide awake at the end of your carefully orchestrated nighttime routine, it is time to switch patterns and turn to meditation. Will these meditation stories help calm my kid at night and to establish a sleeping routine? Let’s face it. Kids don’t want to go to bed willingly. They are always thirsty, want more screen time or want to spend more time with you. They are unlikely to just waltz into their bed and fall right asleep. These stories will help your child achieve relaxation, and in time develop a better and more constant bedtime routine. Will these stories help my child in their daily routine? Children who meditate are more likely to develop a better sense of relationships, have superior emotional regulation, self-control, acute focus and coping strategies in everyday life that can prove to be beneficial when they are playing sports or are in their classroom. Stop reading this and get the book now!

©2020 Matthew Confidence (P)2020 Matthew Confidence

Narrator: Betty Johnston
Length: 3 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for It's Never Too Late to Sleep Train

It's Never Too Late to Sleep Train

1 rating

Summary

From a leading pediatric sleep physician comes a revolutionary program that will have everyone in the house sleeping through the night. When Dr. Craig Canapari became a father, he realized that all his years of 36-hour hospital shifts didn't even come close to preparing him for the sleep deprivation that comes with parenthood. The difference is that parents don’t get a break - it’s hard to know if there’s a night of uninterrupted sleep anywhere in the foreseeable future. Sleepless nights for kids mean sleepless nights for the rest of the family - and a grumpy group around the breakfast table in the morning.  In It's Never Too Late to Sleep Train, Canapari helps parents harness the power of habit to chart a clear path to high-quality sleep for their children. The result is a streamlined two-step sleep training plan that focuses on cues and consequences, the two elements that shape all habits and that take on special importance when it comes to kids’ bedtime routines.  Dr. Canapari distills years of clinical research and experience to make sleep training simple and stress-free. Even if you’ve been told that you’ve missed the optimal "window" for sleep training, Dr. Canapari is here to prove that it's never too late, whether your child is six months or six years old. He's on your side in the battle against bedtime, and with his advice, parents and children alike can expect a lifetime of healthy sleep.

©2019 Craig Canapari (P)2019 Random House Audio

Narrator: Sean Runnette
Length: 5 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Science of Natural Healing

The Science of Natural Healing

11 ratings

Summary

Delve into the world of holistic healthcare, the range of nature-based methods and treatments that are both clinically proven and readily available to you - and that provide an alternative way for you to nurture your own optimal health, disarm stress, and deepen the experience of well-being. These 24 compelling and practical lectures offer a rich spectrum of choices and possibilities for your own healthcare, as well as practical tools for creating a truly healthful lifestyle. Whether you're looking for a sound alternative to the drugs so common in our health-care system or you're merely curious about the validity of herbal medications, this course points you to numerous empowering avenues for healthful living. You'll examine a number of far-ranging topics, including: The power of food healing Micronutrients and natural supplements Clinically proven herbal medicines Natural treatments for common medical conditions The mind-body connection in healing And, natural approaches to mental and spiritual health No matter what kind of life you're living, optimal health is one of the greatest assets you can have. In speaking deeply to a truly integrative approach to healing, these lectures can make a profound difference in your health now and in the future and help you live your life to the absolute fullest. Disclaimer: These lectures are not designed for use as medical references to diagnose, treat, or prevent medical illnesses or trauma. Neither The Great Courses nor Dr. Guarneri is responsible for your use of this educational material or its consequences. If you have questions about the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of a medical condition or illness, consult a qualified physician. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2012 The Teaching Company, LLC (P)2012 The Great Courses

Narrator: Mimi Guarneri
Length: 11 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sweet Sleep

Sweet Sleep

1 rating

Summary

Full of mother-wisdom, reassurance, and support, Sweet Sleep is the first book on nights and naps for breastfeeding families. It is a comprehensive how-to guide for making sane and safe decisions on how and where your family sleeps, backed by the latest research in pediatric care.  This invaluable resource will help you:    Sleep better tonight in under ten minutes with the Quick Start guide-and sleep safer every night with the Safe Sleep Seven checklist   Sort out the facts and fictions of bedsharing and SIDS   Learn about normal sleep at every age and stage, from newborn to new parent   Direct your baby toward longer sleep when he's ready   Tailor your approach to your baby's temperament   Uncover the hidden costs of sleep training and "cry it out" techniques PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2014 La Leche League International (P)2020 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Deep Sleep Meditation + Fast Focus Meditation: Guided Meditations and Affirmations to Increasing Focus, Maximizing Productivity, Attracting Success & Manifesting Abundance with Deep Sleep Hypnosis

Deep Sleep Meditation + Fast Focus Meditation: Guided Meditations and Affirmations to Increasing Focus, Maximizing Productivity, Attracting Success & Manifesting Abundance with Deep Sleep Hypnosis

5 ratings

Summary

Fall Asleep Instantly and Sleep Well with Hypnosis and Meditation

A lack of quality sleep can hinder your alertness and quality of life while awake, as anyone with sleeping issues already knows. Suffering through sleepless nights does not have to be your reality. Instead you can fall asleep fast and get quality sleep tonight and every night.

Hypnosis has been used for centuries to cure many ailments, including the inability to get better sleep. You can help yourself improve the quality of your life with hypnotherapy.

This self-hypnosis audiobook you will be able to

Fall asleep faster (and fall asleep instantly)

Get better sleep for hours and hours

Sleep anywhere you want

Use hypnosis therapy as a sleep medication

Increase inner peace

Practice mindfulness

Sleep deprivation can be so frustrating and debilitating, and they feel passionate about helping everyone out there get the proper rest and sleep that they deserve! So get ready to relax and enjoy a deeply soothing and restful sleep.

This audiobook can help to reduce tension related emotional and bodily discomfort, calm the mind, and body, regain focus, and therefore help you to concentrate more effectively by becoming more mindful, improve energy levels, and mood, increase serotonin, and reduce anxiety.

The “Fast Focus Meditation” part is specially designed to work with your subconscious mind during your sleep cycle. The guided meditation and soothing background music in the audiobook will deeply relax your body and mind for the perfect night's sleep, while helping you control anxiety, increase your focus, and get the most out of your powerful mind.

This meditation audiobook will help you:

Decrease procrastination

Eliminate distractions

Improve focus quickly and easily.

Increase mindfulness 

©2018 Chakra Guided Meditation (P)2018 Chakra Guided Meditation

Narrator: Adam Greco
Length: 5 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Medical Librarian's Guide to Natural Mental Health

The Medical Librarian's Guide to Natural Mental Health

Summary

The thrust of this book is nutrition and complimentary therapies for digital addiction, anxiety, bipolar, depression, and schizophrenia. Useful resources to find authoritative information on all the included mental disorders from the American medical perspective are included. Truisms that have been passed down through the ages about mental health that have stood the rigors of scientific inquiry are presented. The role of nutrition in ameliorating anxiety is discussed. Light is thrown on the benefits of meditation, yoga, aromatherapy, exercise, the healing power of music, and the detrimental effects of playing too many video games on anxiety. Next, the role of nutrition in helping manage bipolar disorder is included. The effect of light on bipolar disorder and the importance of good sleep hygiene is underlined. Then, how nutrition affects depression is discussed. A question relevant to many of us, "What are the effects of being indoors all the time?" is delved into. A long list of things that can be helpful for ameliorating depression is presented, including: natural herbal remedies, meditation, religion, yoga, the effect of too much or too little light, the role of exercise, the role of music on mood, the role of a positive social network in recovery, the role of pets, the harmful effects of the digital lives we lead, and the healing power of scent. Finally, the amazing fact that nutrition can sometimes prevent psychosis in its beginning stages before it becomes full-blown schizophrenia is looked at. The effects of eating right, exercising, meditation, the benefits of certain video games on how the mind works, strategies to keep weight off, and how to minimize damage to the liver from the unhealthy effects of medicine for schizophrenia are discussed. Additional mental health tips have been added to the second edition.

©2014 William Jiang (P)2014 William Jiang

Narrator: Tessa Petersen
Length: 2 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Insulin-Resistance Diet (Revised and Updated)

The Insulin-Resistance Diet (Revised and Updated)

Summary

Conquer insulin resistance. Reduce cravings. Eat your favorite foods. And lose weight!  If you have tried every diet and are still struggling with your weight, the real culprit may be insulin resistance. When you have more glucose than your body needs, your body responds by producing more insulin to stabilize your blood sugar level and store the excess glucose as fat.  In The Insulin-Resistance Diet, Cheryle R. Hart and Mary Kay Grossman show you how to control insulin resistance and lose weight without sacrificing all of your favorite foods. Overcome insulin resistance and lose weight with: The exclusive link-and-balance eating method, which balances carbs with the right amount of protein at the right time for maximum weight loss Self-tests to determine your insulin resistance and check your progress with linking and balancing Real-world strategies for eating at home and out on the town Easy-to-make, tasty recipes and livable meal plans The Insulin-Resistance Diet is expertly narrated by Maryann Sullivan. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2008 Cheryle R. Hart and Mary Kay Grossman (P)2020 Echo Point Books & Media, LLC

Length: 5 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Love Your Gut

Love Your Gut

Summary

If you ask Dr. Megan Rossi about the best investment you can make in your future, she’ll tell you: Look after your gut. Seventy million Americans suffer from gut-related issues, diagnosed or otherwise. But it’s not just about gut symptoms: Whatever our wellness goals are - weight management, improved fitness, healthier skin, stronger immunity, or even happiness - gut microbes can be our best allies.  Dr. Rossi opens Love Your Gut with easy-to-follow questionnaires that will help listeners discern their current health status and craft a personal action plan. She follows with evidence-based strategies on everything from sleep to yoga; expert advice on dealing with IBS, food intolerance, and other challenges; and over 50 delicious meal ideas: from Banana, Fig, and Zucchini Breakfast Loaf to Creamy Pistachio Pesto Pasta. (Did you know your gut microbes crave variety? Ideally 30 different plant-based foods each week!) Love Your Gut makes it fun and easy to supercharge your digestive health and transform your well-being - from the inside out.

©2021 Megan Rossi (P)2021 Dreamscape Media, LLC

Narrator: Angie Kane
Author: Megan Rossi
Length: 6 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve

Vagus Nerve

Summary

Did you know you can completely get rid of anxiety, panic attacks, and depression without using any medication? This practical guide helps you to understand fast and easily the cranial nerves as the key to our psychological and physical well-being. The book illustrates the simple ways we can regulate the vagus nerve in order to initiate deep relaxation, improve sleep, and recover from injury, trauma, and understand how to quit smoking and drinking without take any drugs that will ruin your body. Many researchers now believe that the vagus nerve might be the solution to all human health issues. Understanding the power of the vagus nerve will not only open your mind to the power you have when it comes to controlling your health, but will also give you the freedom to live your life without fear and worries. Yes. This theory could revolutionize your life and the entire healing industries.  If you have been suffering from anxiety, depression, panic attacks, or any other type of anxiety disorder, do not waste any more time. Scroll up and click on the "buy now" button.

©2020 Maria Carter (P)2020 Maria Carter

Narrator: Orlena Cain
Author: Maria Carter
Length: 3 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Healing Back Pain

Healing Back Pain

63 ratings

Summary

Do you have back, neck, or shoulder pain that keeps recurring or won't go away? Do you have to "baby" your back? Does back pain keep you from living a full life? If so, you may be suffering from TMS - (Tension Myositis Syndrome) - and you don't have to take it anymore! Dr. John E. Sarno, author of the revolutionary book Mind Over Back Pain, is a medical pioneer whose program has helped patients overcome their back conditions- without drugs or dangerous surgery. Now, using his latest research into TMS, Dr. Sarno goes one step further. After identifying stress and other psychological factors in back pain, he demonstrates how many of his patients have then gone on to heal themselves without exercise or other physical therapy. Discover why self-motivated and successful people are prone to TMS, how anxiety and repressed anger trigger muscle spasms, how people "train themselves" to experience back pain, and how you may get relief from back pain within two to six weeks by recognizing TMS and its causes.

©1991 by John E. Sarno, M.D. (P)1999 by Audio Renaissance

Length: 3 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve

Vagus Nerve

Summary

Do you suffer from daily, small, or chronic pains? Have you tried to heal with the classic remedies, but have not found any benefits? Do you want to heal with your natural power and without side effects? Then, this essential guide is for you. Your vagus nerve is the largest and most important nerve in your body. It carries messages to and from your brain, gut, heart, all the organs of the abdomen and other major muscles and organs. The vagus nerve has its own intelligence, and surely you have had a "gut feeling" about something that does not seem logical from conventional thinking. Well, that's thanks to the vagus nerve. By stimulating vagus nerve, you activate the parasympathetic nervous system and produce neurotransmitters that calm the body. Scientists and doctors are now getting more and more interested in this secret nerve. There are quite a number of medical conditions such as psychological and physical diseases that can be taken care of by simply stimulating vagus nerve in the right way as shown in this book. Find relief from anxiety and depression, migraines, back pain, inflammation-related diseases ?u?h ?? ??il????, rheumatoid ?rthriti?, infl?mm?t?r? b?w?l ??ndr?m?, anxi?t?, PTSD, SIBO, fibromyalgia, peptic ulcer, insomnia, m?m?r? i??u??, chronic ??in, diabetes, autoimmune diseases, ?l??? di??rd?r?, multiple sclerosis, ?nd ?v?n ??n??r. All of the claims and recommendations in this book are backed up by scientific research and provided with references to the source. You will discover: How to strength vagus nerve function and restore your body to good health How to save time by going directly to the source of the problem and fixing it from the inside out without any concerning side effects How to improve social behavior (It is possible to alleviate some of the symptoms at the core of many cases of autism spectrum disorders.) Are you ready to experience amazing health and wellness benefits? Scroll up and click "buy now"!

©2019 Stanley Feldman Mayer (P)2020 Stanley Feldman Mayer

Length: 3 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Mastering Diabetes

Mastering Diabetes

9 ratings

Summary

A groundbreaking method to master all types of diabetes by reversing insulin resistance. Current medical wisdom advises that anyone suffering from diabetes or prediabetes should eat a low-carbohydrate, high-fat diet. But in this revolutionary audiobook, Cyrus Khambatta, PhD, and Robby Barbaro, MPH, rely on a century of research to show that advice is misguided. While it may improve short-term blood glucose control, such a diet also increases the long-term risk for chronic diseases like cancer, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, chronic kidney disease, and fatty liver disease. The revolutionary solution is to eat a low-fat plant-based whole-food diet, the most powerful way to reverse insulin resistance in all types of diabetes: type 1, type 1.5, type 2, prediabetes, and gestational diabetes. As the creators of the extraordinary and effective Mastering Diabetes Method, Khambatta and Barbaro lay out a step-by-step plan proven to reverse insulin resistance - the root cause of blood glucose variability - while improving overall health and maximizing life expectancy. Armed with more than 800 scientific references and drawing on more than 36 years of personal experience living with type 1 diabetes themselves, the authors show how to eat large quantities of carbohydrate-rich whole foods like bananas, potatoes, and quinoa while decreasing blood glucose, oral medication, and insulin requirements. They also provide life-changing advice on intermittent fasting and daily exercise and offer tips on eating in tricky situations, such as restaurant meals and family dinners. Perhaps best of all: On the Mastering Diabetes Method, you will never go hungry. With more than 30 delicious, filling, and nutrient-dense recipes and backed by cutting-edge nutritional science, Mastering Diabetes will help you maximize your insulin sensitivity, attain your ideal body weight, improve your digestive health, gain energy, live an active life, and feel the best you've felt in years. Includes a PDF of recipes and illustrations.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Cyrus Khambatta, Robby Barbaro (P)2020 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Diabetic Keto Diet Book

Diabetic Keto Diet Book

1 rating

Summary

Take control of your diabetes! Enjoy keto diabetes-friendly meals! Start exercising, stop stressing, and master diabetes-friendly dining. This Diabetic Keto Diet Book shows you that diabetic dieting doesn’t require depriving yourself. Being diagnosed with diabetes doesn't mean you can't still enjoy all your favorite comfort foods. Diabetic Keto Diet Book will show you how you can regulate your blood sugar and lose weight, all while eating meals that are hearty, flavorful, and nourishing. Long-term management of diabetes starts in the kitchen. This diabetic audiobook includes: Current information on foods to eat, foods to avoid, and nutritional basics Delicious, diabetes-friendly recipes - enjoy healthy and tasty meals that take the stress out of watching what you eat. All of the guidance and support you need to thrive with diabetes. Take control of your diabetes with Diabetic Keto Diet Book.

©2019 Viktoria McCartney (P)2019 Viktoria McCartney

Length: 2 hrs and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The HPV Vaccine on Trial

The HPV Vaccine on Trial

5 ratings

Summary

A groundbreaking guide to the HPV vaccine and the science, safety, and business behind it Cancer strikes fear in people’s hearts around globe. So the appearance of a vaccine to prevent cancer - as we are assured the human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccine will - seemed like a game-changer. Since 2006, over 80 countries have approved the vaccine, with glowing endorsements from the world’s foremost medical authorities. Bringing in over $2.5 billion in annual sales, the HPV vaccine is a pharmaceutical juggernaut. Yet scandal now engulfs it worldwide. The HPV Vaccine on Trial is a shocking tale, chronicling the global efforts to sell and compel this alleged miracle. The audiobook opens with the vaccine’s invention, winds through its regulatory labyrinths, details the crushing denial and dismissal of reported harms and deaths, and uncovers the enormous profits pharma and inventors have reaped. Authors Holland, Mack Rosenberg, and Iorio drill down into the clinical trial data, government approvals, advertising, and personal accounts of egregious injuries that have followed in countries as far-flung as Japan, Australia, Colombia, India, Ireland, the UK, and Denmark. The authors have written an unprecedented exposé about this vaunted vaccine. Spoken in plain language, the audiobook is for everyone concerned - parents, patients, doctors, nurses, scientists, healthcare organizations, government officials, and schools. Ultimately, this audiobook is not just about the HPV vaccine, but about how industry, government, and medical authorities may be putting the world’s children in harm’s way. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 Mary Holland, Kim Mack Rosenberg, & Eileen Iorio (P)2019 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Dear Lyme Disease

Dear Lyme Disease

Summary

This audiobook is a must-listen for anyone who lives with Lyme Disease, autoimmune disease, and chronic pain or illness and is looking for alternative healing options to find hope, support, and purpose in their lives again. In 2015, Wendi’s life drastically changed when she was diagnosed with Lyme disease and other life-threatening infections. She was once a competitive athlete, enjoyed the flexibility and freedom of her life to being bedridden. She shares her struggles, along with her celebrations of living with Lyme disease and chronic pain so that you have an opportunity to get to know her and, perhaps, connect on a deeper level. Wendi’s life and health were abruptly rerouted on a path that was scary and unknown. Her physical and mental body could no longer think, move, or function properly. She shares her personal healing experience of living through a serious health crisis and how she turned it into something meaningful and purposeful in her life. Within this new view of living with multiple diagnoses, symptoms, and pain, she practiced the alternative healing tools and methods in this book so that she could reclaim her health and start creating a life she enjoyed and loved again and to teach you how to do the same. As you listen to this book, Wendi guides you through each chapter and the 14 weeks of alternative healing tools to explore. Each chapter takes you from theory to practice, learning alternative healing tools and engaging in experiential exercises to start implementing a new way of thinking, living, and finding your “new normal” and hope again.  This audiobook is a great reminder that it is okay to let go of the life you thought you would have had and start living the life in front of you. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Wendi M. Lindenmuth (P)2020 Wendi M. Lindenmuth

Narrator: Megan Hudgins
Length: 2 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Beauty of Dirty Skin

The Beauty of Dirty Skin

6 ratings

Summary

Internationally renowned dermatologist and research scientist Dr. Whitney Bowe presents, for the first time, the connection between a healthy gut and radiant, clear skin, with a 21-day program to maximize skin health and beauty. Every year, nearly 80 million Americans will consult their doctors about their skin. In fact, skin disorders beat out anxiety, depression, back pain, and diabetes as the number-one reason Americans see their doctors. Unfortunately, however, the vast majority will receive only a surface-level treatment, leaving the underlying conditions at the root of their skin issues unresolved. Skin doesn't lie; it reflects overall health in unimaginable ways. In The Beauty of Dirty Skin, internationally renowned dermatologist and scientist Dr. Whitney Bowe shows readers that skin health is much more than skin deep. As a pioneering researcher on the cutting edge of the gut-brain-skin axis, she explains how the spectrum of skin disorders - from stubborn acne and rosacea to psoriasis, eczema, and premature wrinkling - are manifestations of irregularities rooted in the gut. Lasers, scalpels, creams, and prescription pads alone will not guarantee the consistently healthy, glowing skin we all seek. Instead, Dr. Bowe focuses on the microbiome - where trillions of microbes "speak" to your skin via the brain - and highlights the connection between sleep, stress, diet, gastrointestinal health, and the health of your skin. With simple explanations of the science, do-it-yourself practical skincare strategies, and a life-changing 21-day program, The Beauty of Dirty Skin is your roadmap to great skin from the inside out and the outside in. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.  

©2018 Whitney Bowe (P)2018 Hachette Audio

Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Vagus Nerve

Vagus Nerve

Summary

Do you suffer from some sort of chronic illness? Do you experience anxiety or stress? Whether physical or mental, whether you are suffering from pain, discomfort, malaise, or other issues, relief is here for you! Our bodies are regulated through the autonomic nervous system. Body and mind have a special way of communicating with each other thought the vagus nerve, which extends from the brain stem throughout the whole body. It  wanders so much that its name literally comes from the Latin word for wanderer because it regulates everything: from your heart rate to feeling like you can sleep. Until it doesn’t anymore. Sometimes, our nerves go out of whack, struggling to activate or activating too much, and the end result is uncomfortable: It can trigger autoimmune issues or inflammation. It can also cause problems with digestion, or your immune system. It can even make it difficult for you to sleep or function on a daily basis. In fact, it can even cause you to struggle with PTSD or anxiety. The vagus nerve controls it all!  Within this audiobook, you will be provided with information necessary to understand how the vagus nerve works within your own body as well as how best to regulate yourself using it. You can effectively stimulate your own vagus nerve, pushing it to behave accordingly and activating the parasympathetic response associated with being able to eat and rest in peace. In this audiobook, you will find: In First Part: a comprehensive guide to the vagus nerve, understanding what it is, where it is, how it works, and how it interacts with the body and mind; In Second Part: Several pathologies and how they relate to the vagus nerve - you will learn what these pathologies are, the symptoms, what causes them, and how the vagus nerve ties into it, whether through treatment or through causing them; In Third Part: All therapies and exercises for stimulating the vagus nerve! The eight exhaustive sections, cover all easy ways to activate and exercise the nerve, strengthening its function and restoring your body and mind to good health. They also cover how its stimulation works and how to unlock its power to heal your body and get back to a state of balance! Many studies have shown a connection of the brain and the immune system through the vagus nerve. It is time you start taking care of this magical nerve in your body and start healing yourself the right way!  There is so much information within this audiobook that you are bound to find something that will be of use to you! What are you waiting for? Get the audiobook now!

©2019 Matthew Pain (P)2020 Matthew Pain

Narrator: Jack Powell
Author: Matthew Pain
Length: 3 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for What Do I Eat Now?

What Do I Eat Now?

Summary

Any person diagnosed with diabetes has one simple question: What do I eat now?  When diagnosed with type 2 diabetes, doctors typically tell their patients to start eating healthy. But what does that mean? If figuring out what to eat seems like taking a test, here's the solution, the American Diabetes Association book, What Do I Eat Now?. In clear, concise, and down-to-earth language that takes the mystery out of confusing nutrition recommendations, this indispensable guide can help listeners make lasting changes in as little as a month. In only four weeks, listeners can eat better, improve their diabetes management, and live a healthier lifestyle.  With What Do I Eat Now?, listeners will be able to: Start off fast - quickly turn their diet around Do it right - learn what to eat and when Cut to the chase - follow easy, straightforward advice from diabetes experts Leave confusion behind - learn essential nutrition tips everyday

©2015 the American Diabetes Association, Inc. (P)2018 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Pandemic Century

The Pandemic Century

1 rating

Summary

Ever since the 1918 Spanish influenza pandemic, scientists have dreamed of preventing catastrophic outbreaks of infectious disease. Yet despite a century of medical progress, viral and bacterial disasters continue to take us by surprise, inciting panic and dominating news cycles. From the Spanish flu to the 1924 outbreak of pneumonic plague in Los Angeles to the 1930 "parrot fever" pandemic, through the more recent SARS, Ebola, and Zika epidemics, the last one hundred years have been marked by a succession of unanticipated pandemic alarms.  In The Pandemic Century, a lively account of scares both infamous and less known, Mark Honigsbaum combines reportage with the history of science and medical sociology to artfully reconstruct epidemiological mysteries and the ecology of infectious diseases. We meet dedicated disease detectives, obstructive or incompetent public health officials, and brilliant scientists often blinded by their own knowledge of bacteria and viruses. Like man-eating sharks, predatory pathogens are always present in nature, waiting to strike; when one is seemingly vanquished, others appear in its place. These pandemics remind us of the limits of scientific knowledge, as well as the role that human behavior and technologies play in the emergence and spread of microbial diseases.

©2019 Mark Honigsbaum (P)2019 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Narrator: John Lee
Length: 13 hrs and 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sleeping Through the Night, Revised Edition

Sleeping Through the Night, Revised Edition

Summary

Right after "Is it a boy or a girl?" and "What's his/her name?," the next question people invariably ask new parents is "Are you getting any sleep?"  Unfortunately, the answer is usually "Not much." In fact, studies show that approximately 25 percent of young children experience some type of sleep problem and, as any bleary-eyed parent will attest, it is one of the most difficult challenges of parenting.  Drawing on her 25-plus years of experience in the assessment and treatment of common sleep problems in children, Dr. Jodi A. Mindell provides tips and techniques, the answers to commonly asked questions, and case studies and quotes from parents who have successfully solved their children's sleep problems. Unlike other books on the subject, Dr. Mindell also offers practical tips on bedtime, rather than middle-of-the-night-sleep training, and shows how all members of the family can cope with the stresses associated with teaching a child to sleep.

©2005 Jodi A. Mindell (P)2018 Tantor

Narrator: Susan Boyce
Length: 11 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for CBD Hemp Oil

CBD Hemp Oil

Summary

Would you like to discover the amazing effects of CBD Hemp Oil? Are you ready to overcome the prejudices about this precious oil? CBD is a compound, which along with others are known as cannabinoids, found in the cannabis plant. The oils that contain this substance are known precisely as CBD oils, but the concentration of the active ingredient can be variable, and consequently, the product can lend itself to different uses. Since CBD acts actively on the body, the oil that contains it has many potential advantages for our health and beauty care. Here are the main properties of this natural product: Anti-inflammatory and pain reliever: CBD oil can relieve pain and stiffness, even those that derive from chronic diseases. This is due to its anti-inflammatory and analgesic power. Against stress and anxiety: while THC triggers or amplifies anxiety in the most susceptible people, CBD seems to be able to help reduce the problem. Oil can, therefore, be used in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder, in cases of anxiety or panic attacks, but also in obsessive-compulsive disorder. Against addictions: it seems that using CBD can help people quit smoking and get rid of other habits. It has been noted that this active ingredient acts beneficially on the symptoms experienced by patients with disorders due to the use of substances, including anxiety, mood disorders, pain, and insomnia. These are preliminary results but suggest how CBD could be used to avoid or reduce withdrawal symptoms. Against epilepsy: CBD is also studied for its possible role in the treatment of epilepsy and neuropsychiatric disorders. It seems to boast anti-convulsive properties and a low risk of side effects for people suffering from seizures. However, everything needs to be investigated further. It helps fight cancer: the potential of CBD as an anticancer agent is also being studied. Research published in the British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology finds that CBD can block the spread of cancer cells in the body and cause death. In this audiobook, you will find much useful information on the use, properties, and purchase of the precious CBD Hemp oil.

©2019 Brad J. Simons (P)2019 Brad J. Simons

Narrator: Heath Douglass
Length: 3 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for La Dieta Antiinflamatoria [The Anti-Inflamatory Diet]

La Dieta Antiinflamatoria [The Anti-Inflamatory Diet]

Summary

Si tienes acceso a un supermercado normal, puedes sentirte mejor dentro de 24 horas. ¿Has pasado años tratando de controlar tu intestino permeable? ¿Sufres de problemas de salud inexplicables como ojos secos, problemas de piel y niebla cerebral? ¿O acaso la artritis está arruinando tu vida?  Lo que puede que te sorprenda es que más y más estudios - incluyendo los estudios del Instituto Nacional de Alergias y Enfermedades Infecciosas (National Institute of Allergies and Infectious Diseases) - están demostrando que estos problemas de salud frecuentemente están causados por la dieta.  Pero hay una solución. Veras, puedes empezar a sentirte mejor dentro de 24 horas...al solo modificar los alimentos que consumes. De hecho, señaló el destacado doctor e investigador de diabetes chino Dr. Frank Hu, en una charla en la Universidad de Harvard. "Muchos estudios experimentales han demostrado que los componentes de los alimentos o las bebidas pueden tener efectos antiinflamatorios".  Los chinos son conocidos por usar los alimentos como prevención para las enfermedades de la salud. Y funciona. Por ejemplo, el porcentaje de estadounidenses con artritis es cuatro veces mayor que en China según un estudio de la Revista de Investigación de Artritis (Journal of Arthritis Research). Además, la investigación del Dr. Hu ha descubierto una serie de avances notables en cómo los alimentos que consumimos pueden afectar nuestro bienestar general.  En este audiolibro descubrirás:  La gran razón dietética de porque las mujeres en China no sufren de cáncer de mama El mejor alimento de todos para la curación del intestino permeable  Los cinco mejores suplementos antiinflamatorios El costo real de comer sano (mucho menos de lo que piensas)  Como usar esta fruta en particular para mejorar tu memoria y revertir el deterioro mental  La forma libre de drogas para calmar tu SII  ¡Siete alimentos que no creerás que son buenos para ti!  La vitamina que más le falta a los estadounidenses, y como tú puedes revertirlo por menos de 10 centavos al día  El alimento que necesitas consumir si tienes una historia familiar de enfermedad cardiaca  Los mejores alimentos antiinflamatorios para la artritis ¿Es esta dieta costosa? En lo absoluto, muchos de estos alimentos se pueden encontrar en tu supermercado regular. De hecho, algunos de ellos serán realmente la opción más barata. Miles de personas comunes como tú ahora están usando estos superalimentos antiinflamatorios para su beneficio.  Entonces, si estás listo para experimentar una vida más feliz y más saludable...y estas listo para sentir cambios en tu cuerpo más rápido de lo que alguna vez creíste posible...haz clic en "Compra Ahora" y recibe tu audiolibro al instante. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

©2018 Jason Michaels (P)2018 Jason Michaels

Length: 1 hr and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bedtime Stories for Adults: Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Insomnia

Bedtime Stories for Adults: Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Insomnia

Summary

Are you experiencing trouble sleeping well at night or staying asleep? Do you wake up throughout the night and feel restless in the morning? Sleep is something that everyone should consider more than normal. Most adults today get an average of six or seven hours at best. When you lose sleep, your body automatically starts looking for additional calories to make up for sleep and to give your body sufficient energy to get through the day. Lack of sleep also regulates the body's quantity of fat and how your appetite functions.  Your sleep pattern will have full control over your eating schedule, so if you want to lose weight, it is important that you have enough rest. No time for lunch? Try to choose protein every morning and any fruit you can consume during your morning travel will be enough. Health sleep disorders are becoming more prevalent. The use of drugs can cause side effects that lead to poor sleep. And older people suffer from more sleep-related medical and mental conditions. The good news is that all of these sleep problems can be handled effectively. Good sleep at any age is possible. The key is to understand the changes in our sleep patterns as we grow older, and then get to the root cause of the problems. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, or CBT, is a well-known evidence-based treatment used for anxiety and depression. It’s been around for almost five decades now, so there’s a huge chance that you’ve already heard about it. Aside from the conditions mentioned, CBT is also used for the treatment of chronic pain as well as a host of other emotional and mental ailments.  Use bedtime stories to fall asleep and help your mind relax. Enjoy, and have a nice rest!

©2020 Kirsten (P)2020 Wallace

Narrator: Teena Katz
Length: 10 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for Plagues, Pandemics and Viruses

Plagues, Pandemics and Viruses

Summary

COVID-19 and the History of Pandemics and Epidemics It can come in waves - like tidal waves. It changes societies. It disrupts life. It ends lives. As far back as 3000 B.C.E. (the Bronze Age), plagues have stricken mankind. COVID-19 is just the latest example, but history shows that life continues. It shows that knowledge and social cooperation can save lives.  Viruses are neither alive nor dead and are the closest thing we have to zombies. Their only known function is to replicate themselves, which can have devastating consequences on their hosts. Most, but not all, bacteria are good for us. Some are truly horrific, including those that caused the bubonic, pneumonic, and septicemic plagues. And viruses and bacteria are always morphing, evolving, and changing, making them hard to treat. Plagues, Pandemics and Viruses: From the Plague of Athens to COVID-19 is an enlightening, and sometimes frightening, recounting of the destruction wrought by disease, but it also looks at what humanity has done and can do to overcome even the deadliest and bleakest of contagions.  This important book chronicles the history of plagues and pandemics, human resilience, and what we've learned from the past, including:    The bubonic plague/black plague, which killed 30% to 60% of Europe's population  The devastation to the indigenous population in the Americas  How the 1918 Spanish Flu did not come from Spain  How disease inspired The Canterbury Tales, Wuthering Heights, pop artist Keith Haring, and others  AIDS patient zero  The differences between COVID-19 and other coronaviruses  How climate change will affect future pandemics  The aftermath of various pandemics  Several modern diseases making a comeback  How to stop most epidemics before they can turn into pandemics  The science of preventative measures and medical interventions  An exclusive interview with Dr. Anthony S. Fauci, the director of the NIAID and much, much more.

©2020 Heather E. Quinlan (P)2020 Recorded Books

Narrator: Samara Naeymi
Length: 14 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Pandemic Protection

Pandemic Protection

Summary

From New York Times best-selling author Dr. Don Colbert. Prepare your immune system before you need it. Many believe the pandemic crisis of 2020 is only a foretaste of things to come. If so, it serves as a wake-up call to remind us of the urgency of protecting our health. Since the outbreak of COVID-19, the entire world has had to rethink the way we do health. With this new paradigm backed by the latest scientific research, Don Colbert, MD, brings you cutting-edge medical advice and tells you everything you need to know to optimize your body’s immune system, avoid exposure, detect the early warning signs, and treat and recover from illness during pandemics like COVID-19. You’ll learn: What the Bible and past pandemics can teach us about outbreaks How telemedicine and technology are changing the way we do healthcare How the key to a strong immune system is a healthy gut Ways to protect your health through diet, natural supplements, and the latest breakthrough medical treatments We don’t have to live in fear. The good news is that we can learn from this pandemic as well as those in the past, and we can arm ourselves with the tools we need to be prepared for pandemic outbreaks both now and in the future. After listening to this audiobook, you will know what to do to optimize your health, protect your family, and detect the early warning signs of disease outbreaks.

©2020 Don Colbert, MD (P)2020 Charisma House

Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Author: Don Colbert
Length: 3 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Vaccine-Friendly Plan

The Vaccine-Friendly Plan

7 ratings

Summary

In The Vaccine-Friendly Plan, Paul Thomas, MD, presents his proven approach to building immunity: a new protocol that limits a child's exposure to aluminum, mercury, and other neurotoxins while building overall good health. Based on the results from his pediatric practice of more than 11,000 children as well as data from other credible and scientifically minded medical doctors, Dr. Paul's vaccine-friendly protocol gives listeners: Recommendations for a healthy pregnancy and childbirth Vital information about what to expect at every well-child visit from birth through adolescence A slower, evidence-based vaccine schedule that calls for only one aluminum-containing shot at a time Important questions to ask about your child's first few weeks, first years, and beyond The Vaccine-Friendly Plan presents a new standard for pediatric care, giving parents peace of mind in raising happy, healthy children. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2016 Paul Thomas, MD, and Jennifer Margulis, PhD (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator: Bob Souer
Length: 12 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Premonition

The Premonition

Summary

For those who could read between the lines, the censored news out of China was terrifying. But the president insisted there was nothing to worry about. Fortunately, we are still a nation of skeptics. Fortunately, there are those among us who study pandemics and are willing to look unflinchingly at worst-case scenarios. Michael Lewis’ taut and brilliant nonfiction thriller pits a band of medical visionaries against the wall of ignorance that was the official response of the Trump administration to the outbreak of COVID-19. The characters you will meet in these pages are as fascinating as they are unexpected. A 13-year-old girl’s science project on transmission of an airborne pathogen develops into a very grown-up model of disease control. A local public-health officer uses her worm’s-eye view to see what the CDC misses, and reveals great truths about American society. A secret team of dissenting doctors, nicknamed the Wolverines, has everything necessary to fight the pandemic: brilliant backgrounds, world-class labs, prior experience with the pandemic scares of bird flu and swine flu...everything, that is, except official permission to implement their work. Michael Lewis is not shy about calling these people heroes for their refusal to follow directives that they know to be based on misinformation and bad science. Even the internet, as crucial as it is to their exchange of ideas, poses a risk to them. They never know for sure who else might be listening in.

©2021 Michael Lewis (P)2021 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Adenrele Ojo
Length: Not yet known
Available on Audible
Cover art for Antifatigue

Antifatigue

Summary

Le professeur Pierre Philip est reconnu en France et à l'étranger comme un expert du sommeil. Ses nombreuses publications scientifiques ont montré comment un meilleur sommeil permet de combattre la fatigue. En trente ans, nous avons perdu 1h30 de sommeil. Anxiété, stress, bouleversement des rythmes de vie... Les conséquences sur notre santé sont désormais prouvées et sérieuses. Et c'est un véritable enjeu de santé publique. La durée et la qualité de notre sommeil sont nos meilleurs atouts antifatigue. Elles apportent des bienfaits inouïs, aussi ef caces que le sport et toutes les vitamines ou compléments alimentaires. Cruciales pour notre organisme et notre mental. Tout commence par une consultation personnalisée que vous offre ce livre audio. Grâce à votre agenda sommeil et votre programme en 4 semaines, nous allons vous aider à renforcer votre sommeil et votre énergie ! Lorsque vous achetez ce titre, le fichier PDF qui l'accompagne sera disponible dans votre confirmation d'achat envoyée par mail ainsi que dans votre bibliothèque, depuis votre ordinateur.

©2020 Albin Michel (P)2021 Audible Studios

Available on Audible
Cover art for Summary: The Diabetes Code

Summary: The Diabetes Code

2 ratings

Summary

Important note: This is a summary of The Diabetes Code by Jason Fung and not the original book. Globally, the number of people with diabetes has quadrupled in the past three decades. About one in 11 adults worldwide now have diabetes (90 percent of whom have type-2 diabetes), and it has become one of the most common causes of premature death and disability.  In his important book, Dr. Fung takes aim at how to actually prevent and reverse diabetes naturally without potentially dangerous drugs. The result? An action plan on how to successfully reverse type-2 diabetes. His book also explains the mechanisms by which diabetes develops. When you understand the causes, the solutions makes sense. This audiobook allows you to skip to the nuggets of wisdom and actionable content in a very easily absorbed, listenable way including key takeaways at the end of each chapter. This audiobook summarizes the original in detail to help people effectively understand, articulate, and imbibe the original work by Fung. This audiobook is not meant to replace the original book but to serve as a companion to it. Improve your health, change your life! Purchase your copy today.

©2018 Jackie Farrington (P)2019 Jackie Farrington

Narrator: David Margittai
Length: 1 hr and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The End of Dieting

The End of Dieting

20 ratings

Summary

In The End of Dieting, Joel Fuhrman M.D., a board–certified family physician who specializes in preventing and reversing disease through nutritional and natural methods, and #1 New York Times best-selling author of Eat to Live, Super Immunity and The End of Diabetes, delivers a powerful paradigm-shifting audiobook that shows us how and why we never need to diet again. Fuhrman says, "By reading this book, you will understand the key principles of the science of health, nutrition and weight loss. It will give you a simple and effective strategy to achieve - and maintain - an optimal weight without dieting for the rest of your life. This new approach will free you forever from a merry-go-round of diets and endless, tedious discussions about dieting strategies. This is the end of dieting." PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2014 Joel Fuhrman, M.D. (P)2014 HarperCollins Publishers

Author: Joel Fuhrman
Length: 5 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dream New Dreams

Dream New Dreams

Summary

A remarkably frank, deeply moving, and inspiring memoir by Jai Pausch, whose husband, Randy, wrote the bestseller The Last Lecture while battling pancreatic cancer. "Jai is such a giver that she often forgets to take care of herself," Randy Pausch wrote about his wife. "Jai knows that she'll have to give herself permission to make herself a priority." In Dream New Dreams, Jai Pausch shares her own story for the first time: her emotional journey from wife and mother to full-time caregiver, shuttling between her three young children and Randy's bedside as he sought treatment far from home; and then to widow and single parent, fighting to preserve a sense of stability for her family, while coping with her own grief and the challenges of running a household without a partner. Jai paints a vivid, honest portrait of a vital, challenging relationship between two strong people who faced a grim prognosis and the self-sacrificing decisions it often required. As she faced life without the husband she called her "magic man" Jai learned to make herself a priority to create a new life of hope and happiness - as she puts it, to "feel a spark of my own magic beginning to flicker." Dream New Dreams is a powerful story of grief, healing, and newfound independence. With advice artfully woven into an intimate, beautifully written narrative, Jai's story will inspire not only the legions of readers who made The Last Lecture a bestseller, but also those who are embarking on a journey of loss and renewal themselves.

©2012 Jai Pausch (P)2012 Random House Audio

Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Author: Jai Pausch
Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Born on a Blue Day

Born on a Blue Day

7 ratings

Summary

One of the world's 50 living autistic savants is the first and only to tell his compelling and inspiring life story and explain how his incredible mind works. Worldwide, there are fewer than 50 living savants, those autistic individuals who can perform miraculous mental calculations or artistic feats. (Think Dustin Hoffman's character in Rain Man.) Until now, none of them has been able to discuss his or her thought processes, much less write a book. Daniel Tammet is the first. Tammet's problems were apparent from childhood. He was shunned by his classmates and often resorted to rocking and humming quietly. Yet he could memorize almost anything, and his math and language skills were astonishing. By high school, Daniel was diagnosed as autistic, and he began to discover his own superhuman abilities: calculating huge sums in his head in seconds, learning new languages in one week, and memorizing more than 22,000 digits of pi. With heart-melting simplicity and astonishing self-awareness, Born on a Blue Day tells Daniel's story: from his childhood frustrations to adult triumphs, while explaining how his mind works. He thinks in pictures. He sees numbers as complex shapes: 37 is lumpy like porridge; 89 reminds him of falling snow. Today, Daniel has emerged as one of the world's most fascinating minds and inspiring stories. His brain has amazed scientists for years, and everyone will be moved by his remarkable life story.

©2007 Daniel Tammet (P)2007 Tantor Media Inc.

Narrator: Simon Vance
Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Iridology: The Eyes Tell All!

Iridology: The Eyes Tell All!

1 rating

Summary

Figure Out How to Improve Your Health with Iridology Your eyes are a gateway to your body! Irrespective of the fact that people have blue, brown, hazel, black or mixed eyes, each eye has a story to tell: and how beautifully! A simple torch examination of the eye can reveal the world - it can tell you the kind of person you are and even the diseases that you may be susceptible to. Over time, iridologists have developed charts that can enable them to map the location of the iris sign to the corresponding organ in the body. This book introduces you to the science of iridology and explains how this can benefit you as a person. It also explains the influence colors can have on your susceptibilities and throws light on the methods that you can use to prevent certain conditions. Your eyes provide specific clues much before any pathological changes occur in your body and you can definitely use this information to your benefit. That's the true beauty of Iridology! Listen to this audiobook to explore further... What You'll Know from Iridology What Is Iridology? The Importance of Constitution Understanding Genotype and Phenotype The True Base Colors Understanding Those Structural Signs Some Common Conditions Levels of Inflammation The Channels of Elimination Putting It All Together: The Many Signs That Colors Can Suggest

©2014 The Healthy Reader (P)2014 The Healthy Reader

Narrator: Alan Caudle
Length: 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Anti-Inflammatory Diet for Beginners: The Complete Guide to Healing Your Immune System, Restoring Health and Naturally Remedying Arthritis & Chronic Fatigue

Anti-Inflammatory Diet for Beginners: The Complete Guide to Healing Your Immune System, Restoring Health and Naturally Remedying Arthritis & Chronic Fatigue

Summary

Do you suffer from any of the following ailments:     Joint aches Cholesterol problems High blood pressure Mood swings Temporary Memory loss Low energy Poor vision Have you spent years trying to control your leaky gut? Do you have unexplained health problems like dry eyes, skin issues and brain fog? Or is arthritis ruining your life? What may surprise you is - more and more studies, including those by the National Institute of Allergies and Infectious Diseases - are showing these ailments are often directly caused by your diet. But there’s a solution. You see, you can feel better within the next 24 hours…  Eat celery seed, which can be found in most grocery stores or online, for less than $1/ounce - it reduces cholesterol and flushes the toxins out of your body. In fact, noted Chinese doctor and diabetes researcher Dr. Frank Hu stated, at a talk at Harvard University. “Many experimental studies have shown that components of foods or beverages may have anti-inflammatory effects."  The Chinese are notorious for using food as prevention for health ailments. And it works.  For example, the percentage of Americans with arthritis is four times higher than in China, according to a study by the Journal of Arthritis Research. Plus Dr. Hu’s research has uncovered a number of notable advances in just how the food we eat, can impact our overall well-being.  In this book you will discover:     The surprising dietary reason women in China don’t get breast cancer The absolute best food for healing a leaky gut The five best anti-inflammatory supplements The real cost of eating healthy (much less than you think) How to use this one fruit to improve memory and reverse mental decline The drug-free way to sooth your IBS Seven foods you won’t believe are good for you! The number one vitamin Americans are deficient in, and how you can reverse this for less than 10 cents a day The one food you need to eat if your family has a history of heart disease The best anti-inflammatory foods for arthritis How to use this popular herb to prevent free radicals from damaging your immune system The common food which is the first step towards a flat stomach The deadly hidden danger of microwave cooking But that’s not all… You also get the free bonus audiobook detailing how you can use your diet to soothe the symptoms of arthritis, which offers information about:   The worrying relationship between obesity and RA Not all fish oils are created equal - this is the best one for your RA  Could this popular fruit be a cause of your inflammation? Defeat bloating with these three foods The surprising link between an upset stomach and joint pain Not just a garnish, a study in Current Topics in Nutraceutical Research shows this herb helps reduce joint pain Take this supplement to get the benefits of 13 bottles of wine (without the alcohol or calories) Put up a barrier against flus, colds, and viruses with this immune booster You’re probably thinking…is eating like this going to be expensive? Absolutely not, many of these foods can be found in your regular grocery store. In fact, some of them will actually be cheaper than fast food.  Many thousands of regular people like you are now using these anti-inflammatory superfoods to their benefit.  So if you’re ready to experience a happier, healthier life and feel changes in your body faster than you ever thought possible.... Then buy this audiobook today!    

©2018 Jason Michaels (P)2018 Jason Michaels

Narrator: Roland Purdy
Length: 3 hrs and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Emperor of All Maladies

The Emperor of All Maladies

90 ratings

Summary

A magnificent, beautifully written "biography" of cancer - from its first documented appearances thousands of years ago through the epic battles to cure, control, and conquer it to a radical new understanding of its essence. The Emperor of All Maladies reveals the many faces of an iconic, shape-shifting disease that is the defining plague of our generation. The story of cancer is a story of human ingenuity, resilience, and perseverance but also of hubris, arrogance, paternalism, and misperception, all leveraged against a disease that, just three decades ago, was thought to be easily vanquished in an all-out "war against cancer". Mukherjee recounts centuries of discoveries, setbacks, victories, and deaths, told through the eyes of his predecessors and peers, training their wits against an infinitely resourceful adversary. The audiobook is like a literary thriller with cancer as the central character. From the Persian Queen Atossa, whose Greek slave may have cut off her diseased breast, to the 19th-century recipients of primitive radiation and chemotherapy to Mukherjee's own leukemia patient, Carla, The Emperor of All Maladies is about the people who have soldiered through toxic, bruising, and draining regimens in order to survive - and to increase the store of human knowledge.

©2010 Siddhartha Mukherjee, MD (P)2010 Simon & Schuster

Narrator: Fred Sanders
Length: 22 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why We Dream

Why We Dream

Summary

While on a research trip in Peru, science journalist Alice Robb became hooked on lucid dreaming - the uncanny phenomenon in which a sleeping person can realize that they're dreaming and even control the dreamed experience. Finding these forays both puzzling and exhilarating, Robb dug deeper into the science of dreams at an extremely opportune moment: just as researchers began to understand why dreams exist. They aren't just random events; they have clear purposes. They help us learn and even overcome psychic trauma. Robb draws on fresh and forgotten research, as well as her experience and that of other dream experts, to reveal why dreams are vital to our emotional and physical health. She explains how we can remember our dreams better - and why we should. She traces the intricate links between dreaming and creativity, and even offers advice on how we can relish the intense adventure of lucid dreaming for ourselves. Why We Dream is a clear-eyed, cutting-edge examination of the meaning and purpose of our nightly visions and a guide to changing our dream lives - and making our waking lives richer, healthier, and happier.

©2018 Alice Robb (P)2018 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Author: Alice Robb
Length: 8 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Keto Diet for Beginners: How to Go on the Ketogenic Diet

Keto Diet for Beginners: How to Go on the Ketogenic Diet

Summary

Do you want to get out of bed feeling energetic and bursting with life? What about losing weight and be healthier without wasting a fortune on expensive meal plans and fancy ingredients? If the answer is yes, then this book is definitely for you! Keto Diet for Beginners: How to Go on a Ketogenic Diet has been created with you in mind so that finding success with the keto diet comes easy! Here is what you will gain in knowledge and actionable tips! A wide variety of easy-to-follow recipes using ingredients easily found at your local grocery store - each with detailed nutritional information Healthy and delicious keto diet food conveniently indexed and organized so that you have no trouble finding your favorite recipe 28-day keto meal plan all pre-planned so that you take to the keto diet with ease and familiarity - additional 28 keto diet meal plans for those who struggle with finding time In this book, you will also get: The most useful tips and FAQs for on how to get on board with the keto diet The benefits of the keto diet to boost your health and get into your desired level of fitness! As well as easy mistakes to avoid, so you don’t waste time and effort A massive list of popular keto recipes that taste great and are absolutely easy to prep to free up more time for yourself A comprehensive step-by-step structure on how to get into ketosis so that you know the nitty-gritty details of utilizing the keto diet to the fullest potential for yourself Full nutritional information for each recipe And much, much more Learn the golden rules of the keto diet, and avoid the common mistakes, so you can shed those extra pounds fast! Get healthier, burn off the fats, and enjoy the boundless energy that comes with the keto diet now! Download now to get started!

©2018 Will Ramos (P)2018 Will Ramos

Narrator: Betty Johnston
Author: Will Ramos
Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The New Normal

The New Normal

5 ratings

Summary

From Dr. Jennifer Ashton - the chief medical correspondent at ABC News covering breaking medical news for Good Morning America and GMA3: What You Need to Know - comes a doctor’s guide to finding resilience in the time of COVID, while staying safe and sane in a rapidly changing world. In March 2020, “normal” life changed, perhaps forever. In its place we were confronted with life and routines that were unusual and different: the new normal.  As we’ve all learned since then, the new normal isn’t just about wearing masks and standing six feet apart - it’s about recognizing how to stay safe and sane in a world that is suddenly unfamiliar. And no one understands this evolving landscape better than Dr. Jennifer Ashton. As ABC’s chief medical correspondent, Dr. Ashton has been reporting on the novel coronavirus daily, helping Americans comprehend the urgent medical updates that have shaped the nation’s continued response to this public health crisis.  Now in The New Normal, Dr. Ashton offers the essential toolkit for life in this unfamiliar reality.  Rooted in her reporting on COVID-19 and the understanding that the virus isn’t going anywhere overnight, The New Normal is built on a simple foundation: Thriving in this evolving world demands accepting the new normal for what it is, not what we want it to be. No longer is wellness a buzzword, but an imperative for surviving this unprecedented time. Using her trademark practical, easy-to-follow advice, Dr. Ashton gives you all the necessary information to reclaim control of your life and live safely - from exercise, to diet, to general health - showing how to prepare your body and mind for challenges such as: Taking proper medical precautions to protect yourself and your loved ones Exercising during the pandemic, even if you no longer feel safe at the gym Finding emotional balance through these uncertain times Deciphering complicated medical news to learn what to trust and what to ignore With these straightforward and accessible strategies and many more, Dr. Ashton helps empower you to make the unexpectedly hard decisions about socializing, food-shopping, seeing doctors, and most of all, finding normalcy. At once reassuring and urgent, The New Normal is a holistic road map through the ongoing struggles of the pandemic, providing the guidance you need to navigate this unsettling time and take charge of your future well-being.

©2021 Jennifer Ashton (P)2021 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Jennifer Ashton
Length: 8 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Better, Smarter Sleep with Hypnosis & Guided Mindfulness and Transcendental Meditation

Better, Smarter Sleep with Hypnosis & Guided Mindfulness and Transcendental Meditation

Summary

If you’ve ever had trouble falling or staying asleep, then keep reading... Few things are more frustrating than going to bed completely exhausted, yet unable to fall asleep. We’ve all been there - Nodding off in a work meeting, falling asleep at a friend’s dinner, or while driving to said dinner, for no good reason. Did the Starbucks barista deserve to be eye-rolled and yelled at about their life choices because they forgot to put almond milk instead of skim in your latte? No. But you were tired. It’s not them, it’s you. And it’s not even you, it’s you without enough sleep. Sleep deprivation affects us in ways we don’t even realize or wouldn’t normally attribute to lack of sleep: inflammation, poor skin complexion, high blood pressure, brain fog, and mood swings, to name a few consequences. But modern technology and life’s obligations make it hard to “wind down” or “turn off” at night. That’s where this audiobook can help. It consists of two parts: an introductory section and five guided meditations to clear your head and help fall asleep faster. In the introductory section, you will find: Key health benefits to sleep The five things that undermine sleep quality Practical steps you can start tonight to sleep better In the meditations section, you will find: Five different, hour-long, guided sleep meditations set to music Variety: multiple types of meditations with different music An easy, effortless bedtime companion for better sleep Even if you feel like you’ve already tried everything but are still plagued by insomnia and sleepless nights, there’s hope for you. This audiobook is the ultimate all-encompassing sleep improvement package. It has succinct information, immediately applicable tips using free or low cost tools, plus various meditations to help you release stress and anxiety and relax into deep sleep. Sleep isn't a luxury. It's a necessity! Scroll up, click “buy now” to get this audiobook today, and get better sleep tonight.

©2020 Meditation Power Now (P)2020 Meditation Power Now

Narrator: Mark Boyd
Length: 5 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for There I Am

There I Am

25 ratings

Summary

“Moving, heartfelt, and truly inspiring. A great book to read right now.” (Cheryl Strayed, author of Wild and Tiny Beautiful Things)  "Ruthie is a gifted storyteller with the unique ability to make you feel her emotions as if they're your own. Her book is somehow both bold and tender and utterly, truthfully, authentically her. She doesn't hide from heartbreak or fail to experience the fullness of all the beauty life can hold." (Rachel Hollis, number one New York Times best-selling author of Girl, Wash Your Face and Girl, Stop Apologizing) Brain on Fire meets Carry On, Warrior, There I Am is an arresting inspirational memoir about one woman’s journey from chronic pain and hopelessness to finding joy, redemption, and healing. At 17 years old, Ruthie Lindsey is hit by an ambulance near her home in rural Louisiana. She's given a five percent chance of survival and one percent chance of walking again. One month later after a spinal fusion surgery, Ruthie defies the odds, leaving the hospital on her own two feet. Just a few years later, newly married and living in Nashville, Ruthie begins to experience debilitating pain. Her case confounds doctors and after numerous rounds of testing, imaging, and treatment, they prescribe narcotic painkillers - lots of them. Ruthie has become bedridden, dependent on painkillers, and hopeless, when an X-ray reveals that the wire used to fuse her spine is piercing her brain stem. Without another staggeringly expensive experimental surgery, she could well become paralyzed, but in many ways, she already is. Ruthie goes into the hospital in chronic pain, dependent on prescription painkillers, and leaves that way. She can still walk, but has no idea where she's going. As her life unravels, Ruthie returns home to Louisiana and sets out on a journey to learn joy again. She trades fentanyl for sunsets and morphine for wildflowers, weaning herself off of the drugs and beginning the process of healing - of coming home to her body. Raw and redemptive, There I Am is not just about the magic of optimism, but the work of it. Ruthie's extraordinary memoir urges us to unlearn the stories of brokenness that we tell ourselves and embrace the wholeness, joy, and healing that lives inside all of us.

©2020 Ruthie Lindsey (P)2020 Simon & Schuster Audio

Narrator: Ruthie Lindsey
Length: 8 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Doctor Sebi

Doctor Sebi

Summary

If you're looking for yet another "far-fetched" diet, this book is definitely not for you! Is your goal to lose seven kilos in seven days or some nonsense of this kind? Then, just forget it. Don't buy this book. You can find plenty of useless stuff out there. If, on the other hand, you want to learn a way to lose weight, improve your health and your quality of life, prevent and cure diseases such as diabetes, herpes, thyroid...then, continue reading... Who was Dr. Sebi, though? Dr. Sebi, known as Alfredo Darrington Bowman, was (and still is) a very controversial character. He spent decades studying the plants and herbs of North, South, and Central America, Africa, and the Caribbean. You can find his entire life story in this book: Dr. Sebi's origins How his philosophy is born How he treated his illnesses His distinguished patients His troubles with the law His experience has led him to develop this diet, which is based on the African theory of biomineral balance, for anyone who wants to cure or prevent disease in a natural way and improve their overall health without having to rely on conventional Western medicine. Thanks to this comprehensive guide, not only will you discover what lies behind Dr. Sebi's alkaline diet, but you will also learn everything and more about this healer and his philosophy. Besides losing weight, wouldn't you like to discover a way to restore and maintain the well-being of your body, prevent diseases, and increase your quality of life? If your answer is yes, then this complete guide will give you the answers you are looking for! All-in-one book that covers: Dr. Sebi's story Dr. Sebi's approved food list The three steps to detox your body Tips for disease prevention and treatment Dr. Sebi's recipes His supplements And much more...  What are you waiting for? Scroll up and click to buy the audiobook.

©2020 Andrew J. Freeman (P)2020 Andrew J. Freeman

Narrator: Eric J. Chancy
Length: 5 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for End the Insomnia Struggle

End the Insomnia Struggle

Summary

Everyone struggles with sleep from time to time, but when sleepless nights and overtired days become the norm, your well-being is compromised, and frustration and worry increase - including concerns about what's stopping you from getting the sleep you need, and what can be done about it. So, how do you stop the cycle of relentless worries and restless nights? End the Insomnia Struggle offers a comprehensive medication-free program that can be individually tailored for anyone who struggles with insomnia. Integrating the physiology of sleep, and proven-effective approaches from cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), this book provides step-by-step guidance for developing your own treatment plan according to your particular challenges with insomnia. With this book, you'll have everything you need to overcome the relentless thoughts, ruminations, and stress of insomnia. Utilizing these evidence-based strategies and easy-to-use tools, you'll finally get to sleep, stay asleep, and wake up rested and ready to face the world as your best self, day after day. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2016 Colleen Ehrnstrom and Alisha L. Brosse (P)2021 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Diabetes: Symptoms, Prevention, Management and Paleo Diet Recipes for Diabetics

Diabetes: Symptoms, Prevention, Management and Paleo Diet Recipes for Diabetics

Summary

Discover how scientifically proven strategies can help you manage or lower your chances of developing diabetes while enjoying 75 of the most delicious paleo diet recipes around! Fad diets may come and go but healthy lifestyle changes will always be beneficial for your health and wellbeing. If you want to maximize your health and longevity, you must start treating your body right. Following a healthy and nutritious diet is important for everyone, but particularly so for people who are already suffering from chronic diseases like diabetes. In this audiobook, you'll discover: The different types of diabetes, their symptoms and how to manage them  22 myths and preconceived ideas about diabetes  A detailed weight loss guide for diabetics  Benefits of the paleo diet for diabetics and helpful tips for getting started  List of paleo foods you should eat and those you should avoid  Over 75 delicious paleo diet recipes for breakfast, lunch, and dinner in high definition pictures and step by step instructions ...and much much more! “When I started exploring the Paleolithic diet as an approach to diabetes several years ago, my first concern was whether it provided adequate basic nutrition. I.e., enough vitamins, minerals, essential fatty acids, fiber, protein, etc. I convinced myself it is indeed adequate,” - Dr. Steve Parker (MD) So, if you are ready to take back control of your health and start doing something that is good for your mind and body, then buy this audiobook and let's get started! PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2018 Millennium Publishing Ltd (P)2018 Millennium Publishing Ltd

Narrator: Randal Schaffer
Length: 5 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Deep Sleep Hypnosis: 2 in 1

Deep Sleep Hypnosis: 2 in 1

Summary

Tired of not falling asleep? Are you sick of spending countless nights laying in bed, wishing you could fall asleep faster? Then you want to try the secret power of hypnosis.... These two hypnosis sessions will help you create the inner conditions needed for a truly restful night. Because when you settle your mind, you rest your body - and that restfulness is what makes it easy to wind down and drift off. Being able to truly wind down at night is a secret very few seem to have mastered, even though most people know that getting enough sleep is one of the fundamental keys to a healthy and happy life. Suffering through sleepless nights do not have to be a problem for you. Instead, you could master the art of falling asleep quickly by using the secret power of hypnosis. For centuries, hypnosis has been used to cure all kinds of conditions, including the inability to fall asleep. This Deep Sleep Hypnosis audiobook will help you: Fall asleep faster Let go of the day Get a better and deeper sleep These hypnosis sessions are designed to be taken as many times through as you wish and can be referred back to as often as you need.  Imagine...being able to fall asleep fast...waking up full of energy and excited to take on the day.... Do not wait any longer; scroll up, click the "Buy Now" button now, and begin your journey to a happier, more energetic, and stronger you! PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 M